Trex 01194

CONFIDENTIAL
Message
subsea
From: Tootpusher {tootpusher@dwh.rig.deepwater.comj
Sont: Friday, June 17, 2005 g:52 !WJ
To: Horizon subsea (Deepwater Horizon Subsea)
Subject: FW: BOP Shear Rams
B1'lly this is the sheani1g c9psb1'lity
'T"1m WiJTrams + +
'too(puslicrtDct:p'lvatcrJ(ori.zort
too(pusfrer.tlwfz.riJ.tiilcp1Vatcr.com
(713-232-8262), 'FIV({713-232-8263}
- ---Qrlginlll Message-
From: Bowles, Tom T [mallto:Thomas.Bowles@bp.com)
Sent: Fr1day, June 17, 2005 6:10AM
Page I of2
To: Deepwater Horizon, Formen; Halvorson, Kathleen; Louviere, Robert
Cc: Coltrin, George; Skelton, Jake; Toolpusher@dwh.rlg.deepwater.com; OIM@dwh.rlg.deepwater.com
SUbject: FW: BOP Shear Rams
Bob Lowiere, -Thanks for sharing this Information from Steve ..... Copy distribution to all Involved ....
Referenced shear ram capabilities for high strength drill pipe landing strings on future BP wells, Bonsai and
Kasi<Jda .....
Tom .....
From: Louviere, Robert
sent: Thursday, June 16, 2005 6:43 PM
To: Colbin, George; Halvorson, Kathleen; Bowles, Tom T
Cc: Skelton, Jake
SUbject: FW: BOP Shear Rams
FYI .
From: Donohue, Steve [maUto:SDonohue@houston.deepwater.com]
sent: Thursday, June 16, 2005 3:45 PM
To: Louviere, Robert; Holst. Katy
Cc: Keetnn, John
Subject: RE: BOP Shear Rams
Bob,
can't cut It with the SBR shear rams, but can c u t ~ with the casing shears. See attached chart. Although 50.4
S135, 6 5/8" pipe Is not tisted, 40.91s, and this Is already out of the pressure range for the SBR's. Note, the
Horizon has 4,000 psi available to both the casing shears and SBR's If required.
Regards
7/112005
EXHIBIT#
Ltcrtj
WIT: _____ _
TRN- MDL-00304884
TRN-M DL -00304884
CONFIDENTIAL
Message
Steve

-Original Message-
From: Louviere, Robert
Sent: Thursday, June 16, 2005 3:40PM
To: Holst, Katy
Cc: jkeeton@houston.decpwater.com;
SUbject: BOP Shear Rams
Katy,
Page 2 of2
Basic question has come up regarding BOP shear rams: willle rams shoat &518" 50.41 0.813 wr S-
1351andlng string if required tor any unforeseen reason? Asked a few folks here at BP. but no one was
definite In their response.
Pleasedarify.
Thanks,
Bob Louvlore
Sr. Drlnlng Englneoring Consul/ani
BP GOM Docpwolcr Exploration
Pl lono: (281) 366-3980
Cell: (337) 2585114
7/ 112005
TRN-MDL-00304885
TRN-MDL-00304885
()
0
z
11
5
m
z
-I
);
r
-I
;;o
z
~
0
r;-
0
0
(..)
0
...
())
())
Ol
.....
,....,
<.0
co
c:o
v
0
(V)
0
9
-'
0
~
z
a::
I-
CONFIDENTIAL TRN-MDL-00304887
TRN-MDL -00304887
Diverter valves
Quote and replace
BOPframe
Refurbish coating and anodes.
Pods
No maintenance required during the out of service period.
Tensioner air oil bottles

Thickness checks and borescope, diaphragms ok?
APV bottles
Thickness checks and borescope.
The plan forward is to remove the PODs from the BOP and store on the rig.
Separate the BOP, set on a barge and sent to Cameron or oil states for
disassembly and refurbishment of coatings on the BOP frame, replace anodes.
Recoat BOP components and assemble. Ray Pi chard and the Park 10 paint
supervisor to monitor .
. BOP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Under hull guidance system
Refurbish hydraulic cylinders, thickness checks on 2 ea. 15 gallon accumulators
thickness checks.
BOP gripper Arms
Purchase one each hydraulic motor and gearbox and replace, refurbish and rotate
remaining hydraulic motor and gearbox, refurbish cylinders if required, replace
hoses
LMRP gripper Arms
hoses
BOP crane
CONFIDENTIAL TRN-MDL-00467329
c
CONFIDENTIAL
Refurbish main and aux gearboxes and hydraulic motor. We have a new motor,
gearbox winch assembly in Amelia 20 ton. We need to send to rig for condition
evaluation. Load Test.
BOP ttansporter
hoses. Check rollers and bearings.
Recoil system

Verify throttling valves on air oil bottles operative. NOV due on the rig to
evaluate entire recoil system. Billy Stringfellow coordinating NOV. Mke Fy
traveling to Philadelphia Ohio to check on 6 tensioners on the ground that were
built for the new drill ships. It is believed these tensions have the infra red stroke
monitors already built in. If this is the case and the tensioners will fit the horizon
we should consider installing 1 or 2 of theses tensioners.
Cameron control system upgrade .
February 2009 quote 2, 1 OOK Mike Fry to send updated quote.
Riser Bolts
NDT and hardness checks due on approximately 40%
TRN-MDL-00467330
CONFIDENTIAL
250.445
anti ci pated surface pressures. antici-
pated methods of well control. t he sur-
r oundi ng environmenl. and Lhe corro-
siveness. volume. and abrasiveness of
drill ing tl utds and well fluids t hat you
n1ay encounter.
(b) Choke manifold components must
have a rated working pr essure at least
as gr eat as t he rated workmg pressure
of t he ram BOPs. If your choke mani-
fold has buffe1 tanks downstream of
choke assembl i es. you musL l nsLal l Iso-
lat ion valves on anv bleed lines.
(c) Val ves. pi pes.- flcx1ble steel hoses.
and :Jt hcr f!ttmgs upst r eam of the
choke manlfol d must have a rated
w01k ing prC'"-'<llrC' ;,t l<'a.<tt as gr<'<'lt as
t he r ated wor king pressure of the ram
BOPs.
[68 FR 8423. Feb. 20. 20031
250.445 What are the requirements
for kelly valves, inside nOPs, and
drill-string safety valves?
You must use or provide the fol-
lowi ng BOP eqUipment during dr il ling
operations:
(a) A k elly valve Installed below the
swivel (upper kelly val ve) :
(b) A kel lv valve Installed at the bot-
tom of the' l' elly (l ower kelly V<Jl vel.
You must be able to stnp the l ower
kelly valve th1ough the BOP stack.
(c) If vou drill with a mud motor and
use dri i l pipe Instead of a kelly. you
must Inst all one k elly valve above. and
one stnppable kelly valve below. the
joint of drill pipe used In pl ace of a
kell v
(d) "on a top-drive system equipped
w1th a remote-controll ed valve. you
must Install a s trlppabl e kel ly-type
valve below the remote-cont1oll ed
valve:
(e) An 1ns1de BOP m the open posi-
tion located on the rig floor . You must
be abl e t o i nstall an i nside BOP for
each size connecti on in the dri ll sttlng:
(f) /\ dnll-st rmg safety val ve 1n the
open position located on t he rig fl oor.
You must have a drtll -strmg safet y
val ve avai lable for each size connect ion
in the dri 11 string:
(g) When running casI ng. you must
have a safety valve in t he open positi on
avallable on t he r ig iloor to fit t he cas-
ing s tnng being run m t he hole:
(hJ All required manual and remote-
controlled k elly valves. drill-string
30 CFR Ch. II (7-l-Q4 Edition)
safety val ves. a:1d comparabl e-t ype
valves (i.e. kelly-type valve m a top-
dr i ve system) must be essentially ful l -
npPni ng: ;,nd
(l ) The dnll mg crew must have ready
<Jccess to a wrench to flt each m<Jnual
val ve.
[66 FR Feb 2C. 2003]
250.446 What arc the BOP mainte-
nance and inspection require-
ments?
(a) You must maint<Un your BOP sys-
tem to enst:re t hat the equipment func-
tions properly. BOP mai ntenance must
meet or exceed t he provisions of Sec
tions 17. 10 and 1&.10. Inspections: Sec-
Lions 17. 11 and 18 11. MalnLenance: a nd
SPct lons 17. 12 ami 13. 12. Q11allty M;,n-
agement, descr ibed in API RP 53. Rec-
ommended for Bl owout Pre-
venti on Equipment Systems for Drill-
mg Wells (tncol;:Joratec by n;rc,encc as
specified i n 250. 198) .
(b) You mt:st visu ally inspect your
sur face BOP syst em on a datly ba.s1s.
You must visually .Inspect your subsea
BOP svstem and rnanne nser a t least
once every 3 days if weather and sea
condilions permit. You Tllay use tele-
vision c3meras to Inspect subse3 equip-
ment.
[Sb FR Feb 20. 003)
250.447 When must I pressure test
the BOP system?
You must pressure test your BOP
system (this mcludes the choke mani-
fol d. kelly valves. inside BOP, and
dri ll -sning valve) :
(d) When mstal l ed:
(b) Before 14 days have elapsed si nce
your last BOP r;ressure test You muse
begi n to test your BOP system before
rnldnlglit on t he 14th d<Jy following t he
conclusion of the prev10us test. How-
ever . the District Supervisor may rc-
ql. lre more frequent testing If condl-
tlons or BOP performance warrant : and
(c) Befort- drlllh,g out A<'!Ch string of
casi ng or a !mer T:-tc District Super-
visor may allow you to omit thls test If
you d1dn"t remove the BOP stack to
run the casing str ing or liner and the
rPCJUil"Pd BOP test prpssures for thE'
next secti on of t he hole are not
t ha n t he test pressures for the previous
BOP test. You must Indicate In your
318
TRN-MDL-00495966
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Monogement Service, Interior
APD which st ri ngs <md llncrs
meet these crtte1ta.
[GS FR 8423. Feb. 20. 20031
2110.448 What are the BOP prel<sure
tests requirernents?
When you pressur e t est the BOP sys-
t em, y ou must conduct a low-pressure
and a htgh-pl-essUJe test for each BOP
component. You must conduct the low-
pressure test before the high-pressute
lesl. Each indivHiu;,l pressure lest
musr hol d lcnR enouRh to
demonstrate that the tested compo-
nent (s) holds the required pressure. Re-
quired test p1essures a1e as foil ows:
(a) Low-pressure test All l ow-pressure
tests must be between 200 and 300 psi.
Any p1cssule 300 psi must
be bled back to a pressure between 200
and 300 psi before starting the test. If
the initial pressure exceeds 500 pst, y ou
must bleed back to zero and re!mttate
the test.
(b) resr for rd17l-rype
BOPs. the choke manifold. and other
BOP components. The htgh-pn:ssure test
must equal the rated working
of the equipment or be 500 psi greater
than your calculated maximum anti ci -
pated surface pressure {MASP) for the
applicable section of hole. Befor e you
may test BOP equipment to the MASP
plus 500 psi, the District Supervisor
must have approved those test pres-
s u1es tn your APD.
(c) Htgh pressure test for annular-type
BOPs. The htgh pressure t est must
equal 70 percent of the rated wo1king
pressure of the equipment or to a pres-
sure i-!pproved m your APD.
(d) D11ratlon of prPSSIIre rest. Each test
mus t hold the required pressure for 5
mi nutes. However, for sur face BOP sys-
tems and surface equipment of a s ubsea
BOP system, <1 :>-minute test
ts a cceptable If you reco1d your test
pressur es on t he outermost half of a 1-
hour chart. on a J-hour chart. or on a
dtgltal recorder . If the equipment does
not hold t he required pressure durtng a
lest. you must correct the problem and
retest the affected component (s).
[68 FR 8423. F eb. 20. 2003]
250.450
250.449 What addit i onal BOP test i ng
requi rements must I meet?
You must meet the following a ddi -
tional BOP testing requ11ements:
(a) Cse water to test a surface BOP
system;
(b) St11mp tP.st r. s11bsea BOP systPm
before Installat ion. You must use
water to condu::t t h1s test. You may
use drilling flui ds t o conduct subse-
que!.t tests of a subsea BOP system:
(c) Alternate tests between control
stat10ns and pods:
(d) Pressure test the bltnd or bltnd-
sher. rr.m BOP dur tne st11mp test s and
at a II cast ng pot :.ts;
(e) The interval between any blind or
bltnd-shear ram BOP pressure tests
may not exrPed 30 days.
(f) Pressure test vanable bore-pipe
ram BOPs ;ogaJnst the lar gest and
smallest sizes oi pipe In use. excluding
drill collars and bottom-hole tools,
(gl Pressure test affect ed BOP com-
ponents followmg the disconnection or
repair of any well -pressure contaJn-
ment seal 1n the wellhead or BOP stack
assembly:
(h) Functwn test annular and ram
BOPs every 7 days between pressure
tests: nnd
(!) Act..!ate safety valves assembl ed
wtth proper cas1 ng connections befo1e
running casing.
[SS F R 842S, F eb 2C, 20031
250.450 What are the recordkeeping
f or BOP t ests?
You must r ecmd the time. date, and
results of all pressure tests. actuatJOns.
and tnspec;:tons of the BOP system.
system components, a"'ld manne nser
1n t he dri ller 's report. In addtuon, you
rnust :
(a) Recor d BOP test pressu1es on
pressure charts:
(b) Requi re your ensile representa-
tive to sign and date BOP test charts
and 1epots as correct :
(c) Document the sec;uenttal order of
BOP and aux1ltary equipment testing
and t he pressure and duration of each
test. For subsea BOP systems, you
must a lso record the closi ng C1Jnes for
annular and ram BOPs. You may ref-
erence a BOP test pl a n i f It is available
at the facility:
(d) I dentlfy the cont r ol station and
pod used dunng the test;
319
TRN-MDL-00495967
CONFIDENTIAL
250.451
(c) Identify any probl ems or irreg-
ul arities observed during BOP system
testlng and record acnons taken to
l'f>medy the problems or i iTE'gul aritie.c;;
and
(f) Retain nil records. including pres-
sure charts, dnller's report. and ref-
erenced documents pertai ning to BOP
tests. actuations. and inspect ions at
the faclllty for the duration of dril l ing.
[68 FR 8423, 20. 20031
250.451 What must I do in certain sit-
uations involving BOP equipment
or systems?
The tDbl e in this section describes ac
tions that lessees must take when cer-
Lain slluallons occur wtlh BOP sys-
tems durl ng drill ing rtct. ivlti es .
It you encounter the tollow1ng
situation:
(il) BOP oquipmont d ooto not
hold the required pressure
during a tcGt.
(b) Need Io repair or repl ace
a or s ubs:oa BOP
system.
(c) Io postpone o BOP
test due t o well-control
prot:lems SIJCh as lost
cu1stlon, fonnatlon fluid In-
flux, or stuck dr111 pl po.
(d) BOP control slalion or pod
that does n ot f unction pr op-
erly.
(o) \1/onl to dnll Yoith a t.:l-
pered
(0 Install casing rams In a
BOP stack.
(g) Wont to use An annul ar
BOP with a rated working
prouure loss than tho an-
tJclpa.ted surface pressure.
{h) Use a sut!:ea BOP sys-
t em In ice-10cour ar ea.
Thon you muct ...
Correct t he problem and
ret est the affocled equip-
mont.
F1rst place the well In a
controlled condtlon (o.g.,
before drilling out a casing
shoe or aller a ce-
ment plug, bridgo or
a packer).
Rocord tho for po::t-
poning lhe test in the
drillers report and conduct
tho roqulrcd BOP tom on
the 11rs1 t rip out of tho hole.
Suspend further drilling oper-
ations th.,.t station or
pod Is operable.
ln:.to1ll two or mora of
conventional or variable
b ore pipe rams in tho BOP
stack t o provide for 1he 1ol
lowing: two sets of rams
mut! bo o1 GoJ.Ilng
around t ho iorgor-sl2o drill
string and ono sot of pipe
rams must be of
seaJing around the srnal er ..
si ze drill &tring.
Test lhe ram bonnots before
running casino.
Demonstrate that your wei
control procedures or the
anticipated well
Wlll not place oemands
abcve it!: rit Ad working
ptca5Urc ond obtain np-
provol trom the District Su-
pervisor.
lnztaD t he BOP t:tacK In a
gl ory hole. The glory hol e
mu::.t bo docp enough to
ensure that the top of the
stack is bolow tho doopost
probable Ice-scour depth.
[68 F R 8423. Feb. 20. 2003]
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-Q4 Edition)
DRl LLINI; fLl:JD
250-455 What arc the gen eral r equir e-
ments f or a drilling fluid program?
You trrust design and lmf.Jierrrent your
dnlllng fluid program to prevent the
loss of well This program must
address drilling flurd safe practlces.
testing and monitormg equipment.
drilling !luid qrirtnt.iri e.<: . rtnd dr illing
flutd-handltng areas.
[68 FR 84?::. F eb 20. 20031
250-456 What safe practices must the
drillinr.:- fluid proJ:ram follow?
Your dnlltng fluid program muse In-
clude the follow: ng safe practices:
(a) Before slarting oul of Lhe hole
with d r!L pipe. you must properly con-
di t ion the drilling fluid. You must ci r -
culat e a vol ume of dnllmg fluid equal
to the annul ar vol ume with the dri ll
pipe j ust off-bottom. You may omit
this practice if documentation in the
dril ler's report shows:
(I) No mdtcatlon of formatlon flUid
1nf1ux before starting :o pull the dnll
pipe fr-om the hcle;
(2) The weight of returning dri l ling
fluid IS within 0.2 pounds per gall on (1.5
pounds per cubic foot ) of the dri lling
flutd the ho:e; and
(3) Other fluid properties are
withi n thf:: limi ts e:cst<:tblished by the
program approved in the APD.
(b) Record each t ime you circulate
dnll l ng fluid 1n the hole m the dnllcr's
report;
(c) When coming out of the hole with
dri ll pipe. ymJ m11st fill the a nnul us
>>ith drilling fl uid before the hydro-
static pressure decreases by 75 psi. or
every flve stands of drill plpe. which-
ever gives a l ower decrease in hydm-
static pressure. Ycu must calculate the
number of stands of dr-: 11 pipe and dri ll
collars that you mc.y pull before you
must fi ll the hole. You must also cal-
culat e Lhe equivalent drill ing flu1d vol-
ume needed to fill the hole. Both sets
of numbers must be posted near the
dnl l er s statlon. You must use a me-
char:!cal. volumetric. or electronic de-
vi et: to measurf:: the drllllng fluid 1'!::-
qui r ed to fi ll the hole;
(d) You must run and pull drill pipe
and downhol e tools at controlled rates
so you de not swal:: or sJrge the well ;
320
TRN- MDL-00495968
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Management Service, Interior
(c) When thctc Is an indication of
swabbing or influx of formanon fluids,
you must take appr opr i ate measures to
control t he well. You must c1rcul:ote
and condition the well. on or near-bot -
tom. unless well or dr!lling-t1uid condi-
tions pre-vent runnlng the drill pipe
back to the bottom:
(i) You must calculat e and post near
the dri ll ers console the maximum
pressures that you may safely contain
under a shut-in BOP for each casing
string. The pr essures posted must con-
Sider the surface pressure at which the
formation at the shoe would break
down. tlc rated workt ng 1.wcssurc or
The BOP stack. 70 percPnt of casing
burst (or casing test as approved by the
Distrtct Supervisor). /\s a minimum,
you must post the follov.>i ng two pres-
sures:
(1) The surface pressur e at whtch the
shoe would bteak down This calcula-
tion must consider the current dtilling
fluid weight In the hole: vnd
(2) The lesser of the BOP"s rated
working pressur e or 70 percent of cas-
ing-burst ptessure (or castng test oth-
approved uy the District Super-
visor):
(g) You must install em oper able
dri lling fluid-gas separator and
de-gasser be-fote you begin dtlll1ng opet-
atlons. You must maintain this equip-
ment throughout the dr!lllng of the
well ;
(h) Before pulling dr ill -stem test
tools from rhp ha l!'. you must ctrculatP
or reverse-ci r cul ate the test fluids i n
the hole. If circulating out t est fluids
1s not fcas1blc. you may bullhead test
fluids out oi t he drill -stem test stl-tng
and Lools w!Lh an appr opriate kill
weight flUJd:
(i) When circulating. you must test
the drilling flUid at least once each
tour. or more frequently if conditions
wan-ant. Your tests must conform to
industry-accepted practtces and in-
clude, viscosi ty . <md gel
strength: hydrogcnlon conccnt l ation:
fi ltration : and any ot her tests the Dis-
trict Supcrvtso1 rcqutres for mont-
taring and mclintaining drilling fluid
prevc-nr l nn of downhole- eqtit p-
ment problems c:md for kick detection.
You must record the r esults of these
tests In the drtlllng fluid report: and
250 . .458
0l In Cl r CClS where permafrost and/or
hydrate zones are J=resent or may be
present , you must control drilling fluid
tpmpPri'ltllrPS to drill safely thtough
those zones.
FR Fc:u 20. 2003. dR FR 14271. Mar. 24.
2003]
250.457 What equipment is required
to monitor drilling fluids?
Once you establish fluid re-
turns, you mus: mstall and maintain
t he follov.:mg dnllmg flUJd-system
m::mltortng equlpmenr Th1oughour .sub-
sequent drill i ng operations. This eqmp-
men: must have the following lndtc3-
tors on t he rig floor:
(a) Pll level tndicalor La deLermlne
dri 11 1 ng f1 til cl -p! r vol 11 me ns ;mel
losses. This Indicator must include
both 3 visual and a n audible watmng
device:
(b) Volume measutl ng devt ce Lo accu-
cJrtPrminP GrtlJing fluid VOlumes
requi red to fil l the hole on t r ips:
(c) inCicat or dc,;ces that in
dicate t he relationship between dnll-
lllg fluid-return flow rate and pump
discharge rate. This indicator must ln-
clJde both a visual and an audible
warni ng device; and
(d) Gas-detecti ng eqt:ipment to mon-
Itor the dnlling fluid returns. The lnd!-
catot may be located tn the drtlllng
fluid-loggmg compartment or on the
rig rloor. I f the Indicators <lr c only in
the logging compartment. you must
continually man Lhe equipment and
have a means of Immediate commu-
with the rig floor. If the indi-
catots are or: the rig floor only. you
must Install an audible alarm.
FR R123. Feb 2C. 2003]
250-458 What quantities of drilling
fluids arc required?
(<l) You must usc. m<llntaln. <lnd rc-
plemsh quantities of dnlltng fl uid and
drilling fluid :natertals at the drill site
?.S t o ensure we-11 control.
You must determine those quantities
based on known or anticipated drilling
conditions, ng storage capacity.
weather conditions. and eSti mated
time for delivery.
(b) You must r ecord the daily mven-
tortes of dnllmg fluid and drtlling flUid
matenals, inclt:dlng we1ght materi als
321
TRN- MDL-00495969
CONFIDENTIAL
2SO.AS9
<J.nd <J.ddit lvcs in the drilling fluid re-
port.
(c) If you do nol have sufficient qu:om-
titles of drilling fluid and drilling fluid
material to maintain wel l control, you
must suspend dri lling operations.
[68 FR 8423, F cb. 20, 2003]
250.459 What are the safety require-
ments for drilling flui d-handling
areas?
You must classify dr1lli ng fluid-han-
dhng areas according to API RP 500,
Recommended Practice for Cl assifica-
tion of Locations for Elecnical Instal -
lations at Petrol eum Faclllttes. Classi -
fied as Class 1. Di vision l and Divtslon
2 (i ncorpotat ed by reference as speci-
fied in 250.198): or API RP 505. Rec-
ommended Ptactice for Classification
ot Locati ons for Electrical Installa-
tions at P etroleum Facilities, Classi-
fied as Class 1. Zone 0. Zone 1. and Zone
2 (i ncorpmated by refe1ence as speci -
fied 1n 250.198) . In areas where dan-
gerous concentrations of combustible
gas may accumulate. you must instal l
and maintai n a venti l ation system and
gas monitors. Drillmg fl uid-handhng
areas must have t he follo'.vmg safety
equipment:
(a) A ventilation system capable of
replacing Lhe air once every 5 minules
or 1.0 cub1c feet of air-volume flow per
minute. per square foot of area, which-
ever 1s greater. I n addition:
(1) If natural means pr ovide adequate
ventilati on. ventila-
tion system is not necessary:
(2) Tf a mechanical system does not
run conti:mously, chen it must acti-
vate when gas detectors i ndicate t he
presence of I percent or lTlore of con1-
bust1ble gas by volume: and
(3) If discharges fr om a mecharucal
ventilation system may be haza,dous,
then you must maintain the drilling
fluid-hattd11ng area at a negative ptes-
sure. You must protect the negative
pressure area by using at least one of
Lhe following: a pressure-sensi Live
a larm. open-door alarms on each access
to the area. automatic door-closing de-
vi ces. atr l ocks. or other deVices ap-
proved by t he Distnct Supervisor:
{b) Gas clet ecton; and al;onms except
in open areas where adequate ventila-
tion is provaled by natural means. You
must t est and r ecal!brate gas detectors
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-QA Edition)
qcartcrly . No more than DO days may
elapse between tests:
(c) Explosion-proof or pressurized
electrical equipment to prevent t he ig-
nitton of expl osive gases. Where you
use au for pressunng equipment, you
must locate the air intake outside of
and as far as pract1cable fr om haz-
ardous area-;: and
(d) Al arms that activate when the
mC'chanl cal venti 1 at1 on system fn11s.
[G6 FR F cb 20. 2003]
OTHER DRILLING
* 250.460 What are the requirements
for conducting a well test?
(a) 17 you intend to conduct a well
test, you must include your projected
pl 1ms fat the test with yoUt APD (fatm
M:v!S-123) or m an Appl icat1on for Per-
mit to l\l.od1fv (APM) (form MMS-124).
Your plans n1ust include ar I east the
followinE! info1mation:
(!) Estimated flowing and shut-in
t ubing pressures:
{2) Est.mated r1ow rates and cumu-
lative volumes.
(3) Time duration of :Jaw, buil dup.
and drawdown periods:
(4) Description and rating of surfuce
and subsurface test equipment:
(5) Schematic drawing. showing the
I ayout oft est equi ;Jment:
(6) Description of safety equipment.
includmg gas detectors and fire-fight-
ing equipmC'nt:
(7) methods to handl e or
ttansport produced tlut :Is: and
(8) Description of the test procedures.
(b) You must the Dist rict Super-
visor at least 24-hours noti ce befo1e
starnng a well test.
[oS FR Feb 2C. 20031
250.461 What are the requirements
for directional and inclination sur-
veys?
For this subpmt, 1\AMS classif1es a
Wf'll as verti ca l if the calculated aver-
age of inclination readings does not ex-
ceed 3 degrees from the vertical.
{a) Survey rcqulrcmmtS for a vertica l
well. (l) You must conduct inclination
surveys on each vertical wel l anrl
record t.'1e results. Survey intervals
may not exceed 1.000 feet durt ng the
normal course of dnlllng:
322
TRN-MDL-00495970
CONFIDENTIAL
(2) You must conduct d1rec-
tlonal survey that provides both lncll-
naUon and a:t.imuth. and d1g1Lally
tecord the results in electronic format:
(I) Within 500 feet of setting surfucc
or 1ntermed1ate casing:
(11) WiLhin 500 fe.,-t of selt mg any
liner: and
(Ill) When you reach total depth.
(b) Survey requirements for directional
well. You must conduct directional sur-
veys on each directional well and
digitally record the r esults. Surveys
must gtve both incllnation and azl-
ntuth at intervals not to exceed 500 fet:t
during the notmal coutse of drilling
Intervals dunng anglc-changmg pO!-
ttons of the hol e may not exceed 100
feet .
(c) :v!easurement whlle dnlling. You
may usc mcasUtcmcnt-whtlc-drllltng
technology tf It meet s the requt r e-
ments of this section.
(d) Composite survey requirements. (I )
Your composite directional survey
must show the 1 nterval from the bot-
tom of the conductor to total
depth. I n the absence oi conductor cas-
in:;?;. the survey must show the interval
from t he bottom of the drive or struc-
tural casing to total depth. and
(2) You must correct all surveys to
Universal-Transverse-Mercator-Grid-
north or Lambett -Grid-north after
n'IBkmp; the map;netic-to-true-nort h
conectt on. Sutveys must s how the
lllogne::Llc and grid used aJtd
include a listing of the directionally
computed incltnations and a:>Jmuths.
(e) Tf you drtll within 500 feet of an
adjacent lease. t he Regional Supervisor
mAy require you to flllnlsh " ropy of
the well's directional survey to the af-
fected l easeholder. Thts coul d occur
when the adj omi ng leaseholder re-
quests a copy of the su tvey for the pro-
tect JOn of cor rel ative nghts.
!GR FR R423. F Pb. 20. 20031
250.462 What arc the requirement.<
for well-control drills?
You must conduct a weekly well-con-
t rol drill with each drilling crew. Your
dr\11 must famtltartze the crew wtth Its
r ol es and functtons so that all crew
members can perform t heir duties
promptly and efficiently.
(a) Wel l-control dnll plan. You must
prepare a well comrol drill plan for
250.465
each well. You r plan must outline the
assignments fm ead: crew member and
esLabllsh limes Lo complete each por-
tion of the drill You must post a copy
of the well control drill plan on the rtg
tloo1 or bul:etin board.
(b) Timing o: drllls. You must conduct
each drill during a period of acttv!ty
that mlmm1zcs risk to drtlltng op-
erattons. The t lntng of your drills
must cover a range of differet1l oper-
ations. Includi ng d1tll ing with a di -
vertrr. on-bottom drll ling. and t np-
p!ng.
(c) Recordkeeping requil'ements. For
each cr1ll. you must record the fol -
lowhg in the dtiller's repor t :
( I) The tlme to be ready to close the
diverter or BOP system: and
(2) The tota: t ime to compl ete the en-
tire drill.
(d) lviMS ordered dnJJ. An !1.1MS au-
thonzed repres entattve may reqUlre
you to concuct a wel l control dri II dur-
mg an MMS inspectior .. The MMS rep-
resentative wi ll consult with your on-
site tepresemat1ve before tequirt ng the
dril l.
ISS FR 842:i. Fe-b 20. 2003]
250.463 Who establishes field drilling
rules?
(a) The Distri ct Supervisor may es-
tabl ish fie:d drilling rules different
frorr; the requir ements of this subpar t
when geolog1cal and engineering infor-
mation shows that specific operating
requir.,tttents ate approJ.>tiate. You
must comply with field dri ll ing rules
and nonconf.ict!ng requirements of
this subpart. The District Supervisor
may e mend or cancel fteld dril ltng
nJie.s at any ttme.
(b) You may request the District Su-
pervisor to establlsh. amend. or cancel
fiel d dnlllng rules.
!So FR. 842::, F<>b 2C. 20031
APPLYING f:OR A P ERl\tiT TO MODIFY AND
WELL RECORDS
250.465 When must I submit :m Ap-
plication for Permit to Modify
(APM) or an End of Operations Re-
port to MMS?
(11) You submit An APM (fmm
M:'v!S-124) or an End of Operat10ns Re-
port (for:-n MMS-i 25) and or her mate-
ri als to rhe Regional Supervisor as
323
TRN-MDL-00495971
CONFIDENTIAL
250.466
shown In the followi ng tabl e . You must
also submit a publ ic information copy
of each form.
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-{)4 Edition)
When you Then you muot And
(1 ) tnlond to relllse your drDIIng
plan, change major drilling
equipment, or plugback..
SUbmn torm Z4 <X re- Recet\'e wrtnon cr otal approval toem lho Olstrlct SupoiVlsor
quest oral 3pproval. before you begin the intendod opor.otion. U you get an ap-
pro-val, you must submit fonn MM5-124 no later than the
end of tho 3rd buslne"" day following the oral approV'JI. In
nil eo.ooG, or you muot moot tho "ddltlonol roqulromontc In
p.1rogroph (b) ell t h s sOCII on.
(2) Determine a well's tlnnl sur-
face loc.a.tion, Wdter depth,
and the rotary kelly buohonq
NfiVittlon.
Immediately Submit .a form Sobmil a plot ccrlifiod by o re()iGtcrcd land sutvcyor lt'l ot
MM5-124. meeb the of 250.412.
(3) Move a drllng umt from a
wcllbore bolore complotlng a
well.
SUbmn forms SUbmit MilAs- S<A>mlt approprlale copies or the well rocods.
124 and MM5-125 Within 30
dayc; after the :.uscp:oion of
wenDore operallon!>.
(b) If you lt 1tend t o perform a.Joy of
the actions specified In pa,.agraph (a) (I)
of t his section. you must meet the fol
lowing add1ttonal r equt r <>ments:
(!) Your form MMS-124 must contain
a detai l ed statement of the proposed
work that vvi ll materially ch an ge from
the approved APD:
(2) YoUJ- form 1\ IMS- 124 must Incl ude
the present st atus of t he well . depth of
a ll casing strings set t o date. well
depth. present production zones and
productive c<.<p<:< bl ltty. and a ll other In-
formation spec( fl ed: and
(3) Withi n 30 days after completi ng
t hls wor k. vou must subm1t form
MMS-124
about the work to the Distri ct Super -
visor, unless y ou have already provided
suffi cient information In a Well Act iv-
ity Report , forrn MMS-133 (2SOA68(b) ).
[68 FR 8423. F.-b. 20. 2003]
250.466 What records must I keep?
You must keep compl ete, l egible. and
accurate records for each well. You
must keep drilling rPc.ords onslt P whil e
250.467 How long must I keep records?
drilling ocrlv1tl es Lurrtlloue. Aft er corrr-
pl etton of dnllt ng actlvtttes. you must
keeJ: all drilling ond othet v.:ell record::;
for the t 1me pettods s hown In 250. 469.
You k::cp thcsc rccords <:JL "' loCl:l-
tion of your choi ce. The r ecords must
contain cor.rpl cte information on a ll of
the followmg:
(a) Wel: ope:-ations:
(b) Descnpt!Ot1S of formations pene-
t r ated:
(c) Content and character of orl. p,as,
water, and other mineral depos1ts ln
each formation:
(d) Kind, wet g:-tt . s ize. grade. and set-
ting depth of casing:
(e) All well l ogs and su:-veys run In
t he wel l hare:
(f) Any stgnlftcant malfunction ot
probl em: a r .d
(g) All other Informati on tcqutred by
the Di.sttt ct Supervisor in the tnr erf>.sts
of resource evaluation. waste preven-
tion. conservation of natural r esources.
and t he protection of correlative
r ights . "'-nd Pnvironment .
I6R FR Ft>b ?C.
You must kPep for t he time periods ,<;hown In the fol l owing tablt>.
You must koop rocords: rolatins t::) Unttl
(a) Dnllrng .................................................................................... Nonety days aner you complete dnllrng operaloons.
(b) C;,clng :.nd llnor prcc,uro toch;, divcr1or tost,, ;,nd BOP Two yo.1r& ;,11of the co"nplotlon of drll'ng opcr.JtionG.
tests.
(c) Completion o1 a wei or of any workover aclMty that materi-- You permanently plug and abandon the well or until you for-
ally atter'S the completion configuration or affoctG a hydro- ward the records with o loa$e
c.arllon-bearing ZCM'le.
(68 F R 8423. F eb. 20. 20031
324
TRN-MDL-00495972
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Mcnogement Service, Interior
250.468 What well records am I re-
quired to submit?
(a) 'You must submit copies of logs or
charts of el ectrical. radioa ctive. sonic,
and other well-logging operations: di -
rectional and vertical-well surveys: ve-
locity p roflies and surveys: and anal-
ysiS of cores to MMS. Each Region will
provide specific lnsLruclioJ IS for sub-
mitting well logs <mel suJveys.
(b) For drilling operations in the
GOM OCS Region. you must submit
form Ml'v!S-133, Well Activity Report.
to the Dlstnct Supervisor on a weekly

(c) Fm dl'ill ing operati ons in the Pa-
Cific ot Alaska OCS Regions. you must
submit form MMS- 13:;, Well Activity
Report. to t he Distri ct Supervisor on a
dally baSIS.
FR Feb.
250.469 What other well records
could I be required to submit?
The Regional or Dtstrlct Supervisor
may require you to submit copies of
any or all of the followmg well records.
(a) Well records as specified In
250.466;
(b) Prlk ontolnglcnl lntrrpretatlnns or
reports 1dentlfy1ng microscopic fossi l s
by depth and/or w<Jshed s<Jmplcs of drill
cuttings that you normally maintain
for paleontological determinations.
The Regional Supervisor may Issue a
Notice t o Lessees t hat prescribes the
manner. t 1meframe. and format for
submitting t his information:
(c) Se1v!ce company reports on ce-
menting. perforating, acl diztng, test-
t ug. or other sllllllar services. o:
(d) Orher and records of oper-
a t ions.
[68 F R S423. 20.
HYDROGEN SL.'L!'JDE
250.490 Hydrogeo sulfide.
(a) What precautions must I take when
operating Jn an H:S a rea? You must :
(I) Take all necessary and feasibl e
precauti ons and measures to protect
persu11r ud from the:: toxir e:: ffe::cts of H:S
and to mitigate damage to property
and the environment caused by H:S.
You must follow the requi r ements of
th!s secuon when conducting dnllmg.
250 . .490
wcll-completi on!well-wor k over. and
pr oducti on operations in zones with
H:S present and when condu cting oper-
ations m zones where the presence of
H:S Is unknown. You do not need to
follow t hese r equirements when oper-
ating In zones where the absence of H,S
has been confi rmed: and
(2) Follow you r approved contingency
pl an.
(b) Defln!ttons. Terms used 1n this
section the followi ng meanings
Facl11ry means a vessel. a structure.
or an artificial island used for drilling.
well-compl eti on. well -workover. and/o1
pr oduction operations.
H,S absent means:
(I) Drilling. loggmg, coring, test mg.
or producing operati ons have con-
firmed the absence of H: S In concentra-
tions that coul d potent ially result in
atmospher l r concenl rallons of 20 ppm
or more of H:S: or
(2) Drllltng In t he surrou:1dtng areas
and correlallon of geological and s ei s-
mic data with equivalent stratigraphic
uni ts bove:: conflrrne::c! em aus e1 oce of H2S
throughout the a rea to be dnlled.
H2S present means that dr ill i ng. l og-
ging. coring, testing. or producing op-
erat i ons have conflrm::-d the presence
of H, S In concentratlcns and volumes
that could po:entially result in atmos-
phenc concentrations of 20 ppm or
mor e ofH1S.
ll
2
S un known means the deslgnatl on
of a zone or geologi c formation where
neither the presence no1 absence of H7S
h<Js been confirmed.
Well-control fluid :neans dnlhng mud
and completion or wor kover fluid as
appropriate t o the particul ar operation
bci ng conduct ed.
(c) Classifying an area for the presence
of H,S. You must:
{l) Request and obtain an approved
classification for the area from the Re-
g i onal Supervisor before you begin op-
erations. Cl assifications are '' H: S ab-
sent ." H,S present." or "H!S unknown":
(Z) Su bmit your request with your
application for permit to drill:
(3) Suppol't your re quest with DVDil-
ablc informati on such us ;.md
325
TRN-MDL-00495973
CONFIDENTIAL
250.490
geophysical und corrclutlons. well
l ogs. format i on t ests, cores and a nal-
ysts of formation fluids; and
(4) Submit request fot
tlon of a zone when addnional data In-
dicat e a different classification is need-
ed.
(d) What do I do if condi tions change?
If you encounter H: S that could poten-
t ially result In atmospheri c concentra-
t ions of 20 ppm or more in ar eas not
previously classified as having HoS
present, you must Immediately notify
MMS and begin to follow tequllements
for ar eas with HoS present.
(e) What are the requirements for con-
ducting simultaneous operations? When
rondur tlng any combination of drill-
ing. well-compl etion. well-workover.
and production operations simulta-
neously. you must follow the teqUire-
mem s in the secti on applicable to each
indJ vi dual operClti on.
(f) Requirements for submJWng an HoS
Contingency Plan. Before you begi n op-
erations. you must submtt an H0S Con-
tingency P l all to t h e Dtstl'i ct Super-
visor for approval. Do not begin oper-
ations before the Dlstnct Supervisor
ap[Jrove.o. y our pla11. You mu>.t keep a
copy of the approved pl an in the ftcld.
Htld you 11111St rull oW t h e plHll ;.t [ all
times. You1 pl an must Include:
(1) Safety procedures <md rules that
you wtll follow concerning eqUipment.
dnlls, and smoktng;
(2) Trnining you pmvi de fm employ-
ees. contractors. and visitors;
(3) Job posi t ion and t itle of the per-
son responsi ble for t he overall safety of
personnel;
{4) Other key positions. how these po-
sitions fit i nto your organi7.atl on. and
what the functions. duties. wd respon-
sibi lities of those job positions are;
(5) Actions that you will Lak e when
the concentration of l i:S In t he atmos-
phere reaches 20 ppm. who wil l be re-
spor.slble for those actions. and a de-
scription of the audible and visual
<t l>t rrns to be ><Ctlvat<d:
(6) Br!C'f!ng areas where personnel
wil l assemble during an H:S al ert. You
must have at l east t wo brteftng a reas
on each facility and use the briefing
t haT is upvvind of the H,S smtrr.e
at .:my ven time:
(7) Cntena you wtl l use to dectde
when to evacuate t he facillty a nd pro-
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-().4 Edition)
ccdures you wil l usc to
a ll personnel from the facility by ves-
sel. capsule. or lifebcat. If you use hel i-
cnpt ers citJri ng H,S de_-;cti he t he
types of HoS emergencies dur ing which
you consider t he risk of hclicopt e1 ac-
tivity to be a cceptable and the pre-
cautions you will t ake duri ng the
flights
(8) Ptacedurcs you wtll usc to safel y
position a ll vessels attendant to the fa-
ctlity. Jndtcate where you will l ocate
the vessels with respect to direc-
tion. Include the distance from the fa-
ct:tty and what procedures you will use
to safely r elo::-ate the vessels i n an
emergency;
{!l) How you will provtde proterrlve-
breathmg equip:nent for all personnel.
including contrzctors and visitors;
(10) The agen:::es and factltt1es you
will noll!'y in case of a release of H:S
(that constitut es an emergency). how
you will not ify them. and their tele-
phone numbers. Include all fac!li t tes
that mtght be exposed to a tmosphenc
concentrations of 20 ppm or mor e of
H:S:
(II) The medi cal pers::mnel and
lle:; you "ill ' u:;e If needed. the! J ad-
dresses. a nd telephone numbers:
(12) H,S det,..ctor loc<-!rtons in prochl<:-
t ion fa::: l lit ies producing gas containing
20 ppm or more of H:S. Include an "H:S
Detector Locatton Drawmg" showmg.
(i) All vessels. fl are outlets,
WPll hea rls. othPt' eqlli pment h.<m-
dling product ion cont aining H
0
S;
(I I) /\pproxlr.tat e max1mum con-
centration of H:S i n the gas stream:
and
(tit) Location of all 1-I:S sensors i n-
cl uded i n your contingency plan;
(13) Operational condi tions when you
expect to f.are gas contai ni ng in-
c: l Jtli ng the estimated rnaximun t gas
now rate. H:S concentration. and dura-
tion at fl ar ing:
( 11) Your assessment of the nsks to
petsonnel during flar ing and what pre-
c>tutiot"'ry es you will t;;k e.
(15) P nmary a nd alternate methods
to ignite the fl ure <lll d procedures for
sustaining tgnltion and monltott ng the
status of t he fl are (I.e .. Ignit ed or ex-
t i ngllt."hPcl) ;
{16) Procedures t o shut off the to
the n a:-e tn t he event the flare ts ext m-

326
TRN-MDL-00495974
CONFIDENTIAL
(li) Portable or fixed s ulphur dioxide
(SO::)-detection system(s) you will use
to determine SO: concentration and ex-
po!;ure whpn H,S is btnned:
(18) Increased monitoring and warn-
ing procedures you will take when the
SO: concentration In the atmosphere
reaches 2 ppm:
(19) Personnel protection measures or
evacuation procedures you w111 Initiate
when the SO: concentrotion in the at-
mosphere reaches 5 ppm:
(20) cont:-ols to protect
personnel from 50
1
: and
(2J) Any special equi pment. proce-
dures. or precautiOns you wtll use If
you conduct any combmation of drill-
ing, well -completion. well-workover.
and production operations simulta-
neously.
(g) Trammg program.
(I) When and how often do employees
need to be trained? All oper ators and
contract personnel must compl ete an
H:S training program to meet the re-
quirements of this section:
(i) Before begtrming work at the fa-
ctlity: and
(11) Each year. wlthln I year af'tet
C.:OITI!Jielion of Lhe pr evlous cla.ss.
(2) 'vVhat training documentation do T
n,.-d? F or each Individual working on
the platform. elthet:
(I) You must have documentat ion of
thts training at the faclllty where the
individual is empl oyed: or
(11) The employPe mu!;t catry
i ng completion card.
(3) What o-a1ntng do I need to gtve to
VJSJtors and employees preViously trained
on another facJJHy?
(1) Trained employees or contractors
transferred from another fadlity must
attend a supplemental briefing on your
H2S equipment and procedures before
beginning duty al your facility:
(!i) Visitors who w1ll remain on your
facility more than 24 hours must re-
ceive the tralrung requi r ed for employ-
ees by paragtaph (g)(4) of this section:
;.md
(iii) Visitors who will depart before
spending 24 hours on the facility arc
exempt from the train! ng r equired for
employees. but they must, upon ar-
complE't e a btleflng that In-
cludes:
(A) Information on the locanon and
use of an ass1gned resplrotor: practice
250.490
in donning and acjusting the assigned
respirator: information on the safe
bneflng areas, alarm system, and haz-
ard<: of H!S and SO,: -'lnci
(B) Instructions on t het r responslb!l-
ities in the event of an H,S rel ease.
(4) What training must I provide to all
othN employees? You must train all in-
dividuals on your fadllty on the:
(I) Hazards of H,S and of so, and the
provisions for personnel safety con-
tained In tr.e H,S Contingency Plan:
(ii) Projjer use of safety equipment
which :he employee may be tequlred to
use:
(Ill) Locat 1 on of protect 1 ve breath! ng
equl;:m1cnt . detectors and alarms.
ventil at ion equipme:ot. briefing
warrung systems. evacuation proce-
dt.:res. and the di rection of prevailing
winds:
(iv) Restrictions and correclive
measures concetmng beards. spec-
t acles. and cont act lenses ln conform-
ance wtth ANSI Z88.2. American Na-
tional Standarc for Respiratory Pro-
tection (incorpo1ated by reference as
specified in 250. 19R):
(v) Baste first-aid procedures applica-
bl e Lo victims of H1S exjjo.sure. Duri ng
all dril l s and training s essions. you
rnust rtcldrt<SS procedures for r escue Hnd
first aid fot H,S victims:
(Vl) of:
(A) The first -aid kit on the facil it y.
(B; Resuscitators: dl1d
(Cl L1 t ter nr other devt ce on t he fa-
ciilty.
(v11) Meaning of all warning s ignals.
(5) Do I need to post safety informabon?
You musL prom.lnenLiy posl safeLy 1n-
format10n on the fac1 lity and on ves-
sels serving the facl.tty (Le.. basic
frrst-md. escape routes. Instructions
for use of life boats, etc.).
(h) Drill!;. (!) When and how often do I
nee-d to conduct drJJls on 1 I:S safetv dis-
cussions on the facility? You must '
(IJ Conduct a dnll fo; each person at
the facility during normal duty hours
at 1 east 0 1 tee evPry 7-::Jay period T he
crills must consist of a dry-run per-
formance of personnel activit ies re-
l ated to assigned Jobs.
(II) At a safety meeting or other
meetings of all personnPl. discuss drill
performance. new H:S considerations
at the fac1hty. and other updated H,S
tnformat:on at least monthly.
327
TRN-MDL-00495975
CONFIDENTIAL
250.490
(2) What documenwtJon do I need( You
must keep r ecor ds of attendance fat:
(i) Drillml'(. wel.1-complellon. ami
well-work over operations at the facil -
Ity until opcrm1ons arc completed; and
(ii) Production operations at the fa-
cility ot at tltt' ttear est ftelt! office for
l year.
(1) VIsual and audtb)e wamlng sys-
tems-(1) How must T Install wind dlrcc-
Uon equipment? You rnust inst all wind-
direction equipment in a locati on visi -
ble at all t imes to indjvJduals on or m
the Immediate VlCJmty of the factl1ty.
(2) When do T nc::cd to dl.,;p)ay op.:r-
atlonal danger signs. display flags. or ac-
tfv<Jt<' visual or audible nlarms?
(1) You mus: dis play warnJng signs at
all limes on faci l!Lie:s with wells capa-
ble of producing II,S and on factltties
that pr ocess gas containing H,S In con-
centrations of 20 ppm at more.
(ii) In add! lion Lo the signs. you must
activate audibl e alarms a nd display
fl ags or activate flashing red lights
when atmospheric concentration of HzS
' eaches 20 pprn.
(3) What are che requirements for
Each sign must be a hi gh-vi si bility yel-
low col or with hl ack letteri ng as fol-
lows:
Lotter hlght Wording
12 ........ ...........
Poisonous Gas.
Hydrogen Sulfide.
7 inchet:> - Do not approoch H red fbg Iii
nytng.
(U"e appropriate wording at Do not approach red lights
right). arc flaMing.
(4) May I use exJsdng signs? You may
use existing s i gns containing the words
"Danget'-Hydrogett pro-
vided t he words 'Poisonous Gas. Do
Not J\pproach If Red Flag Is Flying" or
''Red Lights are Flashing" in l ettering
of a ntinimum of 7 inches in height are
displayed on a sign i mmediately adJa-
cent to the existing sign.
(5) What are the requirements f or flash-
ing lights or flags? You must aclivate a
sufficient number of lights or holst a
sufficient number of flags to be visible
to vessels and aircraft. Each !Jght must
be of s uffi cient Intensity to be seen by
approaching ve.ssels or aJtcrafl a ny
time 1t is activated (day or night ).
Each flag must be red. r ectangular. a
rrummum Width of 3 feet. and a mm-
i mum height of 2 feet.
(6) Wh<Jt is an <JudioJe wammg system?
An audible warning system is a public
address sys:em or siren. horn. or other
w;,rning clevice with n unique
sound used only for H,S.
(7) A:e there any other requi rements for
visual or audible wa."'l1ing devices? Yes.
you must:
(1) Illuminate all signs and flags at
night ;,nd 11nder condit ions of poor visi-
bil ity: and
(11} Use warning devices that are suit-
able for the electrical of
the a r ea.
(8) What actions must I take when the
il rP WhPn rhe ng
devices are activat ed. the designated
responsible persons must inform per-
sonnel of t he level of danger and 1ssue
lnstructtons on the initiation of appro-
;xot Prtlve me>tsures.
OJ H,s-derection and H,s monitoring
equipmen!-(1) What are che requirements
for a n dctcctio:1 system? An H,S de-
tection syst em must :
(i) Be capabl e of sensing a minimum
of 10 ppm of H,S i n the atmosphere:
and
(II) Activate audi bl e and VJsual
al arms when the concentration of
In the atmosphere reaches 20 ppm.
(2) Where must I have sensors for dl'iJJ-
Jt tg. we/1-<owpJerJor ' a1 td welJ-workover
operations? You must locate sensors at
the:
(i) Bell nippl e:
(11) ldud-return l ine receiver tank
(possum belly):
(Ill) Pi pe-trip tank :
(lv) Shale shaker:
(v) Wel>connol nu1u pit area.
(v1) Drill er 's stallon.
(vi i) L1vh8 quar.ers. a nd
(vll!) All other areas where H,S m3y
accumul ate.
(3) Co I :1eed mJd sensors? The Dis-
tri ct Supervisor may require mud sen-
sors In the possum bell y In cases
the <:unblcrtt <>ir scnsors In t he mud-re-
turn system do not consistently detect
the pcsence of H
2
S.
(4) How oft en must r observe the sen-
sors? Durtng dr i lling. well-completion
and well-workover operations, you
musr conrlnuously ohs<"I''VE' rhe H,S lt"v-
els indicated by the monitors in the
work areas dunng the followtng oper-
aoons:
328
TRN-MDL-00495976
CONFIDENTIAL
(1) When you pull CJ wet s tring of drill
pipe or work over scri ng:
(i i) When circulating bott oms-up
after a dr!lllng break:
(11 1) During cemenllng operall ons:
(lv) During logging operations : and
(v) \.vhen c11 culatl11g to concllnon
mud or other well -control fluid.
(5) Whc-rc must 1 have sensors for pro-
duction opcmtions? On <J platform where
gas containing H2S of 20 ppm or geat!'r
is produced. processed. or otherwise
handled:
(I) Yo11 must have a sens o1 In rooms.
bu!ldings. deck areas. or low-laymg
deck 3re;;s not oche1w1se covered by
paragr aph 0) (2) of t his sect10n. where
otJ nosphtrlc conc..:ntrotloJ IS of H,S
could r each 20 ppm or more. You must
have at least one sensor per 400 square
feec of deck area m fractiOnal part of
400 square feet :
(11) You must have a sensor In build-
ings where peisonnel have their l iving
quarters:
(ill) You must have a sensor within 10
feet of each vessel. compressor. well-
head, manifold, or pump. which coul d
release enough H,S to resul t In atmos-
pheric concentrctl ons of 20 ppm at a
distance of tO feet from t he component :
(lv) You may use one sensor to detect
H:S around multiple pieces of equip-
ment. provided t he s ensor ts located no
mor e t hon 10 feet from eetch ptece. ex-
cept t hat you need to use at least t wo
sensors to moni tor compressors exceed-
ing 50 hosepower:
(v) You do not need t o have sensors
near wells that are shut ln at the mas-
ter valve and sea led closed.
(vi) When you deternune where t o
place sensors. you must consider:
(A) The location of system fittings.
fl anges. valves. and other devices sub-
ject t o leaks to t he atmosphere: and
(B) Design factors. such as t he type
of decktng " nd t he of fire
walls: and
(vi!) The Dist ri ct Supervisor may re-
qUire add1t10nal senso1s or other mom-
tonng capabllt ttes. If warranted by Site
specific conditions.
(6) How rrn tsr T funrrio,,;; //y resr rhe
Detectors?
(1) P ersonnel t r aJ :->ed to calibrate the
pa1t1cular H,S detectm eqUi pment
betng used must test detectors by ex-
250.490
posing t hem to CJ known concentr<Jtion
in t he range of 10 to 30 ppm of HzS.
(ii j If t he results of any functional
test are not within 2 ppm or iO percent,
whi chever is gceatei. of the appli ed
concentrati on . recahbrate the lnstru-
men: .
(7) How often must I test my detectors?
(\l When conduct ing dt\1 1\ng. drill
stem testing. well-completion. or well-
Wolkover operati ons i n areas classified
as H:S present or unknown. test all
detectors <J C least once ever y 24 hours.
When dnlling, bep,tn functional testinp,
before the bit Is 1,500 feet (venlcallyl
nhove t hP potent in! H,S zone.
(It) WhE'n conduct ing pr oduction op-
erat ions. test all detectors at least
ever y 14 days be: ween tests.
(lll) If equipment r eqUJres cahbr at1on
as a 1esult of two consecutive func-
Li onal Lests. Lhe Disll"icl Supervisot
may require that 1 hS-detectt on and
H.S-monitoring equi pment be function-
a lly test ed anc calibrated more fre-
quer.tl y.
(8) What documentation must 1 keep?
(1) You must ma in:a!n records of
testing and calibr ations (in t he drilling
or produccton operations report. as ap-
pli cable) ut the facili t y to show the
presE-nt status and history of each de-
vl :e. Includi ng dat es and deta1ls con-
cetnl ng
(A) Installation.
(B) Removal :
(Cl Inspection:
(D) Rep;nrs:
<E; and
(F} Remstall ation.
(ii) Records must be available fot i n-
spec: ton by MMS personnel.
(9) Whc.t ar e the requirements for near-
by vessels? If vessels a r e slatloned over-
ni ght al ongside facil ities in a reas of
H: S present or H:S unknown, you must
equi;J vessels With a n H:S-dctectton
system t :,at activates audi bl e and vis-
ual olonns whc:'1 t he conccnln:Jllotl of
H:S In the atmospheie reaches 20 ppm.
This rcqui cmcnt docs not apply to
vessels positi oned UJ:Wlnd and at a safe
distance from t he facility In accord-
nllce wirh r;,e posiricning prucenure de-
scrlbed ln t he a ppoved Conti n-
gency P l an
(IOl What are the requ:rements for near-
by fac11Wes7 The District Supervtsor
329
TRN-MDL-00495977
CONFIDENTIAL
250.490
require you to equip facUl-
ties w1t h portable or fi xed detec-
tor(s) and to test and calibrate those
dPtPctor:;. To invoke t his rPquirc>ment.
the District Supervisor Will consider
dispersion modeling results from a pos-
sible release to dete1m1ne If 20 ppm
concentration levels could be exceeded
at near by facti! ties.
(1 1) What I111..1St I do to protect against
50
2
1f I bum _gas contaJnJn_!! You
must :
(1) Momtor the concent r ation m
the ai r with portabl e or strategical ly
pl at:ed fixed devices capable of delecl-
1ng a m!n!mum of 2 ppm of so,:
(!l) Take readings at least hourly and
at <my time personnel detect odor
or nasal irntatlon;
(1 11) lmplemen"t the personnel protec-
tive measures specified tn the H,S Con-
tingency Pl<m If the SO, concentration
in the work area reaches 2 ppm; and
(iv) Calibrate devices every 3 months
if you use fixed or portable electronic
sensing devices t o detect SO,.
(12) :!>. lay I use altemaove mteasures?
You may follow alternative measur es
Instead of t hose !n paragraph (IJ (l l ) of
t hi s secti on i f you propose a nd t he Re-
gional approves the alter-
native measur es.
(13) What are the requirements for pro-
tectJve--bn:athlng L"'<JUipment? In an
cl ass1 f1 ed as I hS present or I hS un-
known. you must:
(i) Prov1de all personnel. mcludmg
contractors and visitors on a factlity,
with immediate access to self-con-
tai ned pre.s.sure-delnand-ty1Je 1 e.s-
pirators with baseline capability and
breathi ng time of at least IS minutes.
(II) Design. sel ect. use. and maintain
respirators in conformance wi t h ANSI
Z88. 2 (Incorporated by refenmce as
s peci fi Pd in 250. I 98}.
(til) }_fakt:: dVdllabl t:: at l t::dSt two
voi ce-transmission devices. which ca:1
be used while a rcspir;:J. t or. for
use by designated personnel.
(lv) Mak e spectacle kits avallable as
needed.
(v) Store protective-breathing equtp-
mr-nt In" lccrtrlon thi'lt is qlllrkly anrl
eastly accessible to all personnel.
(vi) Label aJJ breatbmg-aJr bottl es as
contammg breathmg-quahty atr for
human use.
30 CFR Ch. II (7-I -Q4 Edition)
(vii) Ensure thOJt vessels attendant to
fa::ilities carry appropriate protective-
breathmg equl pment for each crew
membe1 The District Supervisor
requtre additional protectlve-breachmg
equipment on certain vessels attendant
to the facility.
(vi ti) During H
2
S alerts. li mit heli-
copter flights to anc from faci liti es to
the conditions s pccl f:ed In t he l-1,S Con-
tingency Plan Duri ng authorized
fltghts, t he fl tght crew and passengers
must use pr essure-demand-type res-
ptJ-ators. 'l"ou must trai n all members
of flight crews !n t he use of the par-
ticular t vpe(s) of resp1 :ator equipment
made availabl e.
(lx) A<. appropriate to the par t i cular
operation(s). (producti on. dnlling.
well-completion or well-workover oper-
ations. or any combmat1on of them) .
provide a sysl em of breathing-air
manifolds. noses. and masks at the fa-
c!l!ty and the bnefmg areas. You must
provide a cascade atr-bottle system for
t he breaching-air manifolds to reftll tn-
divitlual proteclive-brealhing appa-
rat us bottl es The c ascade air-bot tle
system may be recharged by a hi gh-
pressure compr ess01 sui table for pio-
vldtng b1eathlng-qualtty a1t. provided
t he cotnpressm SI JCtt oi i Is located 111 an
uncontaminat ed atmosphere.
(k) Personnel S<Jf ety cqulpmcn t-(1)
What additional personnel-safety equip-
ment do I need? You must ensure t hat
your ir.riltty has;
(i) Portabl e detectors capabl e of
detecting a 10 ppm concentrati on of
H:S In t he air available for use by all
personnel ;
(il ) Retrieval ropes with safety har -
nesses to ret rieve Incapaci t ated per-
sonnel frorr. contamlna;: ed areas;
(111) Chalkboar ds a:1dlor note pads for
cor11rnunicalion puqJoses localeu 011
the ng fl oor. shale-sh;:1ker area. the ce-
ment-pump rooms. well-bay areas. pr o-
d"ccnon processing equipment area. gas
compressor area. and p1pel ine-pump

(tv) Bull horns and flashing ltghts:
and
(v) .<\t least three rcsusc1tato1s on
manned facilities. and a number equal
to t he pPtsonnel on not to f'X-
ceed three. on normallv unn1anned fa-
ct : tttes. compl ete With -face masks. ox-
ygen bottles. and spare oxygen bottl es.
330
TRN-MDL-00495978
CONFIDENTIAL
(2) What arc d1e requirements for ven-
tilation equipment? You must :
(1) Use only explos1on-proof venttla-
t io:1 devices:
(11) Inst all ventil ation devices In
areas wher e H,S or SO, may accumu-
late: and
(ili) Provide movable venttlation de-
vices in work ar eas. The movable ven-
tilation devi ces must be mult!direc-
lioncJ and capable of dispersing H:S or
SO: vapors away from working per-
sonnel.
(3) What other personnel safety equip-
ment do I need? You must have the fol-
lowing equipment readily available on
each fac1l1ty:
(1) A first-aid ki t of appropriate size
and content for the number of pel-
sonnel on t he fac1hty: and
(11) At least one litter or
lent devi ce.
(1) Do I need to notify 1\IMS in the
event of an H,S release? You must notlfy
MMS Without del ay ln the event of a
gas release which results In a I S-
minute ti me weighted aver age atmos-
pheric concenttCltlon of H,S of 20 ppm
or 1110n:: anywhere on the fae1llty.
(m) Do I need to use special dr111ing.
completion a nd workover flu ids or proce-
du res? When wo rking in e.n area classi -
fied as H:S present or H;,S unknown:
(1) You :11ay usc either water- or oi l-
base muds m accordance wi t h
250.300(b) (1).
(2) If y ou usc water-base well-control
fluids, a11d lf ambient ai r sensors detect
H,S, you must immediately conduct ei-
ther the Garrett-Gas-TraJn test or a
compa table test for soluble sul fides t o
conf irm t he presence of
(3) If the concenLralion deLecLed by
air sensors in over 20 ppm. personnel
conducti ng the tests must don protec-
tlve-breachmg equipment conformmg
to paragraph Ol (13) of thls s ection.
(4) You must maintain on the facility
:suffick ut <]UHlltlttes of adrlit iv .. s for
t he cont rol of I hS. well-control fluid
pH. and cor rosion equ i pment .
(1) Sc<Jvcngcrs. You must h<Jvc sc<Jv-
cngcrs for conttol of H,S avat la bl e on
the facility. When Hz$ Is detected. you
mu.-;t add s cavE>ngE>rs as nt-E>oed You
must suspend unt il the scav-
enger IS ctrculated throughout the sys-
tem.
250 . .490
(it) Control pH. You must addi-
tives for t he cont 1ol of pH to water-
base well-control fluids In sufficient
qc::mr it.iP-"' r o ntain pH of le?..-;t
10.0.
(iii) Corrosion inhibitors. You must
add addluves to the well-cont rol flui d
system as needed for t he control of cor-
rosion.
(5) You must degas well -control
fluids cont aining at the optimum
l ocat ion --or the particular facility. You
must collect the r emoved and
bctn them m a cl osed flare system con-
for-mmg to paragraph (q) (6) of t his sec-
tion.
(n) What must l do in rhe event of a
kick? In t he evenr of a kirk. you mu.-;t
use one of t he following alternatives to
dispose of t he well-Influx fluids giving
cons1derat10n to pe1sonnel safety. pos-
s i ble envl ronmenLal damage. and pos-
si bl e facility well -equipment damage:
( 1) Contain the well-fluid Influx by
shutting In the wel l a nd pumpmg the
fluids back !n:o the formation.
(2) Conl rol the kick by using appro-
pri ate well-cont rol techniques to pre-
vent formation frac:urlng 1n an open
hol e wllhln Lhe pre;:,::;ure llmlts of the
well equi pment (dl'l ll p1pc. work s t1tng.
c;-1.-;ing. wcllhe..,d. BOP ,;ystem . ..,rod n :-
lated equipment ). The disposal of l l,S
and ot her gases must be through pres-
surized or at:-nosJ:;her\c mud-separator
equipment dependmp, on volume. pres-
sure ;mel concemrarton of H,S. The
equi?mcnt :nust be ceslgned to recover
well-control flUl ds and burn the gases
sepa rated from the well-control flUid.
The well-control fluid musL be treated
to neut r alize H: S and restore and
matnta!n t he proper qual!ty.
(o) WeJj testJng 1n a zone known to con-
tain When testing a well In a zone
with H,S pnsent. you musL do all of
the followmg:
(I) Before starting a well test . con-
duct safety meet ings for a ll personnel
who wil l be on the facility duri ng the
test . At T l 1e meet 111gs, <-'mphasJ7.e the
usc of protective-breathing equipment.
first-aid procedures. and t he Cont1n-
g::ncy Pl a n Only competent personnel
who ar e trained and are knowledgeable
oft he ri'ffert s of H,S must be
in these t ests.
(Z) Perform wel l testmg w1 th the
mlmmum numl::er of personnel in the
331
TRN-MDL-00495979
CONFIDENTIAL
250.490
immediate vicinity of the rlg floor and
w1th the approp nate test equipment to
safely and adequately perform the t est.
Duri ng t he test. y ou must conti nuously
monitor H,S l evels.
(3) Not bum pmduced gases except
through a flare which meets t he re-
qunements of paragruph (q) (6) of this
section. Before flanng gas conta!mng
H
0
S, you must activat e SO: monitoring
equipment in accordance with para-
graph of thls section. If you de-
tect S0
0
In excess of 2 ppm. you must
t mpl ement the personnel protecttve
measures i n your H,S Contingency
Pl a n. r c<julrcd by r.n ... -agaph (f)(13)(1v)
o f rhls sec:-T1on. You must a lso foll ow
the r eqUJ rement:; of 250. 1105. You
must pipe gases from stored test fluids
into t he :1ar e outlet a:'ld burn t hem.
(4) Use down"'ole test tools and well-
head equipment SUitable for serv-
ice
(5) UsC' Lubul ars suitable for H,S serv-
iLe You must not 11se d1ill pipe for well
testing without the prior appr oval of
the D1str t ct Supervisor . W<:.ter cush-
ions must be thoi'Oughly inhibited In
order t o prevent H:S attack on metals.
You must flush the test stnng flu1d
t r eated for this purpose after comple-
tion of t he test.
(6) Use surface test units and rel ated
equ ipment t hot ts designed for H,S
service.
(p) Merallur,t:;Jcd.l properrtes of equJp-
ment. When operating in a zone v.1th
H
2
S present . you must use P.rJUi pmenr
that is constructed of material s wi th
metallurgical prope1ties t hat resist or
prevent s ulfide str ess crackmg (also
known as hydrogen embrlttlement.
s tr"'ss cor rosloll or H:S l:!m-
bri ttlcmcnt ). chloride-stress crack in g.
hydrogen-I nduced cracking, and other
fallurc modes. You must do all of the
following:
(I) Use tubul ars and other equi pment.
C'a"iing. tubing. dri ll pipe. C'oupli ngs.
fl anges. and rel at ed equipment that 1s
designed for H:S service.
(2) Use BOP system components.
wel l head. pt-cssure-conti'OI equl pment.
and related equipment exposed to HzS-
he;n-tng flmds In conforman re wlth
NACE S t andard MROJ75-99 (lncor-
POI'ated by r eference as specified In
250. 198).
(3) Usc t empor ary downhole well -se-
curity devices such as retri evable
packers and bridge plugs t hat are de-
s i gned for H:$ servicP.
(4) When producmg in beanng
H:S. usc equipment constructed of ma-
tenals caj:able of resisting or pre-
venting sul fide stress cracking.
(5) Keep the use of welding to a min-
Imum duri ng the Installation or modi -
fi cation of a production faol lty Weld-
i ng be done 111 a :-nanner that en-
sures res1Sta11ce t o sulfide stress crack-
Ing.
(q) Generdl requ1rements when oper-
atln;< In an H,S zone-(!) Corln;< oper-
ations. \\-'hen you conduct cor ing oper-
a tions In H:S-bearlng zones. all per-
sonnel 111 the workmg ar ea must wear
protective-breathlng equipment at
l east 10 stands 111 advance of retrievmp,
Lhe core barrel. Cores Lo be Lransp01-Led
must be sealed and marked for the
presence of H,S.
(2) Logging operations. You must treat
and condition well-control fluid i n use
for l ugging upm-alion.s t o minl nuze the
ef:ects of H,S on t he l oggl ng equlp-

(3) Stripping D)JeraUons. P er:,OI mel
must monitor displaced well -cont rol
ll\l lcl ret urns protectlve-
b-eat hmg equipment In the working
a r ea wh en t he atmospher ic concentra-
tion of H2S r eaches 20 ppm or tf t he
well is under press..1re.
(4) G-'\s-rut well-control fluid or wpJl
kick from H:S- bearmg zone If you decide
to c-Ircul ate out a klcl.;, personnel in
the worki r.g area during bottoms-up
and exLended-klll operaL!ons musl weal-
protective-breathing equipment.
(5) DrJIJ- and workover-srring design
and precautions. Drill- and workover-
strlngs must be designed consistent
with the anlic1pated t..lept h . condi t ions
of the hole. and reservoir environment
to be encountered You must minimize
exposure of the drt ll- or \.\orkover-
sti-ing to high stresses as much as prac-
ticnl and coll:Slstt-llt with well condi -
tions. Proper handli ng techniques must
be taken to mirnmize notching and
sr-css concentrati ons. Precautions
must be taken to mi nimize stresses
causerl by dogl Pgs. Improper st I ffne_<;:<
ratios. 1mproper torque. whi p. abrasive
wear on tool J0111ts. and Jomt Imba l-
ance.
332
TRN-MDL-00495980
CONFIDENTIAL
(6) Flare sysrcm. The flure outlet must
be of a diamete1 that allows easy non-
restricted flow of gas. You must locate
fl'lre line outlet!> on thP downsicie of
the facility and as far from the facility
as is feasible. taking into account the
prevrul!ng wmd directions. the wake
effects caused by the facility and adja-
cent structure(s). and the height of all
such fac111t1cs and structures. You
must eqU!p the flare outlet wlth an
automatic 1gn1tlon system 1nclud1ng a
p;as source or <m equivalent
system. You must have alternate
methods for 1gmnng the flare. You
must pipe to the flare system used for
H,S all vents from production pr ocess
equipment, ranks. rPiiPf valve. bursr
plates. and simil ar devices
(7) CorrosJon mJdQ'atlon. You must use
effective means of-momtonng and con-
Lrolllng corrosion caused by acid gases
(H,S <Jnd CO,) in both the downhole and
surface portions of a production sys-
tem. You must take speof!c corrosion
monitoring and rruttgatmg measures In
areas o: unusually sever e corTosion
wher e accun1ulation of water and/or
h1gher concentration of H!S exists.
(8) Wirdme luurJcators LubrlcaLOi s
wh1 ch may be exposed to fl u1 ds con-
t,.,1 n1 ng H,S JliUSt be of H:S-res!strlllt
ma t erials.
(9) Fuel and/or instrument You
must not use p;as containing for in-
s trument gas. You must not use gas
containing H,S for fuel gas without the
prior approval of the Dtstnct Super-
visor.
(10) Sensing /mes and devices. Metals
used for sensi ng line and safeLy-conlrol
devices wh1ch are necessarily exposed
to H
2
S-bearing fluids must be con-
structed of H,S-corroslon r esistant ma-
terials or coated so as to resist H:S
corTosion.
(ll) Elastomer seals. You must use
H,S-resistant materials for all seals
whtch may be e>.:posed to tlutds con-
tai:-.ing H,S.
(12) Wat<>r d l,l>Osnl. Tf you dispose of
produced water by means other than
subsurface injection. you must submit
to the Dtstnct Supervisor an analysts
of the anticipated H,S content of the
warPr at t he final t r e<'ltmenr vessel and
at the discharge point. The District Su-
pervisor may reqUire that the water be
t reated for r emoval of H,S. The Dts-
250.502
tr!ct Supervisor muy require the s ub-
mittal of an updated c na lysts 1f the
water disposal rate or the pot ential
H,S content Increases.
(13) Deck drains. You must equip open
deck drains with traps or sJmllor de-
vi ces to prevent the escape of H,S gas
1 nr.n rhe <'1T111osphere.
(14) Sea/eel votcis. You must take pre-
cauti ons to ehmmate sealed spaces i n
piping designs (e. g .. slip-on .flanges. re-
inforcing pads) which can be inv<Jded
by atom1c when H:S 1s
present
\6< FR 3795. J<:m. 27. 1997. Redesignated and
amer.ded at 63 FR 29479, 1\l ... y 29 1998. 65
FR 158G4, Mar. 2000. i!nd
ament.!ed :lt 68 FR SH;. F eb
Subpart and Gas Well-
Completion Operations
250.500 General requirements.
Well-complellon shal l be
conducted in a rnanne1 to p1 utect
agab.st harm or drunage to life (includ-
f1sh and ::>ther aquatic l ife). prop-
erty. natural resources of the OCS i n-
cluding any mineral deposi ts (1 n areas
leased and not l eased). the national se-
curity or defense. or the marine. coast-
a l . or human environment .
250.501 Definition..
When used 111 t h1s subpart. the fol-
l ow! ng term shali have the mean! ng
given below:
Well-completion operations means the
work conducted to thP pro-
d\ :ctlon of a well after the rrod\J ction-
castng string has been set , cemented.
and pressure-tested.
250.502 Equipment movement.
The rr:ovement of wel l -compl etion
and related equip:nent on and off a
pl atform or from well to well on the
same ;Jiatf::wm. 1ncludmg 11ggmg up
<Jnd r iggmg down. shall be conducted In
a safe manner. All wells t n the same
well-bay whi ch ;;n: capaule of pro-
dL.cing hydrocarbons shall be shut in
belm\' the surface with a pump-
through-type tubing plug and at the
surface w1 th a closed master valve
pnor to movmg well-complenon rtgs
333
TRN-MDL-00495981
CONFIDENTIAL
250.503
and related equipment. unless other-
wise approved by the District Super-
visor. A closed surface-contr olled sub-
!<tnfiiCP silfety valvP of the pump-
through type may be used tn lieu of the
pump-through-type tubi ng pl ug. pro-
vided that t he surface control has been
locked out of opC'Iation. The wdl from
which the rig or related equipment is
to be moved shall also be equi pped with
a back-pressure val ve prior to remov-
ing the blowout prevente1 (BOP) sys-
tem and the tree.
153 FR 10690. Apr. 1. 1988. as amended at 55
FR 1,7752. Nov. 15. 1990. Redesignated at 63 FR
29479. M:oy 29. 19981
250.503 Emergency shut down system.
When we11-compl P.T ion open.lTions are
conducted on a plat form wher e there
arc other hydrocarbon-producing wells
or other hydrocarbon flow. an emel-
p;ency shu Ldown sysLem (ESD) manu-
a lly rontrollecl st ation s h all be in-
stal led near t he dr iller's console or
well-servicing unit w01k sta-
tion.
250.504 Hydrogen sulfide.
When a WC'll -completlon operation 1s
condu cted In zones known to contain
hy drogen sulfide (H,S) o1 in zones
where t he pr esence of H,S is unknown
<as defi ned in 250.490 of t his part). t he
lessee shal l t etk e appropriate pre-
cauti ons to pr ot ect !He and p1operty on
the pl atform or completion unit , m-
cluding, but not ltmi ted to operati ons
such as bl m\1ng the well dovvn. disman-
tl ing wel l head equi pment and fl ow
lines. circulattng the wel l. swabbmg.
and pulling tubing, pumps, and pack-
ers. The lessee shall comply wJth the
r equi rements m 250.490 of Lhls pan as
well i'lS tht> ,-pqllnempnts of
t his subpart .
[S3 FR 10G90. Apr I. 19RR <.U'1d
a mended at 63 FR 29479. 29485. M<:y 29. 1995; 68
FR 8434. Feb. 20. 20031
250.505 Subsea completions.
No s ubsea wel l completio:-1 shall be
commenced untl l the lessee obtains
written approval from the District Su-
perv! sot i n wl r h 250. 513 of
t his part. That approval shall be based
upon a case-by-case determmatlon t hat
the proposed equi pment and procedures
30 CFR Ch. II (7- l-Q4 Edition)
w111 adcquiltcly cont r ol the well und
permi t safe production oper ations.
FR 10690. A::>r I, 1988. Redes1snated and
amcJ-dcd at G3 FR 29479. 29485, May 29. 1998]
250.506 t.'rew instructions.
P11or t o engagmg In well-completi on
operat ions crew 1nernbers shall be m-
st,ucted i n the safety r equ irements of
the operations to be per formed. pos-
s ible hazards to be encountered. and
gener<:JI safely cons.der auons Lo pro-
tect pers::1:1nel. equtpment. and the en-
vironment. <Jnd time of safety
meetmgs sha:J be recorded and avail-
able at Lhe facility for review by MMS
repr esentatives.
250.507-250.508 [Reserved]
* 250.509 Well-completion s tructures
on CIXed platforms.
Derri cks. masts. substruct ures. and
related equi pment shal l be selected. de-
signed. mstallec. used. and mamtamed
so as lo be adequale for the polenlial
loads and conditions of loadmg that
m<.ty be encountered dunng the pro-
posed operati ons. Prior t o moving a
well-completion ris m equipment onto
a platform. t he lessee shall determine
the structt:ral capability of t he plat-
forrr. t o safely s upport the equipment
and proj:osed opera Lions. Lak lng inLo
consideration the corrosion protection.
ilgc of platfor m. and previous stresses
t o the platfocm.
[55 FR 10690. Apr. I, 1988, as ame:"lded at 54
FR 506Jo. Dec . 8. i989 Rede>Jgnated at G3 FR
M.1y 29, 1998]
250.510 Diesel engine air intakes.
No later t ha n May 31. 1989, d1esel en-
gine air intilkcs shall be equipped with
a dev1ce to shut down the d1esel enAme
1n the event of runaway. Diesel engi nes
wh1 ch m cont imJOllsl y attcmded
be wi t h either remote oper-
iltcd manual or autcmattc-shutdown
devices. Diesel engines which are not
continuously at tended s hal l be
equi;Jped v.ith automatic-shutdown de-
vi ces.
250.511 Traveling-block safety d e-

Aft er May 31. 1989, all units bemp;
used for well-compl etion O;:Jeratlons
wluch have both a traveltng block and
334
TRN- MDL-00495982
CONFIDENTIAL
a crown bl ock s hal l be equi pped with a
safety device whi ch i s designed to pre-
vent the traveling block ftom st r iking
the c:rown block T h E' rlE>vicP :;hi'!ll he
check ed for proper operaOon weekly
and after each drill-line s l ippi ng oper-
ation. T he results of the operational
check shall be entered in the oper-
ati ons log.
250. 512 Field well-completion rules.
When and en)1;meenn)1; in-
formation ava1labl e In a field enabl es
t he Dtst rict SupPrvi=r to dPtermine
speclf1c operattng requirements. fi el d
well-completion rul es may be cst<Jb-
l lshed on the District Supervisor's Ini-
tiative or in response to a request from
a Surh rul es may m odlfy the
spec1f1c reqUJrements of thls subpart.
After ftel d well-completion rules have
been estabhshed. well -compl ett on oper-
aL!ons in the fiel d shall be conducted ln
a ccmdance with such rul es and othet
requirements of thl s s ubpart. F iel d
well-compl et i on rules may be amended
or canceled for cause a t any time upon
the i nitia ti ve of the D1strict Super -
visor or upon the request of a lessee.
250.513 Approval and reporting of
well-completion operations.
(a) No well-compl et ion operation
shall begin unt!l the lessee receives
written approval from t he District Su-
pervisor. lf completi on Is pl an ned and
the dat a are availabl e al the li me the
Applicat ion for Permtt to Drill , Form
MMS-123 (see 250.410 through 250.418
of t his part). Is submitted. approval for
a well completi on may be requested on
form. 11 thE> cornplt!tlon not
been approved or If the completion ob-
ject ive or plans h<Jve stgnlflcancly
changed. app1ova l fo such operations
shal l be requested on For:n MMS- 124,
Sundry Noti ces nnd Repmts on Wt>ll s .
(b) The followmg informatlon shall
be submltt ed With F orm MMS-124 (or
with Form MMS-123):
(1) A b ri pf de:::.cripti on of lhe Wt!11 -
compl etion procedures to be foll owed. a
stat ement of the expected su1face pres-
sure. and t ype and of comple-
t i on fl uids:
(2) A s r hPmatl r dtawing of t hE- Wf'll
showinl< the proposed producinp. zone(s l
and t he subsurface well -campi en on
equipment t o be used:
250.51.4
(3) Fat multi ple completions. a par-
tial electr i c l og showing t he zones pro-
posed for c omplet!on, If logs have not
been ppviously submi rred: i'lnrl
(4) When the well-completi on Is !n a
zone known to contain HoS or a zone
where the presence of is u nknown,
Informati on pur suan: to 250.490 of this
part
{c) Wt t hln 30 days a7tcr completion.
Form MMS-125, Well SummaJY Report,
Including a schematic of the tubing
o11d subsurface equipment. shall be sub-
mi tted to t he Distri ct Supe1-visor.
(d) Public !:!formation copies of
Form MMS- 125 shal l be submitted In
accordan ce with 250. 190.
[53 FR 10690. Aor I. 1988. as :.tmcmtlctl at 58
FR 49928. Sept. 24. ISS3. Re-desgnated a nd
a me::ded at 63 FR 29479, 29(85, May 29, 1998: 64
FR 72794. Dec. 28. 1999. 68 FR 6434. Feb. 20.
20031
250.514 Well-control fluids, equip-
ment, and operation&.
(a) Well -contr ol fluids. equipment,
and operati ons shall be desi gned. uti-
lized. mai ntai ned. and/or t est ed as nec-
essary to control t he well !n foresee-
abl e condJUons ar:d ci rcumstance::.. in-
cl uding subfreezi ng conditi ons. The
well s f,,..] ] l >e cont inuously monlrored
dt.:.-ing well-completion opeati ons and
shall not be left u nattended at any
time unl ess the wel l Is shut in and se-
cured.
(b) ThP foll owing well-cont ml-flul d
equipment shall be installed. main-
tained. and utilized:
(1) A fill-up l i ne above t he uppermost
BOP:
(2) A well -control. fl uid-volume
measuring dev1ce ior determining flui d
volumes when fJII!ng t he hole on t r ips:
and
(3) A recording n Jud-pit -l evel indi-
cator to determine mud-pit-volum e
gains and l osses This indl cator shall
mclude both a v1sual and an a ud.Jbl e
\Vatmng device.
{c) Wh ... n COi ning o11t or thE' hole with
dri ll pipe. the annul us shal l be fill ed
with well -control fl uid before the
char.gc ln such fluid level decreases the
hydrostat i c pr essur e 75 pounds per
squar P Inch (psi) o1 every f1 ve stands of
dril l p1pe. whichever p.ives a lower de-
crease t n hydrostati c pressure. The
number of stands of drill ptpe and dri ll
335
TRN-MDL-00495983
CONFIDENTIAL
250.515
coll ars that may be pull ed prior to fill-
ing the hole and the equivalent well-
cont rol t1uid volume shall be cal-
culated and posted near t he operator's
St<:ltlon. A mechanical. volumcn 1c. or
elect ronic dcv1ce for mcasur1ng t he
amount of well-control fluid r equired
to f!l l t he hol e shall be uti lized
250.515 Blowout prevention equip-
ment.
(a) The BOP ,_y,o;tem and "Y"tem com-
ponents and related well-control equip-
ment shall be designed. used. main-
tai ned. and t ested in a manner nec-
essary to assure well cont rol in foresee-
abl e condit ions and circumstances. in-
cluding subf:-eezi ng condit ions. The
When
working pressure rating of t he BOP
system and BOP system components
shall the expected s Ulface pres-
sure to whi ch they may be subjected. If
the expect ed surface pressur e exceeds
t he rated vJOr kinR pressure of t he an-
nulaJ pr eve11ter. t he lessee sl tall submit
w1t h Form MMS-124 or Form l\IMS- 123.
l'l ppropr. at e. a well-rcmn ol proce-
dt:re t ha t i ndi cates h:Jw the annula1
preventer wil l be cti li zed. and t he pres-
sure limit ati ons that will be a pplied
cicrinR euch mace of p:-essure control .
(b) T he nuni mum BOP system for
'vvell -compleuon operations must meet
t he appr opna:e standar ds from the fol-
t able:
The minimum BOP S1ack rruS1 Incluce
(1 ) The expected prc$$Urc Is loss
than 5,000 psi.
Three BOPs cons.sllng ol .m one ot pipe r.1ms, .lnd one set ot blind or bif-Id--
shear rams.
(2) Tho oxpoctod prooouro lo S,ODO
ps! CJr greater or yoo use multiple
tubing strings.
Four BOPG com;lc;tlng <lf 0111 omnular. two cote o1 clpc .:Jnd ono c.ot of blind Olf blind--
shear rams.
(3) You h ndle mulllplo tubing
strings
Four BOP:; consisting of i'ln 11nnul11r, one :.c:t of pipe t11.m:., ono set of dullJ pipe .;nd
one set of blind or bllnd-sneor rams.
(It) You uco a. t.lporod drill ctring . .. .. At lo:1d one cot o1 J:Jlpo r01mc :uo o1 s.oa.ling a round 03Ch elzo o1 dri ll ctring. If
tho oxpoctod pressure Is , roator than 5,000 psi, thon you muS1 havo en least two sots
ot pipe rams that are capable ot seal ing the largor size dria string. You may
substitute one 3Cl or variable bore for two sets of pi pe rM'ls.
(5)11 1s aner February 21, 2006 .. _,_ At least one set of bli nd-shear rams. The blmd-shear rams mu5t be capable o1 sheannA
1ho drill plpo or tubing In tho holo.
(c) The BOP systems for well comple-
t ions shall be equipped with the fol-
lowing:
( 1) ,6, hydrauli c-actuating system
t ha t provides sufficient accumulator
capadty to supply 1.5 t tmes t he volume
necessary to close all BOP e quipment
units v.1th a mi nimum pr essure of 200
psi a bove the precharge pr essure wil h-
out rtssist l'l nre from l'l ch rtrgi ng sy"tem.
No late1 than December I . 1988. accu-
mulator r egulators s uppli ed by ri g air
and Without a secondary source of
pneumatic supply, shall be equipped
with manual overri des. or a lternatelv .
other dev1ces provided to ensure capa-
billty of hydraul ic operat ions If r1g a1r
is lost.
(2) A secondary power source. Inde-
pendent from the p1i ma1y power
source. wit h sufficient capactty t o
close all BOP syst em co:nponents c.nd
I told r hc>m cl userl.
(3) Locking dev1ces for the pipe-ram
preventers.
At least one remote BOP-control
stat ion a nd one BOP-control station on
the r1g floor.
(5) A choke !me an d a klll !me each
equi ;>ped wit h two ful l opening valves
l'lnd l'l choke mrtnifold. Ar leFtst one of
t he val ves on the choke h ne s hall be
remotel y controll ed At least one of
t he valves on the kill l mc s hall be re-
motely controlled. except t hat a check
valve on the kill line Jn lieu of the re-
motely control led valve may be in-
stalled provi ded that two r eadi l y acces-
s ibl e 1":1a:lual 'valves are In place and
the check valve IS between t he
manual valves and the pump. This
s hall have a prC'""ure rating
at least equivalent to t he :-am pre-
venters.
(d) An inside BOP or u sprlng-loadcci.
back-pt-essure safety valve and an cs-
sent:ally ful l-opening. work-s t ring
vl'llve in the> opc>n po"ltlon shall
be mainta1:1ed on t he np, fl oor at all
tlmes durmg well-compl et1on oper-
a tions. A wrench to ftt t he work-string
336
\
TRN-MDL-00495984
CONFIDENTIAL
sufcty vulve shall be readily available.
Proper connections shall be readily
available for Inserting valves In the
work stri ng.
[53 FR 10690. Apr I. 1988. as at
FR 50616. Dec. 8. 1989; 58 F R Sept. 24.
1993 Re<.leslgnate<.l Cit 62 29479. 29. 1998.
as amended >Jt 68 FR Feb. 20. 2003]
250.516 Blowout preventer svstem
tests, inspections, and maintci.ance.
(a) BOP pressure testing tlmeframes.
You must pressure test your BOP sys-
tem
(l) When mstall ed: a nd
(2) Before 14 days have el apsed since
your last BOP pressure test. You must
begi n to test your BOP system before
12 ct .m (nudrught) on t he 14th day fol -
lowing the conclus10n of the previous
test However. t he District Supervtsor
may require testing every 7 days if con-
dilions or BOP performance warrant.
(b) BOP tesr pressures. When you test
the BOP system. you must conduct a
low pressure and a h1gh pressure test
for each BOP component. Each lndl-
pressun> tp,;t mu,;t hold prPssurp
long enough t o demonstrate that the
r e.c;tpd componPm (s) h oi ds the rPC:Jlll red
pressure. The Dist rict Supervisor may
approve or tequire other test ptessures
or practices. Required test pres,;ures
are as follows.
(I) All low pressure tests must be be-
tween 200 and 300 pst. Any Initial pres-
SUI'!! above 300 psi must be bled back to
a pressure between 200 and 300 psi be-
fore starting the test. If the lmtlal
pressure exceeds 500 psi . you must
bleed back to zeto and reiniti ate the
test You n 111st conduct the I ow pr PS-
surc test before the high pressure test.
(2) For r am-type BOP's. choke mani-
fold. and ot her BOP equipment, the
high pressure test must equal t he rated
working pr essure of the equipment .
(3) For annular-type BOP's. the hJgh
prc..c;sure test must equal 70 percent of
the rated working pressure of the
equlprnent .
(c) Duration of pressure tcst. Each test
must hold t he required pressure for 5
mi nut es.
(1) For surface BOP systems and sur-
pqmpmPnt of <1 subsea BOP sys-
tem. a 3-minute test duration is ac-
ceptable tf you record yoUJ test pres-
sur es on the outer most half of a 4-hour
250.516
churt , on a !-hour churt . or on a di gi t al
reco:-der .
(2) I f ti:e equipment does not hold the
requi r ed pressure during a test. you
must remedy the probl em and retest
the affcct cc component (s).
(d) AddJtJonal BOP restmg requJrp-
ments. Ycu must :
(1) Use water to test the surface BOP
system;
(2) Stump test a subsutf ace BOP sys-
tem before lnstallall on. You must use
ro sr; tmp tesr a subsE'a BOP sys-
tem. You may use drilling or comple-
tion fl uids to ccnduct subsequent tests
of a subsea BOP syst em;
(3) Alternate tests between control
Stdt iOilS '='lld pods. [ f o COilt rol StotlOn
or pod Is not functional. you must sus-
pend further comJ:lction operat tons
until t ha: station or pod Js operable:
(4) Pressure t est the bl md or blind-
shear ram at least every 30 days:
(5) Function test annulars and rams
every 7 days:
(6) Vl:lrlable bore-pl pt:::
ran1S agatnst d!l stzes of pipe in use. ex-
cluding drfl i collats ZJnd bottom-hole
t nols :
(7) Test affected BOP components fol-
lowing the dtsconnectlon or repatr of
any wel l-pressure contai nment seal In
the wel l head or BOP stack assembly:
(e) Posrponmg BOP tests. You may
postpone a BOP test if you have well-
control problems. You must conduct
the tcqujrcd 3 0P test as soon as
stbl e (!.e .. first t ri p out of the hole)
after the pro'::>lem has been remedied.
You must record t he reason for post-
poning a ny test In t he drll ler's repon.
(:) Weekly crew drills. You must con-
duct a weekly dr i ll to familiar ize all
personnel engaged in well-compl etron
oper ations Wit h appropriate safety
measures.
(g) BOP mspectlons. You must vts-
ual ly inspect BOP system and ma-
rine riser a t least OllCt' each day f(
weather a nd sea condi tions permit.
You muy usc t elevision cumcrus t o in-
thts cqutpment. The District Su-
pervisor may approve alternate meth-
ods and frequendes to lnsrect a marine>
r iser.
(h) BOP maJntenance. You must main-
tat n your BOP system to ensur e that
t he equtpment funct ions properl y.
337
TRN-MDL-00495985
CONFIDENTIAL
250.517
(1) BOP test records. You must r ecord
the time. date. and results of all pres-
sure tests, actuations, crew drills, and
insrPctions of t hP BOP systPm. system
components. and marine r iser 1n t he
driller' s repor t. In addition. you must.
(1) Record BOP test pressures on
pressure charts:
(2) Have your ons!t e represent ative
rerr i fy (sign ;md rll'ltP) BOP test chnrrs
and reports as correct:
(3) Document t he sequent! a! order of
BOP and au:nhary equipment testi ng
and the pressUte and duration of each
Lesl You may refen!flce a BOP Lesl
plan If It 15 avai lable at the fac!l!ty:
(4) Identify the control station or pod
used during the test :
(5) Identify any pr oblems or
ulalt t tes obse1ved durtng BOP system
:..nd equirment tt>stinp, :..nrl 1ecord :.. c-
t tons t:aken to remedy the problems o1
irrcguldri tics:
(6) Retain all records i ncluding pres-
sure charts. drill er 's 1eport. a nd lef-
erenced documenls perlalnlnR Lo BOP
t ests. nctunt lons. nnd Inspections a t
the facllity for t he du rat ion of the
completion a cnvl ty: and
(7) After completion of the well. you
must retai n all the records listed In
pnlngraph It ) (G) of section for "' pe-
riod of 2 years at t he facility. at t he
l essee's Aeld offt ce nea1est the OCS fa-
cl lity, or at a not her locatlon conven-
lelltly avall ble t o the Dtstnct Supel ..-
vtsor.
Ul Alternate methods. The Oist rlct Su-
pervisor may r equl r c. or approve. more
frequent testing, CIS well as different
test pressures and Inspection methods.
or ot her practices.
[63 FR 29607. J u ne I. 19981
250.517 Tubing and wellhead equip-
ment.
(a) No tubing string shall be placed in
service or continue to be used unless
such tubing string has Lhe necessary
strength and pressure integrity and is
otherwise suitable for Hs mtended use.
(b) In t he event of prol onged oper -
ations such as mtll tng, ftshtng. jarrtng.
or washing over that could damage the
rn.<>i ng, r hP cnsl ng shnll be plessurP-
tested. CCtlipered. or otherwise evalu-
ated every 30 days a nd the results s ub-
nutt ed to the District Supervisor.
30 CFR Ch. II (7-l-G4 Edition)
(c) When the t ree Is Install ed, the
wellhead s hall be equipped so that all
annuli can be monJLored for suslained
pressu re. l i sustained casi ng pressure 1s
observed or: a well. the lessee shall lm-
m::-dtotcly notify t he Dtsti'ICt Super-
visor.
(d) Wellhead. tree, and r elated equip-
mc:-Jt shall have a pressure rating
greater t h an t he shut-In tubmg pres-
sure and shall be designed. lnsl all ed.
used. maintained. and tested so as to
achi eve znd maintai n pressure cont r ol .
New wells completed as flowi ng oi gas-
ltft we: Is shal l be equipped with a :nin-
imum of one mzster val ve and one sur-
face safety valve. installed above the
master valve. In the vertical run of t he
tree.
(c) Subsurface safety equipment shall
be lnstal lec. main:a!ned. and tested In
comphance with 250.801 of th1s part.
[5:, FR 10690. A:>r. l. !988. as a me,.,JcJ at 55
FR 47753 Nuv 1:. l99Q. Redeslglldted Hd
a mended at 63 F R 29479. 29485. May 29. !998]
Subpart F-Oil and Gas Weii-
Workover Operations
250.600 General requirement.>.
Well-workove1 ope1at fons be
conducted tn a manne1 to protect
ag<Jinst harm or damage to life (l nclud-
ftsh and :Jther aquatic li fe), prop-
erty n<1tura l I'E'Sources of LhE> Outer
Cont inental Shelf (OCSJ Incl uding any
mlnerCJ! deposits (in areCJ.S lcCJ.Sed and
not l eased). the national securi ty or de-
fense, or Lhe mar ine. coaslal, or human
environment .
250.601 Definitions.
When used in th1s subpart. the fol-
lowi ng ten:1s s hal l have the meanings
p,!ven bel ow:
Routine operntlons mean any of the
following operations conducted on a
well with t he tree Inst al led:
(a) Cuttmg paraffin:
(b) Removing and setti ng pump-
plugs, gas-lift
valves, a nd subsurface safel y valves
which can be removed by wlreline oper-
at ions:
(c) Balling sand:
(d) Pressure surveys:
(e) Swabbing:
(:) S cale or corrosion treatment:
(g) Cal! per and gauge s urveys:
338
TRN-MDL-00495986
CONFIDENTIAL
(h) Corrosion inhibitor treatment;
(!) Removing or replacing subsurfucc
pumps:
Ul Through-t u bi ng logging
(diagnostics);
(k) Wlrellne fishing: and
(1) Secttng and retrieving othe1 sub-
surface f1 ow-control c.Jev1 ces.
Workover operatJons mean the work
conducted on wells after the Initial
completion for the purpose of main-
taining or restoring the productivity of
a well.
250.602 Equipment movement.
The movement of well-workover ngs
and relat ed equipment on and off a
plalfonn o r from well l o well on t he
same platform. including rigging up
and l"igging down. shall be conducted In
a safe manner. All wells 1n t he same
well-bay which are capable of pro-
ducing hydrocar bons shall be s hut i11
bel ow the surface with a pump-
through-type t ubing pl ug and at the
surface wlth a closed master valve
prior to moving well-workover rigs and
related equ1pment unless otherwise ap-
proved by the District Su pervisor. A
cl oscd surface-control! ed subsUlfacc
safety valve of the pump-through-type
may be used In li eu o1 the pump-
through-type p1ovided that
the surface control has been l ocked out
of operati on. The well to whtch a well -
work over rig or related equipment 1s to
be moved shall also he c>qu1pped w1th"
back-pressu re valve prlot to temoving
the t r ee and mstalhng and testing the
blowout-pteventer (BOP) system. The
well from which a well-wor kover ng or
related equipment i-" to be moved shall
also be equipped with a back pressure
valve prior to removing the BOP sys-
tem and installing the tree. Coiled tub-
ing units. snubbing units. or w!ndine
units may be m oved onto a platform
without shutting In wells.
250.603 Emergency shutdown system.
When well-workovcr operations arc
conducted on a well with the t r ee re-
moved. a n emergency shutdown system
(ESD) manually controlled station
shall be install ed nea r the drlllf'r's con-
sole or well -servicin?: unit operator 's
work stat10n. except when there 1s no
other hydrocarbon-producmg well or
250.606
other hydrocarbon flow on the plat-
forrr..
* 250.604 Hydrogen sulfide.
When a well-workover operation is
conducted in zones known to contain
hydrogen sulf1de (H,S) or m zones
wher e the presence of 1s unknown
(as defi ned in 250 490 of this part), the
l essee shall take appropri ate pre-
cautions to prmect l ife and proper1:y on
the platfonu or rlg. includ i ng but nol
lim1t c>d t.o opetations snch i'lS bl owing
the well down. distnantlmg well head
equi::m1ent and flow lines. circulating
t he wel l , swabbing. and pulling tubing.
pumps and packers. The lessee s hall
comply wit!-. the requirements i n
250.490 of th1s ::Jart as well as the ap-
propnate reqUJremem:s of th1s subpart.
]53 FR 10690. Apr l. l9SS. RedeslgnCJted
amet.ded <tt 53 FR 29479. 29485. !\.lay 29. 1998: 64
FR 906o. FPb. 24, 1999: 68 F::l F P.h 20.

250.605 Subsea work overs.
:--Jo subsea well -workove1 operation
including routine operations shall be
commenced until the lessee obtains
wntten c.pproval from the District Su-
pervisor l n accordance wtth 250.613 of
this part That approval shall be based
u pon a case-by-case determination that
the pr opo:;ed eCJUipment and procedutes
will maintain adequate contml of the
well and pem1it conti nued safe produc-
tion O(:eratJons.
]53 FR. 10690. Apr 1, 1988. RedeslgnaLed an:J
amcr.dcd at 63 FR 2nJ7B. Mvy 2n. 1908]
250.606 Crew instructions.
Ptior to cngagi!"lg ln wcll-wmkovcr
operations. crew membets shall be in-
structed i n the safety requi rements of
the operations to be performed. pos-
sible hazards t o be encountered. and
gener al safety to pro-
tect petsonnel. equipment. and the en-
vironment. Date and time of safety
meetings sha: l be recorded and avail-
at the f'lcihty for r evi ew by;, Min-
erals Manage:nent Service representa-
tive.
339
TRN-MDL-00495987
CONFIDENTIAL
250.607-250.608
250.607-250.608 [Reserved]
250.609 Well-workover structures on
t"aed platforms.
Derricks. masts. substructures. and
related eqU1pment shall be selected. de-
signed. installed. used. and maintained
so as to be adequate for the potential
loads a nd conditi ons of loading that
may be encounte1ed during t he oper-
ations pioposed. Prim to moving a
well-workover r i g or well-servicing
PquipmPnt. onto >\ pl>\tform. thP lP!;SPP
shall deternune the structural capa-
bility of the pl atform to safely support
the equipment and proposed oper-
111to c-mtsiderrttiott t he
corrosion pr otection. age of the plat -
form. and pr eVIous str esses to the plat-
form.
250.610 Diesel engine air intakes.
No later than May 31. 1989, diesel en-
gine a.tr intakes shall be equipped v.1t h
a device to shut down the diesel engine
in the event of 1unaway. Diesel engines
which are continuousl y attended shal l
be equ1pped With e1thcr remote oper -
ated manual or automatic shutdown
devices. Diesel engines which are not
continuously attended shall be
equi pped with automati c shutdown de-
vices.
153 FR 10690. Apr. I. 19S8. :J.S amentl e<.l at 54
FR 50CIG. DeL. 8. 1989. RedesigJtdted .Jt G3
29479. May 29, i998l
2!50.611 Traveling-block safety de
vice.
.6.fter May 31. 1989. al l units being
usPd for W'11 -workover opE"rat ions
which have both a traveling block and
a crovm block shall be equipped wrth a
safety device which Is designed to pre-
vent the traveling bl ock from strik mg
t he crown block. T he device shall be
check ed for proper operation weekly
and after each dnll-line sl!pptng oper-
ati on. T he resul ts of the operational
cltt:cl< shall b,. t'ntt:red nt tlw oper-
ations log.
250.612 Field well-workover rules.
When geol ogical and cngtnce11 ng in-
formation available In a field enables
thE" Disnict S1rpervisor ro determint>
specific requirements. fiel d
well-workover rules may be establtshed
on t he District Supervisor's in1nacive
or l n response t o a request from a les-
see. Such rules may modi fy the specifi c
requirement s of this subpart. Afte1
fiel d w'11-workover r11les been es-
tablished. well -workover operations In
the :lcld s hall be condJcted in accord-
ance with such rules and other requ!re-
mcn:s of this subpart . Fiel d well-
workover rules may be amended or
cancel cd fer cause at any time upon
the mttiat:ve of the D!stnct Super-
visor or upon the request of a lessee
250.613 Approval and reporting for
well-workover operations.
(a) No well-workcver operation e.:x-
cept rcutme ones, as defined in 250.601
of thi!; part. !;hall begin until the les.c;ee
receives wr:tten approval from the Dis-
trict Supervisor. Approval for such op-
erations st:all be r equested on Form
M:VIS-124. Sundry Nolices and Reports
on Wells.
(b) The follov.1ng tnformation shall
be submitted With Form MMS- 124:
(I) A brtef description of the wcll-
workover procedures to be followed. a
st atement of the expected su:-face pres-
sure and type and weight of workover
iluid.s:
(2) When cha nges tn existing sub-
equtprnettt .,r.., proposed,"' sdte-
matic d1awing of the well showing thE'
zone proposed for wor kover and the
work over eqUipment to be used. and
(3) 'Where the wcll-workover IS 111 a
zone known to contrtl n H,S or a zone
where the presence of H,S is unknown.
Information pursuant to 250. 490 of this
part
(c) The fcllowl ng additional Informa-
t i on shal l be submitted with Form
M.\IS-124 If completi ng to a new zone 1s
proposed:
(I) Reason fo r abandonment of
present prcc!Lcing induding sup-
portive well test data. and
(2) A stater:1ent of anti cipated oi
known pressure data for the new zone.
(d) VJi thi:< 30 days after completing
r he opel rttlon, except
rout ine opciations. Fonn MMS-124.
Sundry Notices and Reports on Well s.
shall be submitted to t he Dtstl"l ct Su-
pervisor. showing t he work as per-
fonr.f'd. I n rhe caSE" of>\ wel1-wo1kovt>r
operation r esulting In the irut!al re-
complet10n of a well mto a new zone. a
Form Well Summary Report,
340
TRN-MDL-00495988
CONFIDENTIAL
s hCJJl be s ubmitted to the District Su-
pervisor and shall Include a new sche-
matic of t he t ubi ng subsurface equlp-
menL If any s ubsurface equipment has
been cha nged
[53 FR 10690. AJ.>r. l. 1988. as am.,nd"d at 58
FR Sept. Redesignated :.md
amE-nded :1t 63 FR May :IY. 1998: 65
FR 3:.824. Jure 6, 2000: 58 FR 843:.. F e-b. 20,
2003]
250.614 WeU-control Ouids, equip-
ment, and operations.
The following requiremems apply
ciurlng al l we l l-workover operations
with the ttee removed:
(a) Well -control fluids. equi pment.
and operations shall be designed. uti-
lized, mmntained. and/or tested as nec-
essary t o cont rol the well m foresee-
able conditions and circumstances. In-
cl uding subfreezing conditions. The
well shall be continuously monitored
during well-workovcr operations and
shall not be left unattended c,t anytime
unl ess the well Is shut In and s ecured.
(b) When ouc of the hole Wlth
drill pipe or a workover string. the an-
nulus shall be filled with well-cont rol
fluid before the change in s uch fluid
level decreases the hydrostatic pres-
sure 75 pounds per square tnch (psl ) or
every five stands of drill pipe or
workover stJing, whicheve1 gives a
lower decrease In hydmstati c pressure.
The number of stands of drill pipe o1
workover strtng and drill collars that
may be pull ed prior to fllling the hole
and the equivalent well-control fluid
volume shall b., CHlclllat ... d a11d posted
near t he operator's station. A mechan-
ical, volu:netric. or electronic device
for measuring the amount of well-con-
When
250.615
trol fluid requ1rcd t c fill the hold sha ll
be util :zed.
(c) The :"oll owing wel l-control-fluid
Pqui?mPnr !:hall be mr.in-
tamed. a nd uti lized:
(I) 1\ fi ll-up line above t he uppermost
BO?:
(2) A wel l-cont rol. fluid-volume
measuring device for determining fluid
volumes when filling the hol e on trips:
and
(3) A tecording t:1Ud-plt-level Indi -
cator to determiae mud-pit -volume
gams and losses. This lndlcatot shal l
mclude both a viSudl and a n audi bl e
warmng devi ce.
250.615 Blowout prevention equip-
ment.
(a) The BOP system. system compo-
nents and rel ated well-control equt p-
ment shall be designed. used. main-
truned. c.nd test ed in a manner nec-
essary to assure well control In foresee-
able conditions ar.d circumstances. In-
cluding subfreeZing conditions. The
wod...ing p1esswe rating of the BOP
syst em and system components shall
exceed the expected surface pressure to
which Lhey may be suqjected. I f the ex-
pected sutface pre.ssute exceeds the
rHtcecl working pressme uf the ;;rmulHc
p1evente1. the lessee shall submit wi th
Form MMS-124. reqt:csting approval of
the well-workover operation. a well-
control procedure that md1cates how
the ;m:-1ul-'lr prevenrer will be \ltilized.
and the pressure limitatJons that will
be appl ied during each mode of pres-
sure centro!.
(b) The minimum BOP sysLem fo1
well-workover operat ions with t he tree
removed must mee: the appropriate
stan:lards from the following table:
Tho minimum BOP slack must Include
( 1) Tho cxpoctcd prcoourc Is looo
than 5,000 pot.
Three BOP:. of an annular, one oot of pipe ra.m!lo, a.nd one !Oct of blind or bhnd--
shear
(2) Tho oxpodod proccuro lc 5,000
or gtc.:ster rx you U$0 muhiplc
tubing strings.
(31 You handle mulliplo tubing
slmuUaneouSiy.
(4) You usc a tapered drill &tring .....
(5) Il ls a nor Februry 21, zooe ......
Four BOP con&l.dlns of an annular, two ,;ots; c1 olpc; ramc, and ono &et of bllnd OT
shc.1r rom5.
Four BOPc eon&icting of an annuklr, one of pipo ramc., one Get of duaJ pipe ramG, and
one set of bUnd or bllnCI-shear rams.
At least one sot 01 pipe rams that ara upoblo of each Ct20 of drill string. It
the expected prcs,uro Is than 5,000 pr;l, thCI"' you muliit have lt.t two tiCt&
of pipe roms lho1 arc copoblc of scaling around the lorgcr si:c drill string. You moy
toubGtituto one of variilblo bore for two &ot& of pipe r.3F'T\S,
At least one set ol rams. The blind-shear rams must be capable of shearing
1hR dril pipA or lubino ln lhA holll.
341
TRN-MDL-00495989
CONFIDENTIAL
250.616
(c) The BOP systems for wcl l-
wmkover operations with the tree re-
moved shall be equipped wtth the fol-
lowing:
(1) A hydraulic- actuating system
that provides sufficient accumulator
capacity to supply I 5 times the volume
necessary to close al l BOP equipment
units with a minimum pressure of 200
psi above the prechatge pressure w1th-
out assistance a chargi ng system.
No latet than December i. 1988. acct..:-
mulator r egulators s upphed by np. <nr
and w1thout a secondary sout-ce of
pneumat!c supply. shall be equipped
wtth manual overr ides. ot al ternately.
other dev1ces provided to ensure capa-
bility of opt>rarlon.o; If ng
is lost:
(Z) /\ secondary power source, Inde-
pendent from the ptimary power
sou rce. w!Lh sufflclenl capacity Lo
close all BOP system components and
hold them closed:
(3) Locking devices for t he pipe-ram
preventers:
(4) At leasl one remole BOP-control
station and one BOP-control station on
the rig floor: and
( 5) A choke line ami a kill li ne each
equ ipped wtth two full opening valves
:-md a choke man! fold. At lri-1$( om: of
the valves on the choke-line shall be
remotely controlled. At least one of
the valves on the k ill l ine shall be le-
motely controlled, except that a check
on the kill line In h eu of the rt>-
motely controlled valve may be In-
stalled provided two readily accessible
manual valves are in place and the
check valve Is placed between t he man-
ual valves and the pump. Thts equip-
ment shall have a pressure rating at
least equivalent to the ram preventers.
(d) The ml nlmum BOP-syst em com-
ponents for well-workover opentli ons
with the tree In place and performed
through the wel lhead insi de of conven-
t ional tubing usmg small-diameter
jmnted pipe (usual ly % inch to !'/
lllch) as "' work st r1t1g. 1 P . st ni'ill -t ub-
ing operations. shall Include the fol-
lov.1ng:
( i) Two sets of ptpc rams. a nd
(2) One set of blind rams.
(e) The mtmmum BOP-systP.m com-
ponents for wel l-workover operat ions
Vv1t h the tree tn place and performed by
ma nipul ating spool ed. nonjcmted pipe
through the wcll he<Jd, i.e .. co1led-tub-
ing operations. shall include the fol-
l owing:
( I ) One set of pipe rams hydraulically
operated.
(2) One two-way slip assembly hy-
draul ically operated.
(3) One pipe-cutter assembly ltydntu-
lically operated.
(4) One set of blind rams hydr au-
lically operated.
(5) One pipe-stripper assembly. and
(6) One spool with s1de outlets.
(t) T he mmimum BOP-system compo-
nents for well -workover o::Jerations
with the tree tn place and perfcll'med by
moving tubi np; or drill pi pt> in or out ol
a well under pressur e util izing equip-
men: specJftcally designed for t hat pur-
pose. I .e .. snubbing operatt o:1s. shall In-
clude the followmg.
(i ) One set of pipe rams hydr aul ically
operated. and
(2) Two sets of stripper-type pipe
rams hydraulically operated Wit h spac-
er spocl .
(g) An Inside BOP or a spring-loaded.
b<Jck-pressure safety vclivc and an es-
sentially full-opening. work-snlng
safety valve in the open pOSi tion shall
be mairoratned on t he l'lg noor <tll
ti mes du:-lng wel!-v'lorkover operations
when the tree IS removed or dunng
well-workover operations with the tree
Installed and using small tt.:bing as the
wor k string. A wrench to fit t he wmk-
strlng safet y valve s hal l be readily
<JV<J tlable. Proper connections shall be
readily ava.Jlable for Inserting valves in
the work s tti ng The full-opening safe-
ty valve is not required for coiled tub-
ing or snubbing operations.
[53 FR 10690. A3r. 1. 1988. as amended at 51
FR 5:JRln. Dec R. :PRR, 5R FR Sept
1993. Rcdcs1gnutcd <Jt 53 FR 29479. Moy 29.
1998, as amended at 68 FR 8435, Feb. ?.0. ?.0031
250.616 Blowout preventer system
testing, records, and drills.
(a) Prior to concucting high-pressure
test s, BOP system cotnponents shall
be successfully test ed to a low presswe
of 200 to 300 ps: . BOP 's . re-
lated cor.t r ol equipment. mcl uding the
choke and kill manifolds. and safety
valves shall he succe.<;..o;fully tf'steci ro
the r ated pressur e of the BOP
eqUt;Jment or as othervnse approved by
the Dtstnct Variable bore
342
TRN-MDL-00495990
CONFIDENTIAL
wms shall be pressure-tested against
all sizes of drill pipe in the well exclud-
ing drtll collars. Surface BOP systems
bP teStPd Wi t h Wi'ltPr.
T he annular-type BOP shall be
successfullly tested at 70 percent of its
rated worklng pressure or as otherwise
approved by t he District Supervisor.
Each valve in the choke and kill mani-
folds shal l be succcssful ly. sequential ly
pressure tested to the ram-type BOP
test pressure.
(b) The BOP systems sl1all be tested
at t he following t imes:
(I) When mstalled:
(2) At least every 7 days. alternating
between control stations and at stag-
gE>red rn allow each crew ro
operate the equ1pment If either con-
trol system 1s n6t functional. further
operations shall be suspended unt1l the
nonfuncl1ona1. sysLem Is oper able. The
test every 7 dz.ys is not r equired for
blmd or b!1nd-shear rams. The bl tnd or
bhnd-shear rams shall be tested at
least once every 30 days during oper-
ation. A longer period between bl owout
preventer t ests Is allowed when there is
a stuck pipe or pressure-control oper-
ation and 1 emedlal efforts are bei11g
performed. The tests shall be con-
duc:red S :<oon possibl e ;mel before
normal ope1ations 1esume. The reason
for postponing testi ng shall be entered
into the operati ons log.
(3) Following that require dis-
connecting a pr<>SS\ll"P se;d in the as-
sembly. t he affected seal will be pres-
sule tested.
(c) All personnel engaged m well-
workover operallons shall parLi cipale
i n a weekly BOP dr ill to familiar ize
crew members with apptoprlate safety
n1easures.
(d) The lessee shall r ecord cressure
cundilwns Juring BOP tesls pres-
sure charts. unless otherwise approved
by the District Supe1visor The test in-
terval for each BOP component tested
shall be suffi cient to demonst1ate that
the componPllt IS effectively hul di ng
pressure. The charts shall be certi fied
as correct by the opcrutors r epr esenta-
tive at the factllty.
(e) The time. date. a nd r esults of all
press\ll"E' t <>.sts. i'lctuarions. ln.o;ppcr tons.
and crew drills of t he BOP system. sys-
tem components. and mar me nsers
shall be recorded In the operati ons log.
250.617
The BOP tests shall be documented In
accordance with the follmvmg:
(I) The documentation shall md1cate
the sequential e1de1 of BOP and auxil-
Iary equipment testing and t he pres-
sure and duration of each test. As an
a l ternat e. the documentation in the
operarions log may efe1enre a BOP
test pl an that contains t he required in-
formution and Is retained on file at the
facili ty.
(2) The control station used during
the test shall be identified in the oper-
ations leg For a subsea system. the
pod usetl during the test shall be tdeJI-
ttfied in rhe opetarions log
(3) Any problem:-; o1 irregul arities ob-
Sel-ved dUIing BOP and auxillcH'Y equip-
men: tes:ing and any actions taken to
remedy such probl ems or irregularities
shall be noted In t he operations l og.
(4) Documentation requi red to be en-
tered in t he cpcr ation l og may 1nstead
be referenced in t he operations log. Al l
records mcludmg pressure charts. oper-
ations leg. and refer enced documents
pertruning to BOP tests. actuat10ns.
and Inspecti ons. shall be availabl e for
review at the facility for the du-
ration of well-workover actiVIty. Fol-
l ow1:-. g cOtllJ!l.-tion of t he well-
workover actlty. all such records shall
be retained for a period of 2 years at
the :aclltty. at the lessee' s filed office
nearest the o::s fac1l 1 ty, or at another
l ocation conveni ently avail able to the
Dislricl Supervisor.
(5:, FR 10690. A::w. I. HillS. as amended a t
FR 50fl 17, Dec. ll. 1989, 56 FR 1915, Jan. 18.
1991. RedesJgnated at 63 FR 29179. May 29,
19981
ment.
The Jessee shal l comply with the fol -
l owhg tequtrernents dunng wel l-
workover operat10ns With the tree re-
moved:
(a) No shall be placed 111
servlce or : onunue Lo be used unless
such tuu1t18 slrit1g has tloc tKcessi:lry
strength and pressure mtegnty and ts
otherwise sui table for Its Intended use.
(b) In the event of oper-
ations such as milling. fishing. jarring.
or washtng over t hat could damage the
casing, the casing shall be pressur e
343
TRN-MDL-00495991
CONFIDENTIAL
250.618
test ed. calipered. or otherwise ev<Jlu-
ated every 30 days and the results sub-
mitted to the District Supervtsot.
(c) When remstatling the tree. the
wellhead shall be equiped so that all
annuli can be momto1ed for sustained
pressure. If sl!Stained casi ng pressure is
observed on a well. Lhe Jessee shall lm-
med.!ately notify the District Super-

(d) Well11ead. tr"" nnd nl nt<'cl <'quip-
ment shall have a pressure r ating
greater than the shut-In tubing pres-
sule and shall be designed. Installed.
used. maintained. and tested so as to
achJeve and mamtam pressure control.
The tree shall be equ1pped w!th a mln-
imunl of one master valve and one sur-
face safety valve 1n t he vertical run of
the tree when It Is reinstalled.
(e) Subsurface safety equipment shall
be 1nslalied. malnlalned. and LesLed ln
l'Oirl[Jli alce with 250.801 of this pa rt .
[53 FR 10690. Apr. 1. 1988. as amended at 54
FR 50617. 8. 1989. 55 FR 47753. :'\ov. IS.
1990. Redesignated and amended at 63 FR
29479. 29485. May 29. 19981
250.&18 Wjreline operations.
The lessee shall compl y with the fol-
lowing requirements durlng rout ine. as
defi ned in 250.601 of Lnls parL. and
nornouti ne wtn::lfne wo1kovc::r opc::t-
ations:
(a) Whell ne shall he con-
ducted so as t o minimize leakage of
well fluids. Any leakage that does
occur s hall be contained to prevent pol-
lution.
(b) Al l wl rell ne perfor at ing oper-
ati ons and al l other wirehne operat ions
where commumcation exists between
the completed hydrocarbon-bearing
zone(s) and the wellbote shall use a lu-
bri cator ass embly containing at l east
one wireline valve.
(c) When the lubn cacor is lnl tl ally
Install ed on the well. !t shall be suc-
ptesst ne tPsted to the Px-
pected shut-m surface pressure.
\53 FR 10690. Apr. I. 1988. Re-destgnoted and
amended at G3 FR 29479. 29485. May 29. 1998]
Subpart G [Reserved]
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-o4 Edition)
Subpart H-Qil and Gas
Production Safety Systems
250.800 General rcquh-cmcnts.
Pr::>d'Jc:ion safety equipment shall be
designed. Installed. used. malntaJned.
and tested 111 a manner to assure the
safety and proLecllon of the human.
marine. ;. nd coastal C'nvitonmC'nts Prn-
dt.:ctlon safety systems operated i n sub-
free2.1ng climates shall ut i lize equip-
ment and orocedures selected wah con-
Siderati on. of noattng 1ce. lclng. and
other e:..ueme envi ronmental condi-
t lotts t hat nay ft t l u" atee<. Pto-
dt.:ction shall not commence until the
production safety system has been ap-
pr oved and <l preproduct ion 1nspcctlon
has been requested by the l essee.
250.801 Subsurface safety devices.
(a) Gcncr<JJ. All tubing installations
open to hydrocarbon-bearing zones
shall be equipped with subsUIface safe-
ty devi ces that wtll shut off t he flow
frorr. the well in t he event of an emer-
gency unl ess. afte1 application and jus-
tification. the well is det ermined by
the District Supervisor to be Incapable
of natural flowing. Th ese devices may
consist of a surface-cont rolled sub-
surface safel v val ve (SSSV). a sub-
surface-c::>ntrolled SSSV. an Injection
valve. a tubing plug. or a t ubing/annu-
lar subsurface safet y device. and any
associated safety v3l ve lock or 131lding
nipple.
(b) SpecifJcatJons f or SSSVs. S urface-
controlled and subsurface-controlled
SSSV's dnd safety valve l ocks aud
l anding nipples ln"ralled in rh ... OCS
shall confotm t o the requirements i n
250.806 of this par:.
(c) Surface-cor.trolled SSS\ts . .. tub-
mg Instal l ations open to a hydro-
carbon-bearing zone which ls capable of
natural flow shall be equipped wiLh a
surface-controlled SS.SV. except as
spectfted in pan.graphs (d). (f). and (g)
of this section. The surface controls
may be 1 ocated on the s t tc or a remote
locat ion. Wells not previousl y equipped
with <:J sUlre<ce-conttoll c::d SSSV and
wells i n wh:ch a sur:ace-controlled
SSS\1 has been reolaced with a sub-
sur face-concrolled SSSV 1n accordance
with paragr aph (d) (2) of t his section
344
TRN-MDL-00495992
CONFIDENTIAL
shal l be equi pped with a s urface-con-
troll ed SSSV when t he tubing is first
removed and r einstalled.
(cl) SllbsurfncP-cnntrollf>cl SSSVs. WPIJs
may be equipped with subsurface-con-
trolled S SSV's in lieu of a surface-con-
troll ed SSSV provided the l essee dem-
onstlates to the Dist1ict Supervisor 's
Sotlsfaction t hat one of t he followmg
cr ltc11a al'c met :
( !) Wells not previously equipped
with surface-connoll ed SSSV's s hal l be
so eqUipped whe11 the is first re-
moved and reinstalled.
(2) The subsurface-controll ed SSSV Is
lnstcll ed In wells compl eted f1om a sm-
gle-well or multlwell satell1te cmsson
or or
(3) The subsurface-controll ed SSSV is
1nstalled In wells mth a sur face-con-
troll ed SSSV that has become mopel'
able and canne l be repaJ1ed without re-
moval and tei nstallati on of the tubi ng.
(e) Destgn. tnstaJJation. and operation
of SSSV's. The SSSV's shall be de-
signed, Installed. oper ated, a nd mai n-
tained t o ensure rel iabl e operat i on.
(l) The device shall be installed at a
depth of 100 feet or more bel ow t he
!:>ealloor wJLh! n 2 uays after prouucllon
Is establ ished. When warranted by con-
dl tluu.s .such as permafrost. unstable
bottom conditions. hydrate formation.
or paraffms. an al ternate setti ng depth
of the subsUlface safety dev1ce may be
approved by the Dlstnct Supervisor.
(2) Until a !'.UbsUtface safety device 1s
instol led. the wel l shall be attended in
the Immediate v1 c1n1 ty so that emer-
gency act1ons may be taken wh1l e t he
well Is open La flow. Dutlng Lesling and
inspectiOn procedures. the well shall
not be left unattended whi le open to
productiOn unless a properly operati ng
s ubsurface-safety device has been ln-
slal l ec.l in the well .
(3) The well not be open to flow
while the subsurtace safety device is
removed, except when flowing of t he
well ls necesSaJy for a pa11:icular oper-
atlott suc.;h as cutting bail1ng
sand. or similar operations.
Al l SSSV's shall be inspected. i n-
stall ed. ma1nta1ncd. and tested In zc-
cordance with American Petroleum l n-
srlture Recommended P1actlce 14B.
Recommended Practice for Jn-
stall atlOn. and Operation of Subsurface
Safety Val ve Systems.
250.801
(f) Subsurface safety devices tn shu t-in
wells. New completions (per forated but
not placed on p:-oduction) and comple-
tions shut in for a peri od of 6 months
shall be equipped with either (!) a
:ubi ng plug: (2) a
sur face-cont r olled SSSV. provided the
sur face control has been rendered inop-
erative: or (3) an injection valve capo-
bk of prevent ing back flow. The setting
ciepth of the safet y device
shall be app1oved by the Distri ct Su-
pervisor on d case-by-case bas1s. when
wan a nted by conditions such as per-
mdfrost. unstable bottom cond1ttons.
hydrate fo,.mations. and paraffins
(g) Subsurface safety dev1ces in Jnjec-
rJon W<> lls A surfare-('(mtroll ed SSSV or
an l11Jecti on valve capable of pre-
vent ing backflow s!:lall be Install ed l n
all InJection wells. Thts reqUirement 1s
not appli cable If Lhe DistrlcL Super-
visor concurs that the well is incapabl e
of flo-,.,1ng. T he l essee shal l verify t he
no-flow condl tlon of the wel l annually.
(h) Temporary rc:mo'aJ for routine oper-
a tions. (I ) Each wi r el i ne- or pumpJ own-
ret :-levable subsurface safety device
may be removed. w!thout f urt h er a u-
thorization or uollce. for a routi ne op-
eration which docs not requ ire the ap-
proval of a F o rn t MMS- 124, Sundry No-
tices and Reports on Wells. In 250.601
of this part for a period not to exceed
15
(2) The well shal l be Identified by a
sign on t he well hencl stating thnt the
subsurface safety device has been re-
moved. The removal of the s ubsurface
safet y dev1ce shall be noted i n the
reco:-ds as requl red l n 250.804 (b) of Lhls
part If the master v-dve is open. a
t rained person s hall be i n t he imme-
di at e vic1 ruty of the well to attend the
well so t hat emergency actions may be
taken. if necessary.
(3) A pl atform well shal l be mon-
itor ed. but a person need not remain i n
the well-bay area continuously !f t he
master valve is closed. If t he well tS on
a sotel1 17f' structur e, lt rr111st i>P ;;t-
tcnded or a pump-thl'Ough pl ug in-
stalled In t he tubing at least 100 feet
bel ow the mud l i ne and t he mastet
valve closed. unless otherwise approved
by :::he Dist ri ct Supervtf\m.
(4) The we!. shal l be allowed to
flow wh1l e the subsurface safety device
Is removed. except when r1owl ng the
345
TRN-MDL-00495993
CONFIDENTIAL
250.802
well Is ncccss<J.ry for thm p<J.rtl cul<J.r op-
eration. The provisions of this para-
graph are not appl!cable t o the t esti ng
;mel procPdt tres in 250.804 of
thls part.
(i) AdditJOnal safety equipment. /\II
tubing Install ations In which a
wlrcl lnc- m pumpdown-rctrlcvable sub-
surface safety device Is Install ed after
the effective date of this subpart shall
be equipped with a l anding nippl e w!tn
fl ow couplings or other protective
equi pment above a11d below t o pr ovide
for the settmg of the SSSV. The con-
t r ol system for all surface-controlled
SSSV's shall be an Integral part of the
platform Emergency Shutdown System
(ESD) . In additirm t o the ac-tivation of
the ESD by manual act ion on the plat-
form. t he system may be activated by
a s1gnal from a remote locaoon. Sur-
face-controlled SSSV's shall close In
1esponse to shut-in signals from the
ESD and In response to t he fire l oop or
other fire detection devices.
()) Emergenc.Y act:Jon. In the event of
an emergency. such c.s an hnper1ding
stor m, any well not equipped with a
subsurface safety device and which IS
Capable of ll<:ilUI aJ 0uw ,;hal l have the
dcvtee properl y installed as soon as
possible with d11e
gi ven to personnel safety.
]53 FR 10690. Apr I. 19SS. as amended at 54
FR 50617. Dec. 8. 1980 58 FR 49928. Sept .
1993 Redesignated and amended at G3 FR
29479. 29485, May 29. 1998]
250.802 Detiign, installation, and op-
eration of surface production-safe-
ty systems.
(a) General. All produ ction facilities.
i nclu ding separators. treat ets. com-
pressors. headers. and fl owlines shall
be designed. Ins tal led, and mai ntained
in a manner whi ch provides for effi-
Ciency, safety of operation, and protec-
tion of the environment
(b) Platforms. You must protect all
platform production facJ!ities with a
hnslc and anc.lll<tty surface safery ,;ys-
tem designed. anaJyzed. installed. t est-
ed. ;md mu! nta!ned in operating condi -
t ion tn accordance vnt h APl RP 14C
(incorporated by r eference as spedfled
in 250. 198). If you use com-
ponents other than those for whtch
Safet y Analysts Checkhsts are In-
cluded l n .A.P I RP 14C you must ut11!ze
the <Jnalysls technique <J.nd documcnt<J-
tion s1=ecifi ed t her ei n to determme the
effects and requirements of these com-
ponent::; on the s::!.fet y system. Safety
device r equirements for pipelines ar e
under 250.1004.
(c) Speclflcatlon for surface safet.Y
valves (SSV) a nd underwater safety
valves (US\.1. All wellhead SSV's.
USV' s. a nd t heir actuat ors whtch cll'e
mstalled i n t he OCS shal l conform to
t he tequl rements in 250. 806 of thIs
part
(d) Use of SSVs and USVs. All SSV' s
and USV's shall be mspected. install ed.
maintained. and tested in accordance
wit h API RP 14H, Recommended Prac-
t in for U,;e of Surfare Safety Valves
and Uncerwat er Safety Valves Off-
shore. I f any SSV or USV does not op-
erate prope:-ly or 1: any flui d flow 1s ob-
served during t he l eakage l est. the
valve s hall be repaired or replaced.
(e) Appro\'aJ of safety-S}'Stems design
and Installation features. Prior to Jnstal-
latlon, t he lessee s hall submit, 1n du-
pli cate for appi'Oval :o the Dist ti ct Su-
pe!'V!sor a J=r oductlon safety system ap-
pli cation containing Information r ei -
all ve to design a lid In,tallatlur r fea-
t ures. Tnformation concerning ap-
de>slgr. ;.md lenn1re;;
shall be maintained by the l essee at
the Jessee's offshore fi eld office nearest
the OCS facility or other locan on con-
veni ent ly availc=bl e to the D1stnct Su-
petvisot. Al l approvals ::!.te subject rn
field ve:-if1cations. The application
shnll Include the following:
(I) A schemat ic flow diagram show-
i ng t ubl r.g pressure. sl:e, capacity. de-
sign work ing pressure of separat ors.
flare scrubbers, a eaters, stor age tanks.
compressots. pipeline pumps . metenng
devices. and other hydrocarbon-hilO-
dling vessels.
(2) A schemati c piping fl ow diagram
(API RP 14C. F i gure E. incorporated by
reference as specified m 250. 198) and
the related Safety analysis Fun ction
Evaluation chart (AP T RP 14C, sub-
secti on 4. 3c. 1r.corporated by reference
as specified i n 250.198).
(3) A schemat i c ptptng dtagram show-
ing the size and maximum
working as derf' tmi neri i n ar-
cordancc w:th API RP 14E. Desip;n and
Install ation of Offshor e P r oducti on
P l atfor m Piping Systems.
346
TRN- MDL-00495994
CONFIDENTIAL
(4) El ect ri cal system Informat ion i n-
cludmg t he foll owing:
(!) A plan for each platform deck out -
lining all art>a" clas.'5ified ac-
cording to API RP 500. Recommended
Practice for Cl asslftcatlon of Locations
for Elect r ical I nstallat ions at Petro-
l eum Facilities Cl assified as Cl ass I.
Division I and Division 2. or API RP
505. Recommended Pract ice for Classi -
fication of Locations for Electrical In-
stallat i ons at P et roleum Facil!ties
Classified as Cl ass 1. Zone 0. Zone I.
and Zone 2. and outl ining areas In
whtch potenttvl tgnltton sources. other
than electrical , are to be mstalled. The
area outlined wil l Include t he following
infor mation:
(A) All maJor production equipment.
wells. and other signi ficant hydro-
carbon sources and a description of the
type:. of dtcktng. celltng. walls (e.g,
grati ng or solid) and firewalls; and
(Bl Location of contr ol
rooms. panel boards. ma.Jot cabl i ng/
conduit routes. and i dentification of
the pttmaty wiring method (e.g .. type
cable. conduit. or wtre) .
(11) Elementary elecrncal schemanc
of a ny platform safety shut-down sys-
tem WJth a funct i onal legend.
(5) Certtflcation t hat the for
the mechanical a nd el ectrical systems
to be Install ed were appr oved by reg-
Istered ptofesslonal englneets. Aft er
thest> f>yst:ems are t he l essee
shall su bmit a statement to t he Dis-
trict Supervisor certifying t hat new in-
stallations conform to the approved de-
signs of dus subpart.
(G) The des1gn and schematics of the
Installation and maintenance of al l
f1re- and gas-detecuon systems shal l
Include the following:
(1) Typt:. nurnber of de-
tectiOn sensors:
(11) Type and ki nd of a l arms. includ-
ing emergency equlpment to be a cti-
vated:
(in) Method used for detection:
(IV) Method and frequency of call br a-
t ton: and
(v) A functional block diagram of the
tletectlon .system. Including the elec-
tric power supply.
!53 FR 10690. Apr. I. 1988. a.s an'""'J "J at 61
FR Nov. 26. ann
21mer1ded ut 63 FR 29479. 29485. M<>y 29. 1995. 65
FR 2!9. J:m. 4. 2000. 67 FR 51759. Aup; 9. 2002]
250.803
250.803 Additional production system
requ.irements.
(a) General Lessees must comply
with the fol l owing production safety
system requi r ements (some of which
are In addition to these contained in
API RP :4C. incorpora:ed by reference
as spec! fi ed In 250.198).
(b) Design. insta!latfon. and operaOon
of additional production systems. (I) Pres-
sure and f ired vessels Pressun and fired
vessc:'ls s hal l be designed. fabr icated.
code stamped. and maintained in ac-
emdanee with cppllcable provisions of
seclions I . IV. dnd VIII of the ASME
Boller and Pressure Vessel Code. All
existing uncoded vessels in use must be
j ustified and approval for connnued
use oblained from t he Dlstnct Super-
visor no later t han August 29. 1988.
(t) Pressure rel!ef valves shall be de-
signed. mstalled. and maintained mac-
cor dance wit h applicable pr ovisions of
sectioi1S I . IV. and VII I of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
rel ief val ves shall conform to the
valve-sizing and pressure-reltevlng re-
speciliPd in t h e.sE' docu-
ment s: however . the reli ef valves. ex-
cept completely 1ed1md;:mr rel ief
valves. shall be set no higher than the
maxi mum-allowable working pressure
of the vessel . All rel ief valves and vents
s hall be piped l n such a way as to pr e-
vent fluid from s: rlk l ng personnel or
Ignition sources
(it ) St eam gtnerat o:s oper;oti ng at
less than 15 pounds per square inch
gauge (pstg) shall be cqu1pped wtth a
level safety low (LSL) sensor which
v..1ll shut off the fuel supply when the
water level dmps below the> mini m11m
safe level. Steam generators operating
at greater than IS pslg require. in addi-
tion to a n LSL, a water- feeding deVice
whi ch will automaticall y cont r ol the
wate1 l evel.
(ii i) The Jessee shall use presswe re-
corders to establish the new operating
pressure ranges of pressure vessels at
<my t i me when th!"te Is a In op-
erating ?ressurcs that r equi res new
settings for t he high-pressure shut -in
sensor and/or the l ow- pressure shut- In
sensor as provided herein. T he pres-
sure-recorder eharrs 1l!'ecl to det ermine
curr ent: eperatmp; pressure shall
be mmntatned at the iessee's f1eld of-
flee ne<:rest the OCS facllny or at
347
TRN-MDL-00495995
CONFIDENTIAL
250.803
other loc<Jtions conveniently <JV<Ji l<Jblc
to t he Dist rict Superv1sor. The high-
pressure shut-in sensor shall be set no
hi ghe1 15 percent or 5 psi . which-
ever Is greater. above the highest oper-
ating pressure of the vessel. This set-
ting shall a lso be set sufficiently below
(5 percent or 5 psi. whichever Js great-
er) the relief valve's set pressure to as-
sure that the p1essu1e sour ce Is shut In
before the relief valve act ivates. T he
low-p1essU1e shut -i n sensor shall act i-
vate no l ower than 15 percent or 5 psi,
whicheve1 is below t he l owest
pressure in the operating range. The
activation of low-pressure sensor s on
pressure vessels which operate at l ess
than 5 psi ,;hall be approved by the Dis-
t r ict Supervisor on a case-by- case
basis.
(2) Flowlines. (i) You must equ1p
fl owlines from wells wil h high- and
low-pressure shut-in sensors l ocated in
accordance wi t h sectlon A.l and Figure
AI of API RP 14C (Incorporated by ref-
erence as specified i n 250.198) The les-
see shall use pressure recorders lo es-
tablish the new operating pressure
ranges of flowl in es at any time when
Lhere b a s ignlflcanl cha11ge in oper-
ati ng pre-ssures. The most recent pres-
sure-recorder used to deternJine
operating pressure shall be
ma tmamed at the l essces fiel d office
nearest the OCS faci l ity or at other l o-
cations conveniently available to t he
Distric-t Supervisor. The high-pressure
shut-in sensor(s) shall be set no higher
than 15 percent or 5 pst. whichever is
greater. above t he h1ghest operatmg
pressure of Lhe line. But In all cases. lL
s hall be set sufftclently bel ow t he max-
imum shut-in wellhead p1-essure or the
gas-11ft supply presswe to assure act\.1-
atlon of the SSV. The low-pressure
shul-in senso:(s) s hall be sel no l ower
than 15 percent or 5 psi. whi chever Is
greater. below t he lowest operati ng
pressure of t he line in which it IS i n-
stalled.
(11) T( a well news to the
pipeline be-fore separation. the flowline
and valves from t he well located up-
stream of and Incl uding the header
inl et val ve(s) shall have a working
pre.<;,c;\lre equal t o m- Than the
maximum shut-in pressure of t he well
unless the flowlme IS protected by one
of the follov.nng:
30 CFR Ch. II (7-l -G4 Edltlon)
(A) A r elief Villve which vents i nto
the platform flare scrubber or some
other location approved by the District
Sup<>l-visor. The scrubbe1
shall be designed to handle. without
liquid-hydr ocarbon canyover t o the
flare, the rr.a ximum-anticipated fl ow of
liquid hydrocarbons which may be rc-
heved to t he vessel.
CB: Two SSV's with indepe-ndent
high-pressure sensors installed with
adequ at e volume upstl-eam of any
bl ock valve t o alluv..- suific1ent tirae fu1
the valvels) to close before exceeding
the maximum al l owabl e working pres-
sure
(3) Safety sensors. All shutdown de-
vi ce.<>, valves, a:1d pre_<;,c;ure ,;en.<>or.s shall
function in a manual reset mode. Sen-
sors with lntegral automatic r eset
shall be equipped wtth an appropriate
devi ce Lo override Lhe automatic reset
mode. All pressure sensors shall be
equi pped to permit tes:ing with an ex-
ternal pressure source.
(4) ESD. The ESD must conform to
Lhe requ_rements of Appendix C. sec-
tion Cl. of API RP 14C (mcorporated by
referer.ce as s pecified in 250 !DB) . and
the foll owi ng:
(!l The manual ly opnated ESD
valve(s) be 'luick-opening ;md
nom-estricted t o ena bl e the rapid act u-
unon of the shutdown system. Only
ESD stations at the boat l anding may
util ize a loop of breakable synt hetic
tubing in lieu of a va lve .
(ii) Closure of the SS V shall not ex-
ceed 45 seconds after automatic detec-
tion of an abnormal condition or actu-
atlon of an ESD. The s urface-con-
trol led SSSV shall close i n not more
than 2 minutes after the s hut-in signal
has closed the SSV. Deslgn-delayed
closure t ime greater t han 2 minutes
sh<:Jll be j ustified by the l essee based on
the 1 nd:ivi dual well's mechanical/pro-
duct ion characteristics and be ap-
proved by the District Supervisor.
(iii) A schematic of the ESD which
tndici:it es the control !unctions ol all
safety devices for t he platforms shall
be maintained by the lessee on t he
pl atform or at :he lesse-e-'s field office
nearest the OCS facilit Y or other loca-
t ion conveniently available t o the Di s-
trict Supervisor.
(5) Engines-(!) Engine exhaust. You
must equip engine exhausts to comply
348
TRN-MDL-00495996
CONFIDENTIAL
with t he i ns ul ation personnel pro-
tection requ irements of AP I RP 14C,
section 4.2c(4) (incorporated by ref-
erence as specified in 250. 198) . Exhc.ust
piping from diesel engmes must be
equipped wit h spark arresters.
(II) Diesel engine air Intake. :-Jo later
than May 31. 1989. diesel engi ne a i r in-
takes shall be equipped with a device
to shutdown the diesel engine in the
event of r unaway. Diesel et1gl nes which
are continuous ly attended s hal l be
equipped With either r emote oper at ed
manual or automatiC shutdown de-
vices. Diesel eng1nes which are not con-
ll nuousl y at Lcnded $hal l be equt ppcd
'N1th automatic shurdown devices.
(G) Glycol dehyrlratlon units. A pres-
sure relief system or an adequate vent
sh<11l be inst<11lcd on the glycol regen-
erator (reboller) which Will prevent
overpressurizatlon. The d.Jscharge of
the reli ef vc..l ve s hal l be vent ed In a
nonhazardous manner.
(7) Gas You mus t equip
compressor installations with the fol-
lowing protective equipment .:IS re-
qut red In AP I RP 14C, Sections A4 and
AS (I ncorpor ated by n:ference as speci-
fied tn 250. 198) .
(i) A Pressure Safely Hig!t (PSH), a
Pressure Safety Low (PSL). a P ressure
Safety Valve (PSVl. a nd a Level Safety
H1gh (LSH). and an LSL t o pr ot ect
each tntersta,ge and suction scrubber .
(ll) A Temperature Safety
(TSH) on each compressor disd1arge
cylindPr.
(iii) The PS H and PSL shut-in sen-
sors and LSH shut-I n comtols pro-
tecti ng compressor sucti on and
interstage scrubbers shall be des-
Ignated to actuate automatic shutdown
vHlves (SOY) locHred tn eHch com-
pressor s uction and fuel gas li ne so
t hat the compressor unit and the asso-
C'lated vessels can be Isolated from a ll
input sour ces. All automatic SDV's in-
:ralled In compre.-;.o;or suction and fut>l
gas ptping shall also be actuated by the
shutdown of the prime mover. Cnl ess
otherwtse approved by the D1st nct Su-
pervisor , gas- well gas affected by Lhe
closure of the automatic SDV on a
compressor suction shal l be diverted t o
the p1pel1ne or shut l n at t he well head.
(iv) A blowdown valve is reqUJred on
the dischar ge ll ne of all compressor In-
250.803
stullatlons of 1,000 horsepower (746
ki l owatts) or greater.
(8) FJrefJshtJng systems. Flreftghttng
!'<ysr<>m!'< for both opPn en-
closed platiorms Installed for extreme
weather cond1tions or other reasons
shall conform to subsection 5.2, F i re-
water systems. of API RP 14G. Fire
Prevention and Contr ol Open Type Off-
shor::: Production Platforms. and shall
require approval of the District Super-
vl sol. The foll owi ng addtttonal equtre-
mellts sl--.all apply for buth OJJen- and
cl pi atfo1ms:
(!) A firewat er system consisting of
pipe with i lrehose stations o1
f1xed firewater monitors shall be in-
:ralled. The firewater S)'!'<l' em shall be
mstalled t o provide needed protecti on
in al l a r eas where production-handling
equt?ment 1s located. A f1xed
walers?ray syst em shall be lnsLalled in
enclosed well-bay areas wher e hydro-
carbon vapors may accumu late.
(it) F uel or power for firewater pump
shall be availabl e for at least 30
minul"'s of nm :ime dul'ing a pl atform
shut-ln. If necessary. an alternate fuel
or power s ..Jpply shall be Installed to
provide:: for thb purnp-operallng lime
unless ar. alter nate fll'eflght l ng system
hi-ts be"n "'['pr oved by rh .. District Su-
pel'VISol'.
(111) A system using
chemicals may be used In lieu of a
water system if the Dtstnct Supervisor
dete:-ml ne!'< that thP. use of"' r.hernic.al
system provides eqUivalent fire-protec-
tion control.
(lv) A diagram of the f1reftghtl ng sys-
Lem showi ng the locaUon of all flre-
ftghting equtpmem shall be posted in a
promi nent pla ce on the faCility or
structure.
(v) For oper ations in subfreezing ell -
males. the l e::ssee shall furnish evi dence
to t he District Supervisor that the fi re-
fighting system is suitable for t he con-
ditions.
(9) Fjrc- and gas-detcctwn system. (i)
F l!e heat, m Slnoke) sensors
shal l be !n.staled In all enclosed classi-
fied ar eas. G<lS ser.sors shall be in-
stalled In all tnadcc;uatcly venttlated.
enclosed cl<lSslfled areas. Adequate
ventil at ion I!'< rl<>ft nf'd i'IS venttl ation
which is s utf1c1ent to prevent accumu-
latlOn of stgmftcant quant l t l es of
vapcr -alr mixture tn concentrati ons
349
TRN-MDL-00495997
CONFIDENTIAL
250.803
over 25 percent of the lower explosive
limit (LEL). One approved method of
providtng adequate ventilat ion Is a
ch;;mge of 'li t vol ume Pnch 5 mimttPs or
1 cubic foot of air-volume flow per
mi nute per square foot of solid floor
area. whichever IS greater. Enclosed
areas (e.g .. bu!l d1 ngs. living qua1'ters.
or doghouses) are defined as t hose
areas confined on more than four of
t heir si x possible sides by walls, floors.
or ceilings more restrictive to atr flow
t ltc n or ft xed open I ouvers aud
of sufficient size to al l entt-y of per-
sonnel. A cl assified a1ea Is any area
classified Cl ass I . Gr oup D. Dtvi ston 1
or 2. followmg t he guidelmes of API RP
500. or ;my nre:'. classified Class I. Zone
0. Zone I. or Zone 2. follow1ng t he
guidelines of /\PI RP 505.
(11) All detection systems shal l be ca-
pable of continuous monitoring. Fire-
detection s ystems and portions of com-
bustible gas-detection systems r elated
to the h1g her gas concentration level s
shall be of the manual-reset t ype. Com-
busti ble gas-del eclion sysl erns
t o the lower gas-concentration level
may be of the automatic-reset type.
(Ill) A fuel-gas odor anl at at t culo-
mat\c gas-detectiOn and alarm system
Is r equi red In encl osed. continuously
manned areas of the faci lity whi ch ate
provided with fuel gas. Living quarters
and dog houses not contal nl a gas
sour ce and not located In a cl assified
do not r equhe a gas detect ion sys-
t em.
(1v) The Distri ct Superv1sor may r e-
quire t he lnstall atl on and maintenance
of a gas detector or al arm i n any po-
tential ly hazardous area.
(v) F ire- and gas-detection systems
must be an a pproved type. destgned and
installed accor ding t o API RP 14C, API
RP 14G. and eith1:0r API RP 14F m API
RP 14FZ (the preceding four documents
incorporated by r eference as specified
In 250.198).
(10) Electrical equipment. El ectrical
equi pment '"'d systems sh;,.ll bt> de-
slg!'lcd. Install ed. a nd maintai ned i n ac-
cordance with the requirements in
250. 114 of this pan.
(I I) Erosion. A pr ogram of erosion
rnnrrol shnll he In effect for wells or
fi elds havmg a history of s a.'"ld produc-
tiOn. T he erosiOn-control program may
Include sand probes, X-ray, ultrdSomc,
30 Ch. II (7-Hl4 Edition)
or other satisfactory rr.onttor!ng meth-
ods. Records by l ease. indicating the
wells v.;h!ch have erosion-control pro-
gr:=tms in effect 'lnrl t he r Psults of t hf'
progTarns. shall be malntamed by the
Jessee for a peri od of 2 year s and shall
be made avai labl e :o MMS upon re-
at.:cst
(c) General platform operations. (1)
Surface or subsurface safet y devt ces
shall not be bypassed or bl ocked out of
servtce u.-lless they are temporanl y out
of service for slarlup, mai ntenance, 0 1
testing procedures. Onl y the minimum
number of safety deVlces shall be taken
out of service. Personnel s hall monitor
the bypassed or blocked-out funct ions
unlll Lhe safely tlev!<.:es are placed back
in service. Any surface or subsurface
S<Jfcty devtc:: whi ch Is t cmporar! ly out
of servl ce shall be f1 agged.
(2) When wel ls are disconnected from
product ng fac! lilles a nd bl i nd flanged,
equi pped wit h a tubing pl ug. or t he
mast er valves h ave been locked closed.
you are not required to comply with
t he provisions of API RP 14C (mcor-
pmaled by reference as specified i n
li250 198) or this regulation concerning
thC' following:
{!) Automatic fail-close SSV's on
wellhead assembli es. <:Jnd
(11) The PSH and PSL shut-In sensors
m flowlmes fr om wells.
(3) When pressure or atmosphenc ves-
sels arc Isol ated fr om production fac!l t-
tles (e.g .. Inlet valve locked cl osed o r
ml et bli nd-flanged) and <:J r e to remain
isol ated for an extended period of time,
safety devi ce compliance with API RP
14: or t hls s ubpar t Is not required.
(4) Al l open-ended lt nes connect ed to
product ng facilities a nd wel ls shall be
pl ugged ot blt nd-fl:=tnged. except t hose
hnes destgr:ed to be open-ended such as
fl are or vent II nes.
(d) Welding and burning practices and
procedures. All welding. burning. and
hot-t'lpping activitiPs sh"'ll be con-
ducted according to t he spectfic re-
quirements in 250. 109 through 250.
of this part.
F R 10690, Apr. J. FR Apr. 13.
J98R, ;,s ;;tnl:'llded ;;c 55 FR 47753, Nov 15, 1990,
61 FR 60025. Nov. 26, 1996. Redesignated and
"t 53 FR 29479. 29i85 I\ by 29 1998. 65
FR .. li)n. 4, 2000, 67 FR Aug 9. 2002,
68 FR July 22. 2003. 68 FR 65172. Nov 19.
20031
350
TRN-MDL-00495998
CONFIDENTIAL
250.804 Production safety-system
testing and records.
(a) Tnspecrton and testing The safet y -
system devices shall be successfully i n-
spected and tested by the l essee at the
interval specified below or moee fre-
quently if operating condttl ons war-
rant. Testing must be In accoedance
w1th API RP 14C. Append1x 0 (incor-
porated by reference as speci fied i n
250 198). and the following:
(1) Testing requi rements for sub-
surface safety devices arc as follows
(I) E<:.ch surface-controlled sub-
surf<tce saft:!ty devict:! inst <tlled in <t
well. tncludt ng such devices tn shut-In
and inJection wel ls . shal l be tested in
place for prope1 operation when In-
stall ed or n.'lnstal l cd and t hertafter at
intervals not exceed1ng 6 months. If
the device docs not operate pr operly. or
if a llquld leakage rate in excess of 200
cubic centimeters per minute or a gas
rate In rxcc!'.s of 5 ruh\c fccr
per mi nute IS observed. the deVIce shall
be removed. rr:>oalred and reinstal led.
or replaced. Testln$( shal l be in accord-
ance wi t h API RP 14B lo ensure proper
oper ation.
(11) Each subsurface-controlled SSSV
installed in a well shall be removed. in-
spected. and repaired 01 adjusted. as
n .. ,-.,.,o;;.,.ry. and reinsr ... ll ed or repl..,ced
ar: Intervals not exceedtng 6 months for
those valves not Installed 1n a landing
nipple and 12 mont hs for t hose valves
instal led m a landmg nippl e.
(iii) Each t ubing pl ug install ed in a
well shall be Inspected for leakage by
opening t he well to possi bl e fl ow at in-
tervals not exceedi ng 6 monchs. If a ho-
uid l eakage nte in excess or 200 cubic
centimeters per minute or a gas l eak-
age rme In excess of 5 cub1c feet per
mmute JS observed. the device shall be
removed. 1epai r ed and rei nstall ed. o1
An tubmg plug
may be i nstal l ed in lieu of r emoval.
(lv) InJect ion valves shall be tested 1n
the manner as outl ined for testing tub-
ing plugs in paragraph (a)(l )(iii) of Lrus
sect1on Leakage 1ates outlined in
paragr aph (a) (1)(111) of t h1s secti on
shall appl y.
(2) All PSVs shall be tested for oper-
ation <It l e<tst onre eVPl')' 12 months.
These valves shaJJ be either bench-test-
ed or equ1 pped to permit testi ng Wl t h
an external pressure source. Weighted
250.804
disk vent va lves used as Psvs on at-
mospheiic tanks may be disassembled
and Inspected In lieu of function test-
ing.
(3) The following .snfer y device;; (ex-
cludlnj:! electroni c pressure transmit-
ters and l evel sensors) must be tested
<It least once each cale:1dar month. but
at no Lime will more than 6 weeks
elapse betwee:-1 tests
(I) All PS:-1 and PSL.
(11 ) ."Ill LSH and LSI. controls.
(Ill) All <:1Ut omat1c l11let SOV's which
are actuated by a sensor on a vessel or
compressor and
(lv) All sovs in liquid discharge
lln::os and actJa:cd by vessel low-level
sensors.
(4) The following electromc pressure
t n tn.-;ml tt ers a11d I evt::l sensors r nust be
tested at least once eve1y 3 months.
bt:t at no time may mere thun 120 days
elapse between tests:
(!) All PS:-1 and PSL. and
(li) All LSH and L5L controls.
(5) All ssvs and USVs shall be test-
ed for operation and for l eakage at
1 oncf' Pach t>ndar mont h. bur
no time shall mor e t han 6 weeks el apse
between tests. The SSV's and USV's
must be tested in accordance with the
test procedures specified In API RP 14H
(Incorporated by nff' rt>nce e!\ !\pedft !"d
in 250. 198). If t he SSV or USV does not
operat e properly or If any flUi d flow 1s
observed during the leakage test. the
valve shall be repaired or replaced.
(6) Al l flowline Flow Safety Valves
(FSV) s hall be checked for leak age at
least once t:>ach cal endar month. but at
no time shc.Jl more than 6 weeks el apse
between tests. The ?'SV's must be test -
ed for l eakage in accordance wi t h the
test procedures specified in API RP
J4C. Appendix D. section 04. tabl e 02.
su bsecuon 0 !1r.ccrporated by ref-
erence as peclfled In 250.19&). If r:he
l eakage me<:sured exceeds a liqui d flow
of 200 cubic per mmut e or
a gas flow of 5 cubl: feet per minute.
t he FSV's shall be repair ed or replaced.
(7) The TSi1 shutdown controls In-
stalled on compressor Installations
which can be nondestruct ively test ed
shal I be tested every 6 months and r e-
paired or repl aced as necessary.
(8) .l\11 pumps for firewat er systems
s hall be Inspected and operated weekly.
351
TRN-MDL-00495999
CONFIDENTIAL
250.805
(n) All fire- (rlame. heut, or smoke)
detection systems shall be testcd fot
operation and recalibrated every 3
monLhs provided LhaL Lesling can be
performed in r1 noncle_o;rrurt ive m;mnet
Open flame or devtces operati ng at
temperatures which could ignite a
methane-air mixture shall not be used.
All combustt ble gas-detection systems
shall be calibrated every 3 months.
(10) All TSH devices shall be tested at
once every 12 months.
those addressed in paragraph (a)(7) of
this section and those which would be
destroyed by testing. Burner safety low
and flow safety low deV!ces shal l also
be tested at least once every 12
months.
(1 1) The ESD shall be tested for oper-
ation at least once each calendat
month. but at no time shal l more than
6 weeks elapse between tests. The test
shall be conducted by altemating ESD
sLallons monthly Lo close al least one
wf'll head SSV and ven fy a surface-con-
trol led SSSV closure for that well as
indicated by control circuitry actu-
ation.
(i2) Prl or t o the commencement of
production. the lessee shall notify the
Dist rict Supervisor when Lhe lessee is
ready to conduct a prepr oduction test
and inspection of the integrated sa:ety
system. The l essee shall also not1fy the
District Supervisor upon commence-
ment of production in order that a
romplere in:<pf"ctlon m71y be r.ondt!rted.
(b) Records. The lessee shctl l
records for a per! od of 2 years for each
subsurface and surface safety device in-
stalled. These records shc.ll be mam-
tatned by the lessee at the lessee's f1eld
off1ce nearest the OCS f<.ct!ity or other
locations conveniently available to the
Distnet Supe1visor. These ,-ecmds
shall be available fat tev1ew by a tep-
resentative of 1\ IMS. The records shall
show the present status and history of
e::ch device, Including dates and de::t>llls
of Installation, r emoval . inspect ion,
testmg. repa1nng, adjustments, and re-
mstallatJon
!53 F R 1 OG90. Apr 1. i9SS. as amended at 55
FR 47753. Nov 15, IQ90. 62 FR 5331. Feb. 5.
i997 Redesignated at G3 FR 29{79. \ofay 29.
1998. os omcndcd <Jt 65 FR 35S24, JunC' 6, 2000;
G7 FR 517GO. Aug. 9. 2002. GR FR 47. J a11 2.
2003]
250.805 Safety device training.
Personnel i nstalling. inspecting. test-
mg. and malntamlng :hese safety de-
vl:es a nd personnel operatlnA the pro-
dt:ctlon platfotms shall be qualified In
dccordd!l:::e \\ith subpdTt 0.
250.806 Safety and pollution preven-
tion equipment quality assurance
requirements.
(a) General requirements. (ll Except DS
proVlded in parc:tgraph (b) (J) of t his sec-
t I on. you may install only certlfi ed
safety and pollull on prevenlion equip-
ment (SPPEl i n we: ls on the
OCS SPPE mcludes t he following:
(i) Surface safety valves (SSV) and
actuators:
(ii j Underwater safety valves (USV)
and acLuaLors; and
(!II) safety (SSSV)
and associ<:ted safety valve locks and
landing nipples.
(2) Certlflec SPPE Is equipment the
manufacturer cert1f1es as manufac-
Lured under c1 quality a..-.;surance l.H"o-
gram !'v{},.1S recognizes. MMS considers
all other SPPE as noncer tifled. MMS
recognizes two quallty assurance pro-
grams:
(1) ANS!/ASME SPPE-1. Qual1Ly As-
sllrnnrr.> nnci Certlfir:atton of Safety and
Poll ution-Prevent ion Equipment Used
m Offshore 011 and Gas OperatiOns; and
(n) API Spec Qi, Spectf1cat10n for
Quality Programs.
(3) ,<\II SSV's and USV's must meet
the technical specifications of APT
Spec 6A a nd 6AV1 . All SSSVs must
meet :he technical speclt1cat1ons of
API St:ectfl ca: ton 14A.
(4) F01 Information on all standards
rn"' n: iom-d ito rhls st:eti un, see 250. 198.
(b) Use of noncertified SPPE. (!) Before
Apri l 1. 1998. you may continue to use
and Install noncertified SPPE tf It was
1n your lnvemmy as of April I , 1988,
eolld was indudt:d in eo list of noncer-
tified SP?E submitted to MMS prior to
August 19HR.
() On or after /\prll I. 19!1!:!:
(li You may not tnstall a dditional
noncertt n ed SPPE; and
(ll j When noncertified SPPE t hat IS
In set-vt re offslte te-
palr, remanufacturinp:. or hot work
such as weldmg. you must repl ace 1t
With certlfled SPPE.
352
TRN-MDL-00496000
CONFIDENTIAL
(c) RecognJzJng other qualiry assurance
programs. The 1V1MS will consider r ecog-
nizing ot he:- qual it y assurance pro-
grnm.!': cover ing the mnnufncture of
SPPE. If you want MMS t o evaluat e
other quality assurance programs. sub-
rrut relevant informat ion about the
program a nd teasons for recognition by
MMS to t he Chief. Engineering and Op-
erations Divi s ion; Minerals Manage-
ment Service. Mall Stop 4700; 381 Elde:-1
Sneet. Hetndon. Vtrgtni a 20170- 4817.
!62 FR 42671. Aug. 8. 1997. Redt>s1gnated a: 63
FR 29479. M"Y 29. 1998. as "' ntndced at 63 FR
37068. July 9, 1998: 65 FR 76935. Dec. 8. 2000]
250.807 Hydrogen sulfide.
P r orhtc:tton operntlcms In zone.s
known to contain hydrogen s ulfi de
(H;:S) or 1n zones where the presence of
H,S IS unk:-oown. as defi ned 1n 250.490
of this part. shall be conducleu in ac-
cordance wtth that secti on and other
rel evant requir ements of subparc H.
Product i o:--t Safety Systems.
!53 FR 10690. 1\pr. l. 1988. RPdesgnated and
>lmPnci<"d 1t 63 FR 29479, Mily 29. 199/i: 68
F R B435, Feb. 20, 2003]
Subpart 1-Piatforms and
Structures
(a) The lessee shall design. fabncate.
install. use. inspect, a nd maintai n al l
pl <ltforms ;md s tructures (pl<'ltforms)
on the Outer Contl nental Shelf (OCS)
to assure thei r structural tntegr1ty for
t he s afe conduct of dr i lling. workover.
and producUon operallons. consi dering
the spectfic environmental conditions
at the pl atfor m location.
(b) All new fixed or bottom-founded
plat forms (I.e.. platforms or other
s u -ucl ures . t>.g .. single-well caissons,
artificial Isl ands). shall be designed.
fabncat ed. Installed. inspected. and
maintained In accordance wtth all the
requirements of this section and
250.90 1 and 250.904 thro11gh 250.91 4 of
thi s subpart . Applicat ions submttted
pur suant t o 250.901 s hall r equire the
approval by the Regional Supcrvtsor
prior to platform Installat i on.
(c) All new plRtforrn..<; which mef't
of t he conditions ltsted below s hall be
subject to the Platform Venftcotion
Program and shall be designed. fob-
250.900
rl cat ed. and installed In Dccor dancc
with the requirements of 250 901
through 250.914 of this part .
(I) Plat forms i nst.all eel in water
depths exceeding 4JO feet .
(2) P l atforms having natura l periods
In excess of 3 seconds.
(3) Plat fotms installed in arC'as of un-
stabl e oottom conditions.
(4) Pl at forms having configurations
a nd designs which have not previously
been used or p1oven for use tn the area.
or
(5) P i atfo1ms -.nstall ed In seismically
active areas_
(d) Major modi fl catton t o any pl at-
form shall be subjC'Ct to the requi r e-
mPnts of this subpart and shal l require
the approval of the Regional Super-
visor . Major modlflcauon means any
structure:! changes wh!ch matenally
al ter the approved plan or causes a
maJor devi att on from approved oper-
ations.
(e)(l) MaJor repai rs of damage to any
pl atform shall requi re the prior ap-
proval of l he S upervisor.
repai rs of damage meat"IS correc-
tive operat i ons Involving structural
members offecling Lhe sl nJcLUrol in-
tcgr lty of a port1on ot all of thC' plat-

(2) Unde emergency condtt tons. te-
pi:llrs t o primary structur al clements
may be made to r estor e an exist! ng
permitted condition without prior ap-
proval_ The Regtonnl Sllpervlsor shnl l
be notified within 24 hours of t he da m-
age that occur red a nd repal rs t hat wete
made_ The Reglona: Supervtsor 's ap-
proval for r epai rs shall be obtained.
(:) The requirements for a n appli ca-
tion for approval for the reuse or con-
verston of the use o= an extsting f ixed
or mobile platforms shall be det er-
mined on a case--uy-case basis. An ap-
pli cat ion shall be submi t ted t o the Re-
gional Super visor for approval and
sha ll Include locat ion. Int ended use.
and demonstrate t he adequacy of the
design ami st ructur"l condlrton of t he
pl at01-m.
(g) In addition to the requirements of
thts subpart. platform dcst gn. fabnca-
tlon. and mstall ation shall conform to
API RP 2A-WSD P r nc:-
t lce For And Con-
sttuct tng Ftxed Offshote Platfotms-
W:xkmg Stress Design," (Incorporated
353
TRN-MDL-0049600 1
CONFIDENTIAL
250.901
by r eference. sec 250. 1 08). or Amcri can
Concrete I nstitute (ACl ) 357R. "Guide
for the Design and Construction of
Fixed Offshore Conc1ere
(incorporated by reference. see
250.198). as appropriate. Alternat ive
codes or rul es may be utilized with ap-
proval of the Regional Supervisor. The
requirements contained in these ciocu-
ments (APr RP 2A- WSD and ACT 327R)
are incorporated by reference In t his
pan. see 250. 198.
153 FR 10690. Apr. I. 198&. Redestp,n:>ted and
amencied a t 63 FR Z9479. 29455. May 29. 1995; 64
FR 9065. Feb. 24. 1999: 68 FR 19355. Apr. 21.
2003]
250.901 Application for approval.
(a) All appltcallons under t he provi-
sinm; of rhis ::.11bpnrt s hnll be s11bmirted
to the Regional Supervisor for ap-
proval. /\11 significant changes or
modifications to approved applications
be subml Ll<.! d to Lhe RcgtoliCll Su-
pervisor for approval.
(b) Appli cations for all new platforms
or major modifi cations shall be sub-
nutted m triplicate and shall contain
LhP following t nformaUon:
(1) General platform Information ln-
c:l udt ng Lhc roll owl ng:
(1) The platform desi gnation. l ease
numbet-. area name. and bl ock number:
(i i) Longi tnde ami lntitude coordi-
nates. Universal Transverse Mercator
grtd-systC'm coordl natC's. state pl ane
coorclmates ln t he Lambert or Trans-
verse Mctcator P roject ion :system. and
a plat drawn to a scale of 1 2.000
feet showing surface location of the
platform and dist ance from the nearest
block l lne:s:
(iu) Drawmgs. plats. front and side
deVCltions of tl e entire platfonn. and
plan views t hat cleal'ly illusttate es-
sential parts, i.e .. number und location
of well slots. des1gn loadmgs of each
deck. water depth, nominal size and
thirknPs:> of pnmnry
j ackee and deck structural members.
and nominal size. makeup. t hi ck ness.
and destgn peneuanon of piling:
(lv) Conos10n protect! on 01 dura-
biltty details which consist of the cor-
rnston-prot ertt on mt"t hocl : <"Xpc>c.ted
l i fe: and durabil!ty cnter ia for the sub-
merged. splash. and atmosphenc zones:
and
(v) 1 n the Al 01ska OCS Region. the
fol lowing additional infor mation shall
be subml tted:
(A) Slope ptoter tion and berm PIP-
vation for manmade islands.
(B) Wall t hickness wit h size and
pl acement of ma,jor steel
for concrete-gravity structures.
(CJ Shell thickness with size and lo-
cat l on of mc;j or rel nforceme.nt mem-
bers for steel -gravity structures. and
(D) A plan for perlodtc Inspections of
the installed platlorms i ll accordance
with 250.912 of this pan.
(2) A sunm1ary of envtronmenta l
data. as addressed tn 250. 904 of tht:s
part . which has a bearing on the plat-
form'::. ;md oper-
atiOn. e g .. wave heights and penods.
current. vertical :Hstrlbution of wind
and gust veloc1t1es. wa:er depth. storm
and astronomical Lide dala. marine
growth. snow and ice effects. and air
and sea temperatures:
(3) Foundation Information includ1ng
the followmg:
(i) A investigation re-
port containing a brief summary of the
major strata encountered at the Joca-
Lioll by bore holes presenl ed In Labulcu
form. a detatlcd subsurface proftl e il -
lustrating resul ts or fiel d ;md li<blltrt-
tory testing. a l ist ing of field and lab-
oratory Invest igations and tests With u
basi c :summary of resultant determina-
t i ons. the identification of properties
nnd cnncl!tions of the sc>i'lbed and rhe
subsoil. and the i dentification of any
manma de hazar ds or obstructions:
(li) A description of the effect of the
envi:-onmenlal and f'.mcLional l oads on
the foundation :
(II!) A determination. with :sup-
port:ng lnfor:nat!on. of the suscepti-
bi lity of the area :o soi l movement
a ml. if susceptible. an analysis of s l ope
a nd soil stability:
(iv) A summary of the foundation de-
sign crltena as S]:eclfted in 250.909 of
this part : and
(v) A $1 ttnmnty uf t l1e St'H n out sur-v;.,y
rcsu:ts specified In !i250.909(b) (2) of t h1s
part
(4) Structural lnfotmatlon Including
the foll owmg:
(1) The clesign l ifP. of the pl nrform
the basis for such determinatiOn.
(11J t\ summary descnpt1on of t he de-
sign load condltlons and design load
354
TRN-MDL-00496002
CONFIDENTIAL
combinations, taking into consi der -
ation the worst environmental and
operational conditions <mtlclpated over
the !\ervi ce life of the
(l ti) .A. llsnng and descnptlon of the
appropriat e materi al specifications.
(iv) A description of t he design meth-
odologies. c g .. clastic. inelastic. and
ul timate strengt h , used i n design of the
platform.
(v) A summary of pertinent der ived
factors of s afety against fa11ure for
st r uctural members, e g .. unity
check ratios exceedt ng 0.85 fot- steel-
jacket pl atform members. 1nd1cated on
"ltne'' sketches of.facket sections.
(vi) (A) In the Alaska, Atl ant tc, and
P aciflr OCS Regions. a of the
fattgue analysts as specified in 250 905
through 250.909 of this part. The spe-
ct flc r eqUi r ement s for a fattgue anal-
ysis s hall be deLermined by Lhe Re-
gional Supervisor on a case-by -case
basis to det ermine the adequacy of the
des1gn and t o assure t he structural ln-
tegtl ty of t he platform.
(B) In the Gulf of Mexi co OCS Re-
glotl, a s ummary of the fatigue anal-
YSIS as specified ln 250.905 through
250.909 of Lhls pan. A analysis
shall be performed for each steel tcm-
pl ... re, plle-supported pl ... tform wi t h
natural petiods greater than 3 seconds.
ond for each platform to be fabricated
of hi gh-strength steel (I.e.. over 50
thousand pounds per square inch min-
Imum yield) wht>l' P components of hi gh-
strength steel ar e subj ected to cyclic
loa ding. T he s pecific requi rements for
a fatigue analysts for other platforms
shall be deLennlned by the Regi onal
SuperVIsor on a case-by-case basis t o
determine adequ acy of the design and
to assure the st ructural integrity of
the pl atform.
(c) The infomoat ion s hall be sub-
mitted with or s ubsequent to the sub-
mi ttal of an Exploration P lan or Devel-
opment and Product ion Plan. Addl-
detail ed data and information
ln,..y b reqlllrerl by th., Rl:'glonal Su-
pervisor when needed to determine the
of the design.
(d) The l essee shall have detat l cd
str uctural plans as called for in
(h){ll(l i tl of this S!"rtl on ;md
specifications for new platforms or
other structures and major modtftca-
tlons cert ifi ed by a regtstered profes-
250.902
s lana! s tructural engi neer or civil engi -
neer s pecialiZing In stru ctural design.
T he l essee shaH a ls o sign, daLe. and
submit t he followi ng cet'"tificatl on: Les-
see ccr tlfles that the design of the
structure/rr:od1f1cat1on has been cer-
tifi ed by a teglsteted professiona l
s t tuc:tur:-.1 or a civil engineer s pecial -
Izing in structural des i gn. and the
structure/modt f!catlon w11l be fab-
ricated. l nstc:lled. and maintained as
described i n the application and any
appr oved modlficat ion t her et o. Cer-
ti fied des:gn and as built plans and
specifications w:ll be on flle at __ .
(e) The lessee s hall nonfy the Re-
e tonal Supetvisot least 1 wed: prior
to transporting the platform to the in-
st al lat i on site.
15$ FR 10690. A;>r. I. 1988. Redesisnated and
arnt:nd ... d at 63 FR 2947Q. ?.9485 May ?Q.
199S: ?' R 9065. Feb 24. 1999]
250.902 Platform Verification Pro-
gram requirements.
(a) Requirements. These r equirements
apply to t he fabncation, and in-
sLallaLion of new, fixed. bollom-found-
ed. plle-suj:ported. or concr et e-gravity
pl atforms. The appl l cabll1ty of these
r equirements to other t ypes of plat-
forrr.s shall be determi ned by the MMS
on a cast!-by-case basis. For all new
pl atforms or major modifications
wh1ch meet a ny of the condittons con-
tatned in 250.900(c) of t his part, the
lessee shal l subm1t t h e des1gn. fabn ca-
t lon. and Installation verification pl ans
t o t he Regional Supervisor for approval
in accordance wi:h paragraph (b) of
this section. The des1gn pl an shall be
submitted with or subsequent to the
submi ttal of an Exploration Plan m
Development and P roduction P lan. T he
fa':lrl catl on and i nstallati on plans shall
be submi:ted and approval obtai ned be-
fore such operations a re lnitlatr:tl.
(b) VerifJcaoon plan r equirements. {I)
General plan requirements. Each
verificati on plan s hall be submi t t ed i n
tri plicate a'1d include t he followi ng:
(!) A nominat:on of a Certified
Verificati on Agent (CVA) who shall
conduct specified reviews i n accord-
ance wi t h 250.903 of t h1s part,
{II) The C\/A qualificati on s t atement
conststing of the foll owing:
(A) Previous expertence In thnd-
party ver ification or experience In the
355
TRN-MDL-00496003
CON Fl DENTIAL
250.903
design. fabrlc<Jtlon. and/or
of offshor e oi l and gas pl atforms. man-
made Isla nds, or other mari ne struc-
tun>_-;,
(B) Technical capab:l!nes of the Indi-
vidual m t he primary staff to be asso-
ciated with the CVA functions for the
specific proj ect:
(C) Size and type of orgamzatwn or
corpon1:1on:
(D) In-house avail ability of. or access
to. appoptate t echnology. I. e .. com-
puter programs and hardware and test-
Ing materials and equi pment : .
(E) Ab1llty to perform the CVA func-
tions for the specific pmject consid-
ering cunent commitments: and
(F l expP-rlt>nre w:th
requirements and procedures
(111) The level of work to be per-
formed by the CVA. and
(tv) A ltst of documents to be fur-
nished to t he CV A.
(Z) DesJgh verJfJcatlon pJa11 requi re--
ments. The design plan shall also in-
clude the following:
(i) All design documentation speci -
fied tn 250.901 (b) of this pan. and
(II) Abstracts of the computer pro-
grams used In the design process.
(3) Fabrication vcnflcatfon plan rc-
quirelllell ts. Tlte pl<m shall
also Include fabrication drawings and
nmter!Cll spec! ftcatlons for Clrtlfl clal lS-
I and s t ructures. maJ o1 member s of
concret e- and steel-gravity structures.
all the ptm<n-y lo<td-beO'Irlng membes
included m the spc.ce-frame analys1s
for Jacket structures. and a summay
description of t he foll owing:
(1) S t rucLural Lolerances.
(il) Wel ding procedures.
(lit) Material (concr ete. gravel. or
s!lt) plc.cement methods.
(tv) Fabrication standards,
(v) Material quali ty-contml proce-
du res.
(vi) Methods and extent of non-
destrUctive examlnanor.s (:\JOE) for
welds and materia:s. and
(vii) Qual tty Hssunmce pmcedures
(4) I nsta JJatJon vcrJflcatJon plan re-
quirements. Additionally. t he l nstClllCl-
tlon plan s hall tnclude a summa1y de-
scription of the marine oper-
rttions. c-onsicleed. altE'l'-
nate courses of act ion. a nd the inspec-
tions to be perfor med mcl udmg a
graphical tdennflcatton of areas to be
30 CFR Ch. II Edition)
i ns pect ed und t he accepwnce/rcj ectton
crtterto.
(c) ReqUJremenrs fur resubmJuaJ. All
such plans or the appropr iate part
fected shill! be rcsubmttred for <lp-
proval if t;,e CVA :s changed, tf the
CVA's or assigned personnel's quali -
ficat ions change. ot If the level of work
to be pcr:ormed The summary
of tecl-:nical detals .,eed not be resub-
mitted. unless changes are made In the
technical details.
(d) Combining of pJuns. For munmadc
Islands or pl at forns fabricated a nd In-
stal led m place. the fabrication and tn-
,;tall <ttlon vrr!ftcrttton plans shall be
combined.
[53 FR 10690. A:Jr. 1. 1988. R.edesl gl1CJted ;md
at 63 ?R 29479. 29486. May 29. 1998]
250.903 Certified Verification Agent
duties and nomination.
(a) CVA The CVA nommated
by t he I and <:tj.:pruved by the Re-
gional Supervisor shall conduct the ap-
propr iate reviews In accordance W1th
the followmg:
(! ) Design phase. (I) The CVA shall
conduct the des1 gn veJiflcatiol1 to en-
sure that t he proposed pl atfo1m or
maJ Or modification has been designed
to withstand the maximum envnon
and func.:tional load c.:omlilions
anticipated during the intended service
lt f e at the proposed location.
(t\j The design verification shall be
conduct ed '::>v. or be under the di rect
,;upervlSiOn of, <I rPgist"'1'ed plofes-
Sional civi l cr structural engineer.
(ttl) The CVA s hall consider the ap-
pl icable provisions of 250.904 t hrough
250 91\ of this pwt and use good t'ng1 -
t=ractice m an inde-
pendent a.<:.scssment of the of
all pro;:>osed planning criteria. environ-
mental data. load dete1mlnat1ons .
strt>ss <'l nO'Il yses. 111<'\t t?ri<ll dPsignMJons .
soil and foundation conditions. safety
factors. and other pertinent param-
eters of the proposed desi gn.
(iv) I nteri m reports shall be sub-
mitted by the CVA. as apptoprtate. t o
the Regional Supe:-visor and the lessee.
(v) Upon completion of the design
verification. a final report shall be pre-
pared wl-:trh the mi'ttetiil
r evi ewed by the CVA and the fmdmgs
and mcludes a recommendat i on that
t he :Zegtonal SuperVisor elther accept,
356
TRN-MDL-00496004
CONFIDENTIAL
request modificat ton(s). or reJect t he
proposed desi gn. In addit1on, the repor t
shall include t he particulars of how, by
whom. and when the independent re-
view was conducted and any special
comments cons1dcred necessary. The
fino! report shall be submitted t o the
lessee and. In triplicate. to the Re-
gional Supervisor w!thln 6 weeks of the
receipt of the design data 01 from the
date t he approval to act as a CV A was
issued, whichever Is l are1.
(2) Fabtlcarton verification. The CVA
!'h><ll monitor the f><hric><tion of the
platform or major modtflcat1on to en-
sure that It has been built in accor d-
ance w1th the approved design pl ans
and specifications and the fabrication
plan. Including the fnllnwlng.
(I) Penoruc onslte shall
be made wh!le fabncatlon Is In
progress. The following of rhe fabrica-
tion items. as appropriat e. shall be
verified:
(A) Quality contl"ol by less<::e a11d
bUilder.
(B) Fabrication sire facilities.
(C) Material quality and Identifica-
tion methods.
(D) Febrication procedur es specified
in the approved plan and adherence co
such procedures.
(E) Welder and welding procedur-e
qual if1cat1on and identification.
(F) Stru ctural tolerances specified
and adherence to those tolerances.
(G) The NDE requirements and eval-
uation results of the specified examina-
tions.
(H) Destructive testing requirements
and results.
(!) Repair procedures.
(J) Installation of cormsion-pr otec-
tJon systems and splash-zone pr otec-
tion.
(K) Er ection pr ocedur es to ensure
that overstn:ssing of :;tr-uct urCJl mem-
bers does not occur.
(Ll Alignment procedures.
(M) Dimensional check of the overall
structure. and
(1'\l) Status of quality- control records
at various stages of fabticatl on.
(11) The CVA shall consider the appl l-
rrtbl e pmvl:;ions of t hro11gh
250.91 1 of this parr and use good engi-
neertng practlce In conductmg an mde-
pendent assessment of the adequacy of
250.903
the fabricat io n of the platform or
maJOr mod1flcation.
{itt) Interim reports shall be sub-
mitted by the CVA. as appropriate. to
the Regonal Supervisor an<.llhe lessee.
(lv) If the CVA finds that fabr ication
procedures are changed or clestgn speci-
fications a r e modified. the lessee shall
be informed. If the lessee prefers to ac-
cept the modlflcatlons as informed by
the CVA. the Regional Supervisor shall
a lso be mformed.
(v) A final report shall be preparec..l by
the CVA covering t he adequacy of the
entlle fabrication phase giving details
of how, by who:n. and when the Inde-
pendent morutonng actlvltles were
conducted and provtdl ng any spec1al
comments considered necessary. The
ftnal report: is not req .. nrcd to cover as-
pects of t he in-
cluded m mtenm reports. The fmc.l re-
port shall descr ibe the CVA's activit ies
during t he Vel"lflcallon process. sum-
marize" rhe findings. romam a con-
firmation or denial of compl!ance with
the design speoflcarlons and the ap-
proved fabrication pl::m. and a rec-
omtllelldat1on t o accept or reject the
fa:mcauon. The report shall be sub-
mitted to the lessee and. 111 tnphcate.
to t he Regional Supervisor i mme-
cil atcl y after compl ctlon of the fab:-i ca-
tton of the pl atform.
(3) I nscallar.ron phase. The CV A shall
witness the Joadout of the jacket.
deck (s), and piles from the fabrlc<J.tion
slte(s): review rhe rcwing records: con-
duct an ons1 tc survey aft er transpor -
tatiOn to the approved locanon. Wit-
ness tl:e actual Installation of the pl at -
fonn or rnajoo nootllftc<:oLion: dctcrrnl nc
that the pl atfoom has been installed at
the approved l ocation in accordance
wlth t :.e approved deSign and t he in-
stallation pl an: and shall comply wl rh
the following:
(1) The CVA shall consider the appli-
rable provision.<; nf 250.904 rhrough
250.911 of this part and use good engi-
neering practlce ln conducting an Inde-
pendent assessment of the adequacy of
the Installation aclivllles. The fol -
lowing par ts of the ovetall installati on
process. as appro;:>rlate, shall be
verified:
(/\) Loadout and mtt1al notation op-
eraoons. if any:
357
TRN-MDL-00496005
CONFIDENTIAL
250.904
(B) Towlng operations to the speci-
fied location:
(C) Launchmg and uprighting oper-

(0 ) Submergence operations:
(E) Pile installation: and
(FJ Final deck and/ot component in-
stallation.
(i i ) The CVA shall observe the instal -
l ation act ivities. spot-check equip-
ment. procedures. and recordkeeping.
as necessary. to detetmtne compliance
With 250 904 through 250 911 o [ t his
pa1t and the app1oved plans. and imme-
diately report to t he Regional Super-
visor and t he lessee any discrepancies
or damage to structural membe1s. Ap-
proval for modified proce-
dures or for maJor deviation from ap-
proved lnstallatlon procedures shall be
obta1ned fl-am the Regional Supervisor.
(!11) 1nler!m reports shall be sub-
nutted by the CVA. as appropriate. to
the Reg10nal Supervisor and t he lessee.
(tv) A final report shall be prepared
by the CVA covenng the adequacy of
the entire instal lation phase giving de-
tails of how. by whom. and when the
independent rnomtonng act!v!t!es were
conducLed and provld!ug any speclal
comments considered necessary. The
f1 11al report shall desert be the CVA "s
activities dul"ing the verification proc-
ess. summarize the f1ndtngs. contatn a
confirmation or dent al of compl iance
with the approved installat ion plan.
a r ecommenrlat1on To accept or re-
ject the installat ion. The report shal l
be submi tted to the l essee a nd. tn trip-
licat e. t o the RegJOnc.l Superv1sor
wi thin 2 weeks of complet ion of the in-
stallation of the platform.
(4) All data prov1ded t o the CVA shall
be handl ed in the stnctest confidence
and not be r el eased by the CVA \\.ith-
out Lhe cunsenl of the l essee.
(5) Individuals or organizations act-
ing as CVA"s for a par"t.icular platform
s hall not functiOn in any capacity
other than that of a CVA for t hat spe-
Clfic prqject. whPnever the addi t lo<tal
activit ies would create a confli ct. o1
appearance of a conflict of inter est.
(b) CVA nomlnatlon. (1) Nomtnatton.
I ndividuals or organizations shall be
nomlnar Pd by the lessee pl;mnl ng to
use thetr services. The Jessee shall
spectfy whether t he nommat 10n 1s for
the design. fabrication. or lnstal lanon
phase of ver ification: for two phases: or
for all three phases.
(2) Qualifications. Qualification sub-
missions shal: contain sufficient mfor -
mation to determine compliance wlth
250.902(b)(1) (tt ) of this part.
[5S FR. 10690. A ;or I. 1988. Rcdcs!snalcd and
umcndcd ut 63 ? R 2047n. 2!){86. l\bv 2n. Jnos]
250.904 Environmental conditions.
(a) Gene1-a l. The perform::mce stand-
ards of this section pertain to all plat-
forms covered by Lhese tequiremenls
regatdless of t he fabricatton material.
(I) Environmental considerations. All
envi ronmettal phenomena appropriate
to the areas of fabncatlon. transpor-
tation. and installation of an offshore
pl atfom1 be constdered nnd rhe11
influer.ce on the platfonn accounted
for. Such phenomena shall mcludc
wind. waves, current . temperature.
ti de. marine growth, chemical compo-
nents of air and water. snow and ice.
eatthquakes. tsunami. seiche. and
other c.ppropr late phenomena.
(Z) EnvJronmenral data. St atisncal
data and defensible statistical and
mathematical models shall be em-
pl oyed to descnbe t he tange of pcrt i-
nent expected vari ations of environ-
menta 1 phenomena. Defenst bl e data
supplied by meteorol oceonog-
raphets. or other app1opr iate special-
ists are acceptable as the basis for de-
sign. Wbe1c possible. environmental
phenomena s hall be descnbed by t he
characteristic parameters most rel-
evat1t in t he evaluf"lt.ion of effecrs on
the platform.
(b) Stat istical methods. (I) When stat is-
t! cal methods are empl oyed m t he de-
t ermination of parameters character-
izing environrnent al phenomena, Lhe
statistical methods and distributions
employed s hal l be approp1i ate to their
a ppltcauon as evidenced by relevant
statistical tests. confidence limits. and
othe::J m.:asur .-s of statistical signifi-
cance.
(2) Short-tenn and long-term var i-
ations of phenomena
such as w1nd. wave's. and current shall
be descri bed by statistical distribu-
ti ons relevant t o t he p;wRmerer consi d-
ered Defensibl e stat istlcal modelmg
techniques shall be used 1n the pre-
di ctlor. of extreme values.
358
TRN-MDL-00496006
CONFIDENTIAL
(3) When hindcDstlng techniques Dre
employed to approximate environ-
mental parameters, the validity of the
mod>1 shall be defen!';iblP.
(c) Design cons1deradons. (I) Genera/.
1\ thorough assessment of the C'nvlron-
ment In t he vicinity of the Installation
sitC' shal l be made to determine the
condit10ns expected to occur at the site
over the I I fe of the pl atform.
(2) DesiRJ1 environmental cond1don. (1)
''Design environmental condi tion"
n1e<ms the enVIronmental factors pro-
ducing the most unfavorable effects on
the platform. Parameters descr!bmg
the dest,gn envnonmental condition are
given in paragraphs (c){2) (11) (A). (B),
and (C) of this
(n) The des1gn environmental condi -
tion shall reflect the various envi ron-
mental events that mdnndually or col-
lecllvely represent the most severe
condi t ions t he platfonn is anticipated
to expertence. Such conditions shall be
formulated with a set of parameters
that describe the relevant environ-
mental evenls. including the following:
(A) The maximum wave car-
l espond1ng to a selected recurrence pe-
t lad together with Lhe associated wind,
cutr ent, a nd a ppropri ate Icc and snow
effect,;,
(Bl The minimum air and sea tem-
perdturcs appr opnate to the event
being treated, and
(C) The maximum water level due to
rtdP and s t orm
(in) Consideration shal l be given to
other combinati ons of the parameters
speCified In paragraph (c)(2)(1l)(A) of
this section involving either ma.x!murn
wmd. max1mum curr ent. or maximun1
ice load wh1ch may cause a greater re-
spor.se of the platform.
(tv) In general, the recurrence period
chosen fo1 the events specified in para-
graphs (c) (2)(11) (A) and (C) of th1s sec-
tion shall primarily be based on the de-
sign servlce ltfe of the platform. For
platforms designed for a s ervice life of
20 yenrs. the rec\11-rence petiod cho.-;en
for t he determination of these events
shall not be l ess th<m 100 years. F or
other serv1 ce ltvcs. t he dcstgn event r e-
curr ence interval shall generally be ad-
to ptovtcle for a r tsk of ocrUt-
rence wh1ch does not exceed the risk of
occun-ence for the 20-year/100-year
comb! nat 1 on.
250.904
(v) For installation sites located in
seismically active aJ'eas, see paragraph
(di (8) of t his section.
(3) Operating enVJronmcmra/ conditions.
Opet c.ll ng envuorl!Tiental condi Lwns
mPi'lns rhe- sN of charactE'nsttc piiram-
eters of envi ronme-ntal conditions asso-
ciated wi t h a normnl function or oper-
ation to ::,e conducted 011 the pl atform.
For each such intended normal func-
tion or operation, the lessee shall de-
termine a set o: characteristic param-
eters of environn1ental cond!t10ns.
(d) Specific environmental conditions.
(1) Waves l nfonnat 1on Including the
following:
(I) Wave conditions considered for de-
sign shall be described by defensible
and/or deterministic meth-
ods.
(il) r arameters characterizing desi gn
environmental waves shall be based on
wave statistics or tr.c 1esults of defen-
sible analytic p1ed1ctton methods such
as hlrodcast: ng teclm:ques.
(111) When ustng probabll!slic anal -
yses the probobtllty of occurrence of
various wave-height classd':red
by d1rect10na: t ty and for a w1de rc..:-tge
of possible periods (i.e. t<Jblcs of cx-
CE'E'dance) shall be determined. WhE're
requln::d by the rnt::thod selt::el ed lo prt--
dict extreme values, the averdge dura-
tion of va1tous wave-height gmups
(I.e .. persistence data) shall be deter-
mined. All extrapolations and long-
tc>.rm WdVe dnta onnlyses shall 11se de-
fensibl e t echniques. and avatlable data
on extreme values measured i n the vi-
cmtty of the site st:all be mcluded 1n
the lung-Lerm preilicllon.
(tv) When ustng dE'tE'rml nlstlc meth-
ods, wav .. s sloall he d.-.sc!l b.-.d by th10 P"-
ramcters. height. penod. and other rel-
evant shape ch<Jractcrist lcs. The de-
sign-wave formulat ion used shal l be
val i d for the probl em considered.
(v) Breaking-wave criteria appro-
priate to t he Installat ion site shall b<"
deternuned usmg defensible formula-
ti ons.
(vi) lf spectr a l wave data ar c est<rb-
ltshed for the dynamt c analysts of
structural response to waves, such data
shall be derived m ac-cordance wt r h cle-
fensibl e methods. If spectral data a re
not avatlab: e m adequate quantities fo1
the Intended applicat ion, defensible
359
TRN-MDL-00496007
CONFIDENTIAL
250.904
m<Jthematlcal formulations that best
fit the available data shall be used.
(2) Wtnd tnformat10n tncludmg the
following:
(i) Wind velocities shall be classified
on Lhe basis of their durallon. Wind ve-
locities having a duration of less than
1 minute are referred to as gust winds.
Wind velocities having a duration
equal to or greater than 1 minute are
referred to as sustained winds. The ref-
erence elevation 1s 33 feet above stil l -
W:Jtcr level.
(ii) Wind conditions considered for
des1gn shall be described by defensibl e
statistical or deterministic methods.
(iii) Wind profiles shall be deter-
mined on the basts of defensibl e statts-
tical or mathematical models. Correc-
tions of wind velocity dDUl to Dver-
ap;inp; penods other than those em-
ployed In the collections of data shall
be based on defensibl e methods.
(iv) Distribution of the direction and
speed of wind approach to the platform
shal l be detetmined. or a ltcrnativcl v.
winds shall be considered to approach
from any direction.
(3) Current 111forrnatlon ll1Clud111g tl1e
followtng:
(i) Currenl velocities Lobe used in de-
sign shall be determined on the basis of
the best statistics available. Tidal cur-
rent, wind-generated current, density
current . circul ation current. and river-
out now curr.ent sl,all le cumhlnt!d on
the basis of their pmbability of simul-
t.:mcous occurrence 111 <lrr iving <1t cur-
rent veloc1ties to be used In design.
(il) Current velocity profiles shall be
determined on t he basis of site-specific
,<;tudies or defensible empirical rela-
tionships. Unusual profiles due to bot-
tom currents and stratified eEects in
regions near t he mouth of large rivers
shal l be accounted for.
(ill) Directional data on currents
whi c:h exist 1 n the absenre of wave.s
shall be described for each month or by
season. Unless a detailed study of cur-
rent directions is made. currents shall
be assumed lo run in any di recll on.
(4) Tlde lnformalion including Lhe
fol lowing:
(1) The clesign storm-tidf' elevarion
shall be identified for the installation
sne. For des1gn purposes. the des1gn
environmental wave height shall be su-
pcrimposcd on the storm-tide ele-
vation.
(ii) Variations in the elevation of the
dailv lunar tide shall be used m deter-
mining the elevations of boat landings.
barge fenders. and the corrosion-pre-
vention treat:nent of platforms in the
spl ash zone (see 250.906 (c)(5) of thls
part) .
(iii) The assurned rnaximurn or storm
tide shall include astronomical tide.
wind tide, und pressure-Induced storm
Mmirr.um-tJde estimat es shall
be based on either the astronomi cal o1
lunnr tide only. The warer depth shnl l
be referenced to a datum (e.g .. mea n
or low low/water) con-
sistent with all other r eferences to ele-
vations and depths.
(iv) If dala di recll_v appli cable to Lhe
mstallaTlon sire are not availabl e. the
best estimate based on data for nearby
locations shall l:e used.
(5) Temperature information includ-
ing the following:
(i) Extreme values of low tempera-
tures shall be expressed In terms of the
m::Jst probable. lowest values with their
corresponding recurrence periods;
(il) Air, sea surface. and seabed tem-
pctatUl"CS shall ':lc accounted for In de-
scri bing : he environment and ln justi-
fying the temperatures used In
(fi) nnd : C'e inforTnat.lon lnc]lJ(l-
mg the followinp::
(1) If the platform is to be located in
an area whete sea lee may develop ot
dnft, ice condlt:ons shall be account ed
for. Data shall be derived from acwal
field investigations. laboratory anal-
yses. or other appropriate analogous
sources:
(ii) (A) Relevant statistical and phys-
Ical daLa on t he sea-ice and snow condi-
tions shall be with part1cular
attention t o t he following:
(I) Con::entration and ctistribution of
ice and snow,
(2) Morphology of sea ice (e.g .. ice
floes. l ee ridges. or rafted lee).
(3) Mechanical properties of lee
(mode of failure).
(4) Dri ft speed nnd dlrertlcm,
(5) Thicknt>ss of ic<" and k eel depth of
pressure and
(6) Probability of encountering ice-
betgs. 1ce floes. 1ce-floe fragments. and
hummocks.
360
TRN-MDL-00496008
CONFIDENTIAL
(B) The weight of the maximum snow
and ice anticipated to accumulate on
the platform shall be determined.
(7) Mari ne gtowth Information In-
cludi ng the foll owing
(I) When assessmg the potential fat
manne growth, account shall be taken
of rel evant observations and experience
in t he area. In the absence of such in-
formaL! on. defensible analytical tech-
mques shall be empl oyed to rhe
potent ial for marine growth. These
techmques shall take mto account sa-
linity. a>.ygen content, hydrogen-ion
concentrat ton curTent, tempera-
ture. water turbidity. and other appro-
priate factors.
(li) Consideration shall be given to
the selection of surface coatmgs whtch
resist breakdown by micro-organisms
which reduce the onset of corr osion
(ill) Particular a t t ention shall be
paid to the effects that marine growth
has on swface roughness charactens-
tlcs of submerged stru ctural members
(8) Earthquake mformat10n tncludmg
the following:
(I) The effects of earthquakes on plat-
forms located ln ar eas knov.m to be
seismi cal ly active shall be addressed.
(tt ) Except for the provtston of
250.905(d) (5) (11) of this part. the seis-
micity of the site shall be determmed.
Preferably, th1s shall be based 011 site-
specific data. Ilowever. tegional data
shall be deemed acceptable for use
when site-specific data are not avail -
able a nd the reg10nal data are inter-
preted tn a manner to produce the most
adverse effect on a platform at t he spe-
cific site. The following data shall be
obtc.1ned:
(A) Recurrence intetval of setsnuc
events appropriate to lhe design l ife of
the
{B) Proximity to active faults.
(C) Type of faulting.
(D) Attenuation of ground motion be-
tween the faults and the site,
(EJ Subsur face sotl concilnons, and
(F) Records from past sc!smtc events
at t he stte or from anal ogous Sites.
(Ill) The usc of available data to de-
scribe the seismic characteristics of
the s ite ts pf'rmt tted where i t ran be
shown that such data are consistent
w1th the r equirements of paragraph
(d) (8) (11) of th!s secti on.
250.905
(tv) The seismic data s hall be used to
establish a quantitative design earth-
qt:ake criterion describtng the design
ground motion. Tn
addition t o ground motion and as ap-
pl icable to the installation sit e. the
following earthquake-related phe-
nomena shall be taken lnto account :
(A) Uque:acrion or subsurf;<ce sotls,
(8; Submnrine
(C) Tsunamis. and
(D) Fluid motions 111 tanks.
[55 FR !0690. Apr I, 1988. 53 FR 26067. July 11.
1988. Rcdcs1 gnat cd and om ended at 63 F R
29479, 2918. May ZS, 19981
* 250.905 Loads.
{a) Tntrocluction. Thl,; se::ct t on cove::I'S
the i denttftcc.tion. definition, and de-
termination of tr.c loads to which a
ftxed offshore platform may be exposed
dt:ring and after Its t ransportation and
The r equtr<>ments con-
tained In paragraphs (b) through (d) of
thts scctton apply to both s t cel -ptled
pl atforms and concrete-gravity plat-
Additional requi rements cov-
ering steel-p:led platforms are con-
tained in paragraph (e) of this section.
Addltion::U requirement s covenng con-
crete-gravity pl atforms are contained
in par<lgi aph (I) or this
{b) Gf'nf'rnt (I) All types of
speclfted in paragraphs (c){l) through
(c) (51 of this section shall be accounted
for m the design a:1:l operauon of the
pl atform.
(2) \IJhere applicaule. t he effects of in-
creased dimensions and weight due to
marine growth and snow and i ce accu-
mulation shall be addressed 1n the de-
sign.
(c) Load defmition. (I ) Dead loads.
Dead loads associated with the plat-
are loads that do not change dur-
mg :he mode of operation under con-
sideration. Dead loads include the fol-
lowi ng
(i) W<"lght In the air of t he plat form
(refer to paragraphs (e) (I) and {t) (I) of
this secti on for itemizations of weight
for ptl efounded and grav1ty
pl atforms, respecUvely) .
(It) W.:igl,t or pert11i:l l1tl1t a11d
the weight of permanent machinery In-
cluding Jtqulds <Jt oper.:tlng levels.
(It 1) E'(l:ernal hydrostatic pressure
and buoyancy In calm sea conditions
361
TRN-MDL-00496009
CONFIDENTIAL
250.905
cal cul<:ted on the basis of the design
W.:lterline.
(1v) Static eart h pressure.
(2) Live loads. Live loads associated
with the normal operation and use of
Lhe platform are loads that could
change dwtng t he mode of operation
considered. Live loads acting after fab-
ncat lon or bstallatlon Include the fol -
lowing:
(1) Weight of drillmg and productio:1
equipment tf1at can be removed such oS
dentck. draw works. mud pumps. mud
t<Jnks. scp<Jrators. and tanks.
(il) Weight of crew and
suppl1cs such as mud. chemicals. water.
fuel . cable. stores. drill stem. and
casing.
(111) Weight of ltqultls 111 storage
tanks.
(jv) Forces exe11:ed on the platform
due to clJ-il l!ng. e. g .. the ma'<lmum der-
rick reaction when placing or pulltng
casing.
(v) The forces exerted on the plat-
funn tlur lng t he OJ.ltr'i::tlloll or cra11es
and vehicles.
(vi) The forces exe11:ed on t he plat-
form by vessels moored to the plat-
form.
(vltl The forces exerted on the
form by helicopters dunng takeoff and
landing or while parked on the piaL-
form. \\'hen applicable. t he dynamic ef-
fects on the platform of the forces spec-
ified m paragraphs (c)(2) (Jv) through
(Vll) of thls section shall be taken Into
account. Live l oads occurring during
transportation and lnstall.::t1on shal I
be determmed for each s pecifi c oper-
ation tnvolved. and the dynamic effects
of loads shall be a ddressed (see
250 910 of chi:;
(3) Deform;; tjon /n>tcis.
loads are loads due to deformations im-
posed on the pl atform. For an
ltemizaUon of deformati on loads appli-
cable to steel- pil ed platforms and
roncretegraviry platfnnn.<; . . <;ee para-
graphs (e)(2) and (t)(2) of t his section.
respectively .
AccJdenraJ l ouds. Cons idcrat!on
shall be given to accidental loadings:
and where such l oadmgs are deter-
mi ned to be a rhey he
quantified and incorpo:-ated into the
des1gn. Acc1dental loads are l oads that
could occur as the result of an accident
or cxccptlon<Jl conditions. such <JS t he
following:
(IJ Extreme Impact loads caused by
supply boats. barges. and other craft
anticipa t ed t o work in the vicinity of
the pl atform:
(it ) Impact loads caused by dropped
objects. such as d1ill col l ars. casing.
blowcut-preventer stacks.
(Ill ) Loss of Inter nal pressure re-
qLi r ed to resist hydrostatic lo<Jding
and to maintain buoyancy dunng the
i nstall atior. the pl atform:
(iv) Explosion:
(v) Effects of fire: a nd
(v1) I ceberg collision.
(5) Environmental load information
mcludmg the foll owmg:
(lj Environmental loads are loads due
to wind. waves. current. Ice. snow.
tonhquake. and other eJJVirollme nlal
phenomena
(ii) The characteristic para met ers de-
fmlng ar. environmenta l l oad shall be
appropnate to the mstallatJon s1te as
determined by t he studles r equired by
250.904 of Lhis parl. Operalmg env1 ron-
men-cal loads are loads derived
the pa rame:ers charactenz1:.g oper-
a ting er:vi conditions (see
250.904(c)(3) of :hls part). Design envi-
r onment al loads ar e loads derived from
the parameters characterizing the de-
s ign environmcntcl condition (sec
250.904(c)(2) of this par t ) .
(Ill) Envlronmema: loads s hall be ap-
plied to t he platform from di r ections
producing the most uniavorable effects
on t he pl atform unless site-specifi c
st.Jdles @low for a less r e-
qt.:t r ement.
(lv) The combination and severi ty of
design environmental loads s hall be
consistent with the l ik eli hood of their
simultaneous occun ence. The simulta-
neous o::currence of env1ronmental
l oads shall be nodeled by appropriate
superposition methods.
(v) E>trthouake l oads ;.,nd loads r "'-
sult ing from accidental or J'aJ'e envi-
ronmental phenomena need not be
combtncd wi t h othc1 cnv11onmcntal
loads unless site-specific conditions ln-
di =Mf' that ,;uch Is <lppro-
pnate.
(d) Determina tion of environmental
loa ds. fl) Wave load tnformatlon tnclud-
mg t h e following:
362
TRN-MDL-0049601 0
CONFIDENTIAL
(I) Wave-mduced loads shall be cal-
culated using defenst ble methods or
shall be obtained from adequate model
or fiPid test d;nl'!;
(It) A sufficient range of waves and
wavt'crest positions relative' to the
platform shall be Investigated to en-
sure an accurate determination of the
maximum wave l oad on t he platform;
(Itt) Wave Impact loads on structural
members below the design wave crest
elevation shall be accounted for by de-
fetostble theor etical methods or rel-
evant model test of full-scale data:
(lv) Where appltcable. t he posstb!lity
of dynamic exc1tat1on of the platform
due to f.ow-mduced cyclic loadmg shall
bt>
(v) For add1tional r equirements per-
taini ng to steel-plled platforms and
concrete gravtty-platforms. see para-
graphs (e) (3) and (f) (3) of this secuon.
respecttvely: and
(Vl) Where applicable. addtttonaJ hy-
drostatic loc:dtng effects shall be ad-
dressed.
(2) Wind information illcludlrog
the following:
(I) W!nd loads. local w!nd pressures.
wind pmflles be deterrnined
on the basos of defensible analyr1cal
no.-.tloods or wtnd rl!nnel rests an H rep-
resentative model of the platform.
(11) In design environ-
mental loads on the overall platform.
wmd loads calclllated on the basts of
the ci estgn-.sustained wind vpl nrlt.y
shall be combi ned with other destgn en-
vironmental loads.
(111) The design gust wind load shall
be used 111 the design of local structur e
unless the effects of the load combtna-
tion described In paragraph (d)(2)(11) of
thls sectton are more severe.
(tv) Where appropriate, the dynamic
effe<.:Ls due to Lhe cyclic nature of gust
wind and cyclic loads due to vortex
shedding shall be taken i nto account
Both the drag and ltft components of
loads due to vortex shedding shal l be
trokf'll Into account.
(v) Where appmptfate. fl ut ter and
l=d i:lmpliflcatlon due to vortex s hed-
ding shall be addressed.
(3) Current load Information includ-
ing the follov.nng
(i) Current-i nduced loads on Im-
mersed members of the platform shall
be accounted for by defensible methods
250.905
or the r esults of model t c.st or site-spc-
ci:tc data.
(II) The 11ft and drag coefficients used
in the dete>1mi nrotion of ClllTPnt lands
shall be appropna:e to the current ve-
lo:::ity and tP1Ctural configuration.
(Ill) Current velocity profi l es used in
design shall be appropr iate to t he in-
stallation site.
(tv) For determination of loads 1n-
bv t he s i multaneous occurrence
ofwave-and current fi el ds. the total ve-
l octty field shll be computed by defell-
slble methods before computing the
totai for ce. and
(v) Where flutter and
l oad ampllficat10n due to vortex shed-
ding shall be
(4) l ee and snow load information in-
cluding the following:
(1) For platforms located m areas as-
soclaLed with lee movement. contact
l oads caused by floating ice shal l be de-
termined accordmg to defensible t heo-
reti cal methods. model test data. ot
full -scale measurements:
(ii) In locations where platforms are
subject to ice and snow accumulat ion.
the addttlonal weight of snow and Ice
on t he platform be <1ddre:.sed:
(Ill) The effects of Icc accumulat1on
Hnd Ice jHm, l11cludtng rhP pffects ol
changes In configuration due to adhe-
sion. s!-tall be accounted for In the de-
t ermination of rhe toral env1ronmental
load: and
(lv) The Incident pre.ssu1e due rn
pack ice. pressure ridges. and where ap-
propriate. Ic-e tsiand f ragments l mptng-
mg on the platform shall be addr essed.
(5) Earthquake : oad information In-
(!) For platforms located In seis-
mically active areas. design earth-
qt:ake-lnduced sround motions shal l be
determined on the basis of seismic dat a
applicable to the instal l ation site. De-
sign earthquake gmund motions shall
be described by either applicabl e
ground motion records or res ponse
><pecra cotL-;Istent with the recl!rrellce
period appropriate to the design life of
the platform.
(11) Avatlablc and defensible stand-
a rdized spectn:1 applicable to t he region
of rhe sltP a1e accPptabl e
tf such spect::-a reflect those site-spe-
ct:k cond1ttons affectmg frequency
content and energy dlstrtbutlon. These
363
TRN-MDL-00496011
CONFIDENTIAL
250.905
conditi ons include t he t y pe of active
faults i n t he region. the proximi t y of
t he site to the potential source faults,
t he i'lt tPn\li'ltion or i'lmplifici'ltion of
ground motion between t he faults and
t he site. and the soil conditions at the
site.
(ill) Gr ound-mot ion descri ptions
shall consist of t hree compo nents cor-
responding to two o rthogonal hori-
zontal directions and t he vertical di -
rect\On. All thr ee components shall be
apphed to the pl dtform simulta-
neously.
(iv)(Al \IIJhen the response spectrum
method 1s used for structural analysts.
Input values of ground motion (spectr al
accel eration reprP-'<ent at! on) 5hall not
be l ess severe t h an t he following
(1) One hundred percent In a principal
hon zontal duect1on.
(2) Sixt y-seven percent In t he orthog-
onal horizontal directi on . and
(3) Fi fty per cent In t he verti cal direc-
t ion.
(B) The hori zontal components s hall
also be applieu in the alte1native or-
thogonal hor izontal direct i ons
(v) If the time hi story me>thod IS used
for structural analysb. al least three
sets of gr ound-motion t1 me historiC's
s h;.; ll L<:< e111ploy <d. The In
whi ch the time hlstmies a1e used shall
account for the potential sensitivi ty of
the platform's response t o vartanons In
t he phas1ng of the gr ound-motion
l"P.<"orrls.
(vi) When appli cabl e. e:fects of s oil
li quefacti on and/or l oa ds resul t i ng
from subma ri ne slides or creep,
Lsunamls. and earthquake motions
shall be addressed.
(e) Loads on steel pile-supported plat-
forms. The foll owmg requl re>ments
apply to loads on steel p11e-su pported
plalfon ns ami shall be applie<.l Logether
WJt h t he 1equ1rement s i n par agraphs
(b) . (c). and (d) of this section
(l) The dead load of the platform
shall include. as appropriate. t he
weight i n al l of tl u,. Jacket, piling.
grout. superstruct ur e modules. stiff-
eners. decking. pipi ng. heliport. and
any other fi xed structural part l ess
buoyancy. wit h due all owance for
flnnrlmg.
(2) Where appropnate. the deforma-
t10n l oa ds to be accounted for a1e these
resulrtng from temperatu re variat ions
t o t hermal stresses i n the plat-
and tnose r esu:t i ng from soil dis-
pl acemer.ts (e .g.. di ffer ent ial settle-
men: s cw di5pli'lcement s).
(3) Wave load Information lncludmg
t he followmg.
(iJ For platforms composed of mem-
ben; having diameters that arc neg-
ligibl e i n relation t o the wave l engths
considered. semtcmp1 r tcal formul ati ons
accounting for wave-i nduced drag and
mertla forces based on the water par-
t icle velocines a lld on a11
undlstUJbed. incident f1 ow ft eld ate ac-
ceptab:e:
(11) When a method as descri bed ,..
paragraph (e) (3) (I) of this sect10n IS
u5ed, the wave field sl-:all be dPsn lbed
by a defensibl e wave t heory appro-
priat e t o the wave hei ghts. wave peri -
ods. and water depth at t he lnstall a-
Llon s l Le:
(iii) The coefficients of drag and Iner -
ti a c:sed 111 calcul atmg wave l oads shall
be determ1:1ed on the basis of model
test results. publis hed dat a, or ful l-
scal e measUterllents appropr i at e to the
s tructur<d ccnflguratlon. sur face
roughness. and wave tJeld. and
(lv) F or pl atform::. con tposed of lllem-
bers whose dia met ers aoe not n egli gibl e
In r el;.;t l on to the w;;.v<- l engths co nsid-
ered and foo Stluctural conflgUJations
t hat wtll substantially alter t he undis-
turbed. t nc1dent flow field. dlffl-actton
forces and the hydrodynanuc lnter-
of stmc:tural members shi'!ll he
taken int o accou nt.
(f! Loads on concrere-gravtry platfor ms.
The following requirement s apply to
l oads on :::oncrele-gravl ty platforms
and shall be appli ed together w1th the
requi rements descrl bed In parag1a phs
(bl. lc) . and (d) of this section.
(! ) The dead l oad of the plat for m
shal l indude, l:Cl appropr i ale. the
weight in air of t he foundat ion, ski rts.
columns. s uperstructure modul es.
decking. [:l ptng, bel lport, and any
other fixed structural pa1t l ess buoy-
;uocy with due all uw;.;nce for ilomll ng.
Weight calculations based on nominal
dimensi ons a nd mean val ues of density
a tc acceptabl e.
(2) The deformati on l oads to be ac-
cour,t f'd for arP tho5e rl uP t o
and ex-pansion, creep. tem-
perature vanatlons. and d1 fferent 1al
settlements.
364
TRN-MDL-00496012
CONFIDENTIAL
(3) Wave load information including
the fol l owing:
(!) F or plaLforms composed of large
gravity bases and one or more columns
whose diameters arc not negligibl e In
relation to the wave lengths consi d-
ered. defensible wave-load Lheorles
which account for the drag, inertia,
and diffraction forces on the
shall be employed:
(Ji) F or complex slructural configu-
rations. t he hydrodynamic interaction
of large, immersed structur<ll members
shall be addressed:
(Iii) When diffracuon forces and hy-
drodyn<m1ic interaction are negligible.
only semiempl r ical formul ations com-
parable t o those mentioned In para-
graphs (e) t3) (i ) a nd (111) of this section
accounling fm drag and irtel'til:l forces
are acceptable: and
(iv) The undisturbed. i ncident flow
fiel d shall be addressed by a defensible
wave theory appropriate to the wave
heights, wave periods, and water depth
at t he Instal l ation site.
153 FR 10690. Apr. 1. 1988: 53 FR 26067. July ll.
1988 Redesl gnatPd and :J.mendpd at 63 F R
294 79. 29486. May 29. 1998]
250.906 General design requirements.
(a) General. This section specifics the
getwr.-tl concepts ;.,nd rnet hods of an,. l-
ysis to be Incorporated In the design of
a platform.
(b) Analytical approaches. (!) Struc-
Lural response includi ng
the fallowing:
(i) Methods of employed tn
association with the speci ficati ons of
these requirements shall t reat geo-
met r ic- nonlinenl'itiel'. in a
defensible manner. When nonlinear
methods of analysts arc used to assess
coll apse mechanisms, It shall be dem-
onstatcd that the platf01m has suffi -
cient ducti lity to develop the required
t'esistance or structural displacements.
(11) Where theoret ically based analyt-
ical procedures covering the platform
or part s t he1 eof are unavai I nbl,.. or 110 t
well defined. model studies shall be uti-
lized. The acceptability of model stud-
Ies depends on t he procedures em-
ployed. Including enumer at ion of the
pos..<.tblP sources of !'trms. t he ltmtts of
appl! ca bih ty of the model test results.
and the methods of extrapolat i on to
full-scale data.
250.906
(2) Loading format in-
(1) E1ther a deternunist1c or spectral
format shall be employed to describe
vmious load components. \i\1hen a SL<tt-
IC Is usee!. It sha ll hP clem-
onstrated. whe1e apprap1iate. that the
gene1al effects of dynamic ampltA-
cation were addressed. The Influence of
waves other than t he h1ghest waves
shall be investigated for their potential
to produce ma,i mum peak str esses re-
sulting fro:TJ poss1b:e resonance with
the platform.
{11) When the des1gn
earthquake as discussed In 250.905 of
this part. ;;; dynar.1ic analysts shall be
performed. A dynamic analysis shall
also be performed to assess t he effects
of environmental or other types of
loads 1f SIS:(n:fl cant dynarmc amphfi-
catlon is expected.
(il l) For fatigue analysis. the long-
LCt' "' Ctstrlbullon of t he stress nmgc.
with proper consi derat i on of dynamic
effects. shall be obtained for relevant
durmg the design
life of the platform (see 250.907(c){6)
and 250.908(c)(6) of this part).
Combmattons of loadi ng compo-
nents infon11ation including the fol-
lowi:'lg
(I) Loads Imposed during and aftet in-
stal lati on shall be tal<en into account.
Of the vanous loads described in
250.905. of thls part. t:-Jose l oads to be
consi dered ior desi gn shall be combined
m n manner cons1.stent with their prob-
ability of sm1Ultaneous occurr ence.
However. earthquake loadi ngs shall be
applied without consideration of other
envl:-onmet.tal effects unless condi -
tions a l Lhe site necessi Late t heir in-
clusion. The direction of applied envi-
ronmental leads shall be that pro-
dt;c1:1g the highest pass! ble Influences
on t he platform. cons1denng the plat-
form's orlentat:on and l ocation W1th
resp<"ct to bottom topography. dlre<:-
tion of fetch. and nearby land masses.
(11) While it is required to obtain and
usc those loading components which
produce realistic effects on
the platform, loadi ng combinations
cm..-espondtng to ("(mdittons aft!'r In-
stal lation s hall reflect both operating
and design enVIronmental l oadings.
Secti ons 250 907. 250.908, and 250.909 of
365
TRN-MDL-00496013
CONFIDENTIAL
250.907
this part gtve the minimum load com-
binations to be consi dered.
(111) The operating environmental
conclitions ;mrl thP m"'xim11m tol Pr"'blP
environmental l oads dur ing Instal l a-
tion shall be spccifJCd.
(c) Overall design cons!derat!ons. (I )
DC's!gn lifC'. ThC' dC'slgn sC'rvicC' IJfC' of
the pl atform shcll be specifi ed <JS pre-
scribed tn 250.904te)(2)(i v) of thts part.
(2) Air gap An air gap of 5 feet shall
be :.rovided between the maximum
crest el evatiOn of t l 1e wave (ire-
eluding tidal effects) and the lowest
portion of t he platform upon whi ch
wave forces have not been included In
t he design. After accountmg for the
initial and long-tP.rm s ert lement s r p-
sultll1g fmm consolidation and substd-
ence. the elevation of the cr est of the
destgn wave shall be based on t he ele-
vation of the mean low-water line, as-
tronomical and storm tides. wave
runup the tl l t tng of the pl atform. and
where necessary. tsunamis.
(3) Long- term and secondary effects.
Thl' followiiig effects shall be ad-
dressed. as appropriat e. for the planned
platform:
(I) Local vibrallon due to lll<H.:hlnery.
equipment. and vonex shedding:
(i1) St1ess co!tcentn<t ions ;.1t critical
joints:
(1 11) Secondary stresses induced by
large deflections (P-6 effects) ,
(tv) Cumulative fatigue;
(v) Corrosi on:
(vi) Manne growth: and
(vtt) Ice abrasion.
(4) General arrangemen t. The platform
and equi pment s hall be ar ranged Lo
mimmtze the potential of str uctural
damage and personal Injury resulting
from accidents. In thts r egard. the con-
sequences of the arrangement or place-
of Lhe following components and
the! r effects shall be a ddressed:
(il Equipment and machinery- noise
and vibration,
(il) High-pressure pi ping-leakage i:1
closet! spaces,
(til) Lifti ng devices-dropped l oads.
and
(t v) Vessel mooring dcvl ces-l l nc
breakage and t ripping qui ck-release
mf"r.hanis ms.
(5) Corrosion-protection zones. Meas-
ures taken to mtttgare the effects of
corrosiOn as requtred by 250.907(d)
30 CFR Ch- II (7-1-()4 Edition)
and 250.!l08(cl (5) of thi s p<:trt s hall be
speclft ed and described tn ter ms of the
following d efini tions fot corrosi on-pro-
tection zones:
(il Submerged zonc-thm part of the
pl atform below t he spl csh zone.
(II) Spl ash zone-that part of the
pl atfom1 between the highest and l ow-
est water 1 ::vels reached by sea states
exceeded for 1 percent of the time an-
nua11y when SU}::ert mposed on the high-
est and lowest levels of Lide wtLh due
a ll owance f::w htgh and l ow t nstall att on
of tJ-.e platfor m.
(11i) Atmospher i c zone- that part of
t he pl atform above the splash zone,
(iv) lee zone-that part of the plat-
forrr. which can reasonably be expected
to come Into contact with floating or
submerged 1ce annually.
(5:\ FR. 10690, Ap1. 1, 1988: 53 FR 26067, July I I ,
1988. Redeslt,;nated and amended at 63 FR
290A. Mav 29, n3 FR June
19981 -
250-907 Steel platforms.
(a) }.:aterJals-(1) General. (1) This sec-
tion covers specifi cation<; for
used for the construction of steel pile-
snpporr Pd pi atfmms. StPels shall bP
suitable for their i ntended service as
d emonstrated by testing under rel-
evant service conditi ons or p r evi ous
satisfactory per for mance under service
conditions snnllar to t hose Intended.
Steels shal l be of good commerci al
quality. defined by speclficalion, and
ftcc oft nj u ri ous defects.
(it) S tccls s hall ex hi bi c satisfactory
formability a:1d wel dabiltty character-
is t ics and fracture toughness satisfac-
tory fm thP i ntPnded Ma-
tenals for st ructural members wht ch
ar c fracture criti cal or for member s
whi ch sustain significant tensile stress
and whose fracture would pose a threat
t o the su rviv<Jl of t he platform shall
have su fficient toughness to guard
aga1:1st bnttle fracture Matenals se-
lected for members whtch are subjected
t o significanl Lensile stress shdll have
tough ness suitabl e t o thetr mtended
appl1cation
(Ill ) T n cases whete prl net pa I 1 oads
from eitner service or wel d residual
are Imposed nor mi!l t o the
pl ate, app:-opnate precauttons shall be
taken to avotd lame11ar teanng par-
all el to t he plate sur face
366
TRN-MDL-00496014
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Mcncgement Service, Interior
(2) >-1<Jter ial selection t nform<Jtion in-
(1) Steels for structural members
shall be selected according to cnteria
Lhat lake tnlo account Lhe required
yield strength. fractur e to11ghness.
service temper ature (see paragraph
(a) (3) of t his section). and Int ended ap-
plication;
(11) Bolts a nd nuts shall have me-
chanlcal <md corrosion properties com-
parable to the structural elements
being jomed. Matert<Jls for bolts and
nuts shall be defi ned by and tested in
accordance with material standa1ds
compatibl e with those fo1 the joined
slrucLural members;
(lil) When new alloys are used. Lhe
of fracture toughness shall be
supported by appropriate fr acture
tests; and
(iv) When materials other than steel
arc used for st1uct ural purposes. the
mechanical and durabt 1 tty prope1ttes
necessary for their intended function
,.;hal l be designat ed, including tough-
ness and fat igue cha1acteristics, where
necessary.
(3) ServJce temperatur e. Sel"VlCe tem-
perature means the temperature that
the mat erial Is expected to achieve In
the operotl on a 1 envi ronlrletll.
(l) For material al or bel ow Lhe wa-
terline. the minimum serv1ce tempera-
ture shall be the lowest average daily
water temperature appl icable to the
particular depth. For material above
the wat erline, the nlinirnwn Stervice
temperature shall be the lowest !-day
average daily atmospheric temperature
over a 10-year period. unless the mate-
rial Is warmed by auxiliary heating.
(11) I n all cases where material tem-
p<'rature is reduced by l ocalized cryo-
genic st01age or othe1 cooling means.
such factors shall be accounted for in
establ ishmg minimum service tem-
perature.
(4) Classification of applications. When
considering the wel ding requ1te1nents
given in subsequent sect i ons. matcdals
shall be considered as "Weld Class A" if
the members arc crtr ical o1 special
structural elements, ''\:Veld Class B" t f
the mc-:mhe1s an>. p1ima1y l ortd-c-anying
members of t he plat form. or weld
Class C" 1f the members are secondary
structural elements.
250.907
(5) Material designation. All m<Jterial
empl oyed in platform construction
shall be described and desi gnated by a
materi"'l specific."'tion.
(b) Fabrication and w<:Jdmg-(1) Gen-
eral. (i) Welding shall be performed in
accordance with rhe applicabl e provi-
sions of the Ame:-ican Welding Society
(AWS) publicatlon, AWS Dl.l , Struc-
tural Welding Code-Steel. or other ap-
propriate weldmg codes.
(ttj F abrt cation other than weldIng
shall be perfc r med in accordance \.Vith
.4merlcan Institute of Steel Construc-
rton (AISC) publ!catlon. Spec!ficc.t!on
for Snuctural Steel Buildings. Al l ow-
able Str ess Design and Plastic Design,
or othP.r appropri at.f' cnde.'\. The c: ode to
be followed during fabrication and con-
struction shall be specified on design
documents.
(2) Weidlng. (i) Welding procedures
<Jncl fill er metals shal l be sel ected to
produ ce sound welds. and the filler
metal shall have strength and tough-
ness compatibl e with the base met al .
Workmanship shall be in compliance
with paragraph (b) (I J (i) of this section.
(i! j F orml ng processes shall not de-
grade the bc.se melob below Lhelr mi n-
Imum 1cquired pmpcrti cs. A heat
treat ment ,;h,..ll be employed t o provide
the required p1operties. whe1e nec-
essary.
(ii i) Misalignment l::etween pa1all el
(abutting) members shall be mml-
m!zed. Wel d size for fillet welds shall
be sufficient to compensate for the gap
between fayt ng surfaces of the mem-
bers. Lapped joints shall possess suffi-
cient overlaps. BoLh edges of an over-
l ap joint snai l have continuous fillet
welds.
(lv) arc-air gouging IS em-
pl oyed, the carbon buildup and burning
of Lr1e wel d or base metals shall be
minim: zed.
(v) Peening shall not be used far sin-
gl e-pass welds or for the root or cover
passes of multipass wel ds. Peening
shall be used only ct fter cleaning of
weld passes. F aJnng by heating. tlrunc
shrlnkmg, or other methods. when ap-
pl ied to Weld Cl ass A o1 B s tructu1al
elemer.ts, shall be performed without
the base meta ls . Such cor-
r ective measures shall be kept ro a
mlmmum when treatmg high-strength
steels .
367
TRN-MDL-00496015
CONFIDENTIAL
250.907
(3) Quality assurance. A documented
inspection plan shall be prepared and
followed and shall the following
i tPms:
(1) A suitable system for matenal
ident fflcatton and quality control dur-
Ing all stages of construction.
(ii) Requirements for welding proce-
dures and qual!flcatlons.
(1i i) The extent of weld inspection
(including nondestructive examination
methods) a nd the criteria fo1 wel d ac-
cej.Jtance or rejectlon. attd
(i v) Necessa1y dimensional toler-
a.nces.
(4) Weld nondestructive examination. (i)
All welds shall be subjected to v;sual
t>xamlnatlon. Nnndt>!>tructlve examina-
tion sha11 be conducted to t he extent
indicated t n paragraph (b) (4)(11) of thls
section after al l and postweld
heaL t reatments have been completed.
Weld examination procedures shall be
adequate to detect delayed weld crack-
ing !n cases Involving hlgh-snength
steels or high-hydrogen welding proc-
esses.
(li) As called for in par agraph
(b) (3)(11 1) of thts section. a plan for non-
destruct! ve exantlnollon of the welds
shal l be prepared and fol lowed. The ex-
tent of inspection of Weld Cl:.sses A
and B structUlal elements shall be con-
sistent with the appllcCJtlons Involved.
I mportant welds of Weld Classes A and
B structural elements are those mac-
ce.sst ble or ve1y difficult to inspect in
service. Import ant welds shall be sub-
jected to an Increased l evel of non-
destructive exammatlon during fab-
rlc<Jllon.
(iit) If the proportion of unacceptable
welds becomes e..xcess1ve. the frequency
of nondestr ucuve examination shal l be
Incr eased.
(c) Design and amdysis-(1) Genr:ral. (i)
Steel pl a t forms shall be adequatel y de-
signed and analyzed to withstand the
loads to whtch t hey are likely to be ex-
posed during their design llfe. The t-f-
fects on the sh>tll be deter-
mined for a minimum set of l oading
conditions by using a defensibl e meth-
od to ensure t hat the resulting rc-
spm1Ses do not exceed the safety cri-
tc:-tla approprliltc:- to rht> methods t>m-
ployed.
(n) The use of destg n methods. othet
than those specifically covered In th1s
30 CFR Ch. II (7-l-D4 Edition)
section. and the: r associated s<:fety crl-
tena are allowed if it can be dem-
onstrated that such alternative met h-
od!> will 1esult in n s:ructtJrnl s::.fpty
level equivalent to that provided by
the dlrcct application of t hese r equtrc-

(Ill) Sections 250.905 and 250.906 o::
this part shall be consulted regarding
definitions and rcquhcmcnts perti nent
to the of loads and gen-
eral destgn requirements.
(2) Loadm.s; conditiCIIS. (i) Af..>ptopriate
loading conditions that pmduce the
most adverse effects on the platform
dt:ring and after fabrication and mstal-
latlon shall be ca=ldered;
(li) Loadings corre.'='ponc!Jng to condi-
tions after tnstal : atio:1 shal l i nc:ude at
l east those relaong t o both r.he oper-
and cesign environmental condi-
Uons. combined with other perllnent
l oads in the following manner:
(A) Operating enVlronmental condi-
tions combined with dead and live
loads appropriate to t !-te functi on and
operalion of the plaLf01 m .
(B) Design environmenta.l conditions
combined w1th dead and l ive lends ap-
propriate to the t uncllon and opera.llon
of the platform:
(CJ Design o>nVlromn.,nt>tl condiTions
combined '"rith dead loads and min-
Imum live l oads appropr!ute to the
function and operation of the pl atf01m;
and
(iii) For pliltforms located In seis-
mically active areas. l oads induced by
earthquake ground moti ons shall be
combined With dead a nd live loads ap-
propr iate to the opetallon and function
of tl-:e pi at form.
(3) Methods of design and anaJys.ls. (i)
The natt:re of loC!ds and loadi ng com-
bi nations as well as the l ocal envi ron-
menta.! conditions s:-tall be::
in the sel ection of design methods.
Methods of analysis and their associ-
ated assumptions shall be compat ible
with the ove1all design pri ncipl es.
(II) Li near, elastic met hods (working
st1css methods) of design and analysis
arc acccptCJble :f pr oper measures arc
taken to prevent general and local
bt:ckl! ng failure. Regarding s t r uctural
instabiltty ilS a possibl e mmiE' of fad -
ure, t he effects of 1mtial stresses and
geometnc tmper fect:on shall be caken
mto account.
368
TRN-MDL-00496016
CONFIDENTIAL
(W) Dynamic effects shall be ac-
counted for if the wave energy in the
frequency range of the structural teso-
nance frequencies is of sufficient
nttude to produce significant stresses
in the platform. Thl" detc1minati on of
dynamic effects shall be accompl ished
c1thcr by computing the dynamic am-
pltfication effects in conjunction with
a dcterm1n1stlc analysis or by a ran-
dom dynamic analysis based on a spec-
tn'll formulation. ln the latter case. the
analysis shall be accompanied by a sta-
tistical descripti on and evaluation of
the relevant Input parameters.
(iv) The Interaction of the soil with
the platform's piles shall be mcluded In
the analytical model used to obtain the
structural response (see
250.909{d)(l)(11) of this part).
(v) For stati C loa ds. plastic methods
of design and analysis shall be em-
ployed only when the properti es of the
steel and the co:.nectlons exclude the
possibility of brittle fracture and al l ow
for formation of plastic hinges with
sufficiertt plasti c mtation capacity and
adequate fatigue resistance.
(vi) Whenever plastic analysis ls
used. il shall be demonsLr-ated Lhat the
coll a pse mode (mechanism) cot-
lt--"ponding to r he snta!lP.st loading in-
tensities has been used for the deter-
nunatlon of the ul timate of
the pl atform. The effect of buckling
and other destabilizing nonlinear ef-
fects shall be lnro in the
plastic analysis of platforms with com-
pressive forces. Whenever
nonmonoton!c or repeating loads are
present. it shall be demonstrated Lhat
the structure will not fail by incre-
mental collapse or fatigue.
(vii) Under dynamic loads when plas-
tic strains may occur, the consider-
allons specified in paragraph (c) (3) (v)
of this section shall be satisfied and
any buckling and destabilizing non-
linear effects shall be taken lnto zc-
count .
(4) A)JmnaiJ)e stn-:sses and load factors.
(1) When the design is based on a work-
ing-stress method paragraphs
(c){1){11) and (c)(3) (11) of thts section).
the safety criteria shall be expressed In
terms of basi c allowable
stresses in accordance with require-
ments spect ft ed 1 n paragraphs (cl ( 41 (t 1)
through (vi) of this section.
250.907
(ii) For structural :ncmbcrs and load-
Ings covered by ATSC publ ication.
SpecificatiOn for Structural Steel
Buildings, Allowable Stress Design and
Plastic De.<;lgn. wlrh the exr. epr lon of
eanhquake l oadings (see paragraph
(c)(41(v) of this sect'lon) and tubular
sttuctural members under the com-
bined loading of axial compression and
bend1n3. the basic allowabl e stresses of
the members shall be obtained using
the ATSC srer.lf!r.at!on. F or ntbul ar
subjected to the aforemen-
tioned interaction. stress li:-nits shall
be set m accoedance with a defensible
formulat ion.
(Ill) Where stresses In members ltsted
in paragraph fc) (4)(11 ) of this sectwn
are shown to result from forces Im-
posed by the design environmental con-
ditions acting alone or In combination
with dead and live loads {see p<tr agr aph
(c) (2) (ii) of this section). the basic al-
lowable st!esses cited In paragraph
(c) (4)(i i) of this sect: on. modified by a
fa:::tor of four-thirds. 1:1re permitted for
the des\ gn envl ronmental 1 oad con-
tribution if the resulting structural
member sizes are not l ess than those
required for de<td and live loads pl us
operating environmental condi tions
without the one-third mcreasc in al-
l owable stresses
(lv) F or a ny two- or thrC'c-dl men-
slana! stress fields within the scope of
Lhe workiJtg-slress formul a lion. the
equivalent stress (e.g .. the von Mises
steess shall be limited by an
appropriate allowable s t ress less than
the y teld stress. with the exception of
sLres:;es of a highl y localized naLure. I n
the latter case. local yiel ding of the
st1ucture is acceptable if it can be
demonstrated that such yiel ding docs
not ! ead to pmgress:ve call apse of the
overall pl atform and that the general
slructural slablliLy can be malnla.tned.
(v) When considerinp, loadmg com-
binatwns on individual members or on
the overall olatform. which mel ude
loads defined as accidental (sec
.250.905(c) (4) of this part). or In pur-
suing structura l analysi s for earth-
qt.: a ke loads fst:t: p1:1ragr1:1ph (c)(Z)(Iil) of
this section) . the allowabl e stress set
at a level of the minimum yiel d or
buckling strength of the mat enal shall
be considered appropriate.
369
TRN-MDL-00496017
CONFIDENTIAL
250.908
(vi) \iVhcncvcr clastic lnstilbillty.
overall or local. may occur before t he
compressive stresses reach the mln-
imllm specifiecl yiPl d strPngth of t he
material. appropriate allowable buck-
ling stresses shall govern.
(vli) Whenever the u ltimate strength
of the platform Is used as the basis for
the design of its members. the safety
fact ors or the factored l oads shall be
formul ated in accordance WJth the re-
qunements of AISC publ ication. Speci-
fi cation for Structural Steel Buildinp;s.
Allowable StJess Design and Plastic
Design. or an eqUivG!ent code. T he ca-
pability of the primary sttuct ural
members to develop their predicted ul -
timat e load capaci ty shall hP dt>m-
onstrated.
(v11i) For details o: hlgh-stress con-
centratJOn. consJderatton shall be
given Lo safety agalnsl briLLle fracLure
and to material quculty-control proce-
dures.
(5) Structural response ro earthquake
loads. (1) Platforms located in seis-
nlically areas shall be designed
to possess adequate strength and stiff-
ness to withstand the effects of iln
earLhquake whlch has a t easanable
likelihood of not bctng exceeded dunng
the lifetime of t he structurr,o (see par<i-
graph (cl(2l(till of t his section) andre-
main stable dunng r<JTe motlons of
greater seventy,
(il) The adequacy of structural
strength shall be demonsttMed by
analysis to venty that no significant
struct ural damage occurs: and
(ill) Platfor ms shall also possess ade-
quate ducLlliLy La withstand a rare In-
tense earthquake.
(6) FatJgue assessment. (I) Structural
members and Joints for wh1ch fatigue is
a probable mode of faJl ure and for
which past exper-iences cue insufficienl
to enswe safet y from possible cumu-
lat ive fatigue damage shall be ana-
l yzed. Emphasis shall be gwen to joi nts
and members in the splash zone. those
that are difficult to Inspect i'lnd 1Ppa1t
aftei the platform is in ser-vice. and
those susceptible to corroslon-accclcr-
atcd fatigue. and
(i!) For structural members and
joints which 1equlre n derAiled Analysis
of cumulative t he re-
st:l ts oi the analysis shall 1nd1cate a
nummum calculated llfe of twlce the
30 CFI? Ch. II (7-HJ4 Edition)
design life (see 3 250. D06(c) {!) of this
part) of the platform if there Is suffi-
cient structural redundancy to prevent
cat;;strophic f;;ilure of the pl;;tform as
a r esult of fatigue failure of the mem-
ber or joint under consideration. If
such redundancy does not exist or If
the desirable degree of redundancy Is
slgnlficaml y reduced as a resul t of fa-
tigue damages. : he results of a fatigue
analvs1s shall Indicate a minimum cal-
cula:ed life of three times the design
hfe of the platform.
(d) Corr os10n prorectJOn. All matenals
shal l be protected from the effects of
CUlTOSi on by a corToslon-pootcctl ort
system. ThP design of such systPms
shiJll take into account the possible e;x-
istence of corrosion. corrosion
fatigue. and galvanic corrosion. If the
intended sea environment contains un-
usucol contaminants. any spec1al corro-
sive effects of such contaminants shall
al so be considered. Protection systems
shal l be designed in accordance with
the National Association of Conosion
Engineers (NACE) publicanon. NACE
Standard RP-01-76. Recommended
Practice, Corrosion Control of Steel.
Fixed Offshore Platforms Associated
With P etrol eum P roduction, or other
comparablf' 5tancla rcls.
(e) Connecdon of pJ!es to strucrure. The
attachment o:" t he Jacket structure to
the pil es shall be accomplished by posi-
tive. cor.nolled means. Such attach-
ments s hall be capable of wi LhsLandtng
the and long-term rye-lie loAd-
ings to which they wt ll be subjected.
[.IS FR Ap.-. 1. 53 FR 26067 . .July 11.
J9g8. :lS =ended :>t 61 FR oU0'5. Nov. 26. I 006.
Red.-:<lgr:"l ed and ool 6.3 FR 29479.
l9486, May 29. 1998]
250.908 Concrete-gravity platforms.
(a) General. (1) This section covers
the materials. analysts. design. and
constructiOn of reinforced a nd/or
presne.'>.<;ed concr e.te-gravlty pl atforms.
(2) lv'fr-.terial.s. stmctliral syste!ros,
met hods of design. and methods of con-
struction that do not conform to the
requirements of t his s ection shal l not
be used unless it ls shown that they
wlll n sulr In a safety level at lenst
equivalent to that provided by t he di -
rect a ppll can::m of t he reqwrements of
this section.
370
TRN-MDL-00496018
CONFIDENTIAL
(b) Miltcri<Jls-(1) Gcmcr<Jl. All m<Jtc-
rials shall be selected vith due atten-
tlo!'l to their sn-ength and clUJ-abi lity In
thP e>nvironment. All
tests shall be performed In accordance
w1th the latest. applicabl e standards of
the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM).
(2) Cement. (I) Cement must be equiv-
alent to Type T, Tl. or TTT portland ce-
ment as specifi ed by ASTM Standard C
150-99. Stanciard Specification fot- Port-
land Cement. ur portlattd-pozzol an ce-
ment as specified by ASTM Standard C
SDS-98, St;mdard Speclf1caUon for
Blended Hydraulic Cements. Howevet,
the suJtab!lity of Type III cement to
,.;erve 1 ts intended fu!'lctlon mu.c;r be
demonstrated
(11) The trlcalclum aluminate con-
tent of the cement shall be such as to
enhance the corrosion prolecllon of re-
inforcing steel without 1mpainng the
durablllty of concrete.
(lli) I f oil storage Is planned and the
oil Is expected to contain soluble sul-
fates in amounts that may i mpair the
durabtl tty of concrete, the t rtcalclum
content shall be reduced or a suitable
coaling empl oyeu Lo protect t he can-
crete.
(3) Wc.rtr (t) Wc.r.r used tn 111txtng
conct-ete shall be clean and free ft-om
Injurious amounts of o1ls. act ds, alka-
lts. salts. materials. or other
substances that may be deletenous to
roncrer e or steP!.
(i1) I f nonpota ble water is used, the
proportions of materials 1n the con-
crete shall be based on test concrete
mixes using water from the same
source. The strength of mortar test
cubes made with nonpotable water
shaJl not be s1gmflcantl y below the
strength of slm1lar cubes made with
watet.
(111) Water for reinforced or
prestressed concrete m- grout shall not
contain chlorides and sulfates In
amounts deti-imental to the durability
of the pl ntim m.
(4) Aggregates. (I) Aggregates must
conform to t he reqUi rements of ASTM
Standard C 33-99a, Standard Speclflca-
t!on for Concrete Aggregates. Light-
wc>tght aggrc>gntf',c; conforming co
ASTM Standard C 33D-99. Standard
Spec1f1cat1on for Lightweight Aggre-
gates for Structural Concrete, \VIll onl y
250_908
be permitted If t hey do not pose dura-
bility problems and whet-e they at-e
used according t o the apph cable provl-
,.;iom; of the ACT p11hl icat10n. ACT
Standard 318. Bul l d1ng Code Requl re-
men:s for Remfot-ccd Concrete. plus
Commentary.
(11) Ma rine aggr egates shall be
washed with : resh water before use to
remove the su:-fzcc and soluble
chlorides and sulfates so that the total
chloride and sulfate content of the con-
crete mix water does ttot exceed t he
ltmtts of paragraph (b)(3)(i i i) of th1s
section_
(ttl) The maximum size of the agqre-
gate shal l be such that the concrete
c-an be plac-ed withour
(5) Admixtures. The admixture shall
be s hown capabl e of maintaining essen-
twlly t he same compos1t:on and per-
formance L"'lroughoul the work as the
product used in establishi ng concrete
proport1 ens. Admi>."tures contat nl ng
chlo:-lde Ions shall not be used in
prestressed concrete or in concrete
containing aluminum embedments.
(G) Reinforcing and prestressing sys-
tems_ (I) Reinforcing and prestressing
::;y::.lettl!:i shall conforll t to the requlre-
mcn: s of ACT 31S; and
(tt ) Srructur><l steel used it t cotl l-
poslte structutes shall confot-m to the
requirements of250.90i of t his part.
(7) ConC'rete. The concrete shall be de-
signed to ensure sufficiem: strengt h
and durability. The quality control of
concrete shall conform to ACI 318. The
miXing. placing. and ct:rlng of concrete
shall conform to the req11trements of
paragraph (e) of this secllon. The
water-cement rat1o shall be stnctly
control l ed and In no case s hall it e:x-
ceed 0.45.
(8) Grout :or bonded tendons. (i) Grout
fur bonded tendons shctll confonn La
ACI 318: and
(iii The maximum allowable contents
of chlorides and sulfates determined In
accordance with fa:-agraph (b)(3)(iii) of
t his SPctlon s l1al also apply to grmtt
mixes.
(9) Post-tensioning ducts. Post-
dcntl onlng ducts shall conform to the
requi rements of ACJ 31B. Ducts and
dt:ct spl ices shal l be and
)'lrout-tight and shall be of suitable
thickness to prevent crushmg. defor-
mation, and bl ockage
371
TRN-MDL-00496019
CONFIDENTIAL
250.908
(10) Post-tensioning anchomgcs and
couplers. Post-tensioning anchorages
and coupl ers shall conform to t he re-
quilements of ACI 318.
(c) Design requirements- (!) General. (I)
The snength of the platform shall be
adequate to resist failure of the plat-
form or its components. Among the
of possible that shall be
considered are the following:
(A) Loss of overall equlltbrlum.
(B) Fai lure of critical sections. and
(C) Instability (bud ding) .
(!i) /\ddltlonally. the following items
shall be considered 1n relat1011 to the1r
potenllal Infl uences on Lhe plaLform:
(A) Cr"acklr g or spall i ng.
(B) Defmmattons.
(C) Corrosion of r einfor cement or de-
t erioration of concr ete. and
(D) VibnJtions.
(2) RequirC'd strength. The required
strength shall conform to requirements
or ACT 357R.
(3) Design strength. The design
strength shall confor m to requirements
of ACT 318 and ACI 357R.
(4) Other desJgt1 requm>ments. (i ) I n
considering those lLP.m<> llsLed in para-
graph (c) (J) (ll) of this seen on. t he abll-
ity of the platform to wi thstand
unfactored l oads in the followi ng com-
bination shall be demonstrated:
D+T4L4 Eo
where L represents the most unfavor-
abl e live load: D. the dead load: T. the
deformation load: a nd Eu. the operating
environmental load. and
(i i) Crack control design shall be
achieved by llmlt1ng the crack width
Ln concrete subjected to tension or by
l imiti ng tensile stn,ss In rein-
forci ng steel and pr-estressing tendons.
(5) Durability. (i) Materials. design.
constru ction procedures. and quality
control shall be such as to pr oduce sat -
isfactory durabil ity of pl at forms in a
marine envi rorunent , and
(i1 ) The foll owing items shall be con-
sidered in the four zones of exposure
(see 250.906 (c) (5) of th1s part) :
(A) Submerged zone-chermcal dete-
rioration or tht:: concrett:. cor-rosion of
the reinfor cement and hardware. and
abrasion of the concret e:
(BJ Spl ash zone-freeze-thaw dura-
billty, corrosion of rhe reinforcement
30 CFR Ch. II (7-Hl4 Edition)
and hardware, the chemical deteriora-
tion of t he concrete. and fire hazards:
(C) Atmospheric zone-freeze-thaw
durability. c:orTosion of rPinforcement.
and hardw.::re. and fire hazards: and
(D) Icc zonc-mcchamcal deteriora -
tion resulting from the abrasive action
of moving lee.
(G) Fatigue. P l <Jtfor ms for which fa-
tigue Is a probablc mode of fai lure
shal l be desi gned to l imit t he effects of
cum..Jlatlve materi al fatJgue . The ef-
fects of fatigue induced by normal
stress and those r-esulting from shear
and bo nd stress shall be consider ed.
Parti cular attent1on shal l be given to
submerged areas subjected to t he low-
cycle. high-strPss component.<. of the
anticipat ed loading history. If an anal -
ysis of the fatigue life Is performed In
heu of employmg o;:her methods to ob-
vlale Lhe possibil ily of fatigue damage.
the calculated fat1gue l lfe of the plat-
forrr. shall be at least tw1ce t he design
hfe (see Z50.906(c) (I) of this part) .
(d) Analysts and design- (l) General. (i)
The anal ysis of pl<:ttfonns shall be pur-
sued under the assumptions of l inearly
el<1stic mmer1als a nd llne<lrly el<lStlc
strucLural behavior. t:xcepl CIS lbtetl in
paragraphs (d)(ll (i i) and (ill) of th1s
sectioll.
(ii ) The i nel astic behavior of con-
crete. on the true vuriat1on of
the modul t.:s of el asticity with str-ess.
shall be taken rnto accow1t whenever
its effecr -educes the strength of the
pl atform.
(ill ) The gecmetr!c nonl t nearltles and
the effect of initial deviation of the
pl aLform t h e design geometry
shall be taken into account whenever
t hel r effects reduce the strength of the
pl atform.
(iv) Where appropriate. dynamic ef-
fecls shal l be taken inlo account. The
dynamic response shall be determined
by a defensibl e method that includes
the effects of the foundation-pl atform
interaction and the effecti ve mass of
t he surrour ding water.
(v) The material properties used in
the analvsis sh ull be bused on actual
laboratory tests or s ha ll fol l ow the ap-
pr opriate sections of ACI 318.
(2) krnlysis of frnmes. ThP nnnl ysis of
frames shaJ I be performed by a defen-
Sible method of structural mechanics.
The buckling strength of t he frame
372
TRN-MDL-00496020
CONFI DENTIAL
sh<Jll be CJSscssed. and the safety
against buckling failur e s hall be en-
sured to a degree consistent wlth the
1 eq11irements in (c) (2) l'!nci
(c) (3) of this section.
(3) Analysis of plates. shells. and folded
plates. The buckling strength of these
plates shall be determined and a suffl-
Cie:-Jt safety margin against Instability
shall be ensured.
(4) DetennJnaoon of deflecoons. Deflec-
tions shall be detelmlned by a defen-
slbie method. l11 addition to the Imme-
diate (Instantaneous) deflections. the
long-term deflecti ons due to creep
shall be accot:nted for.
(5) A nalysis and design for bending and
a.;dal loads. The prnvlslnns of ACI 318
shal l appl y to the analys1s and des1gn
of members s ubject to flexu re or axial
lo<Jds or to combmed flexur e a nd ronal
loads.
(G) Analysis and des1gn for shear and
torsJon. The provisi ons of ACI 318 shall
apply to t he anal ysts and desi gn of
members subject to shear or torsion or
to combined shear and Lorslon
(7) Analysis and design of prestressed
cono-ctc. The analysis and des1gn of
pre>.L ressed conc1 eLe mernuens aJld
structures shall compl y w1 t h ACT 318.
In addltlon. the siotfety requirements of
pal'agr aph !c) of this section shall be
satisfied.
(8) Details of reinforcement and
prestre.ssmg systems. Details of rein-
forcement and p1est r e.c;s1ng systems
shall conform to the reqUirements of
1\Cl 318 With s peci al attention given to
the fatigue r eststance and ultimate be-
havior of offshore sLrucl ures.
(9) Mmimum reinforcement. The min-
imum amount of reinforcement shall
conform to the requirements of ACI
318. Additionally, sufficient reinforce-
ment s hall be provided lo <.:onllol cntck
growth. especi ally at s urfaces exposed
to severe hydraulic pressures.
(1 0) Concrete cover of reJnforcemenr and
prestressing tendons. The concrete cover
of nlnforcetnent a11d ptestre,;,;lng ten-
dons shall be sufficient to provide for
corrosion protection of the steel .
(11) Sefsm!c analysis. A dyna mic anal-
ysts shall be performed to determine
the tesponse of the plrttform t o design-
earthquake The pl atform s hall
be designed to Withstand thiS loadmg
without damage. I n addtnon. a due-
250.908
t l hty check s hall also be performed to
ensure t hat t he platform has sufflc1ent
ductili ty to experience deflections
more severe than t hose resulti ng from
Lhe destgn-earthquake l oad.Jng wlthoul
the coli apse of t he pl at:om1 or its foun-
catlon or any pri mary structUlal com-
ponent.
(12) SeJsrmc design. The design of
structur al members and details of plat-
fonrs subjected to se!s:nlc loading
shall e:1sure maximum ductlllty at
critically loaded sections.
(e) ConstrucDon- (1) General (I) Con-
Stluctlon methods and workmanship
shall cmtfor rn to the provisi ons of ACT
313 and to :he followi ng requirements
(ii) Al edch slage of construction.
i.e., fabricati on. initial flotation. tow-
Ing. and mstallation in situ. the forces
acting on the platfor m sh<11l be kept
within t he sal'ety l!mtts l isted In para-
graph (c) of t his secti on. Appropriate
stat i c an:ilor dynamic analysis s hal l be
prfon11e::i for rhe opPrating lo ... ding
conditions of each of the constructi on
operations :nent i o:1ed above Buoyancy
and stablllty s hall be considered dunng
a ll phi:!St::S of construction.
(2) Mixing. placing. and curing of con-
crete. (I) Mtxtng of concrete must con-
form to the requirements of ACI Stand-
ard 318 and AST:vt Standard C 94/C 94M-
99. Standard SpecificatlOn for Ready-
Mixed ::oncrete:
(II) When conCl'ettng t n cold weather.
t h e t emperature of t he fresh concrete
shall be maintained st:fficlently above
fteezl ng until the process of har dening
is well in prog1ess:
(Iii) In hot weather. t he temperatur e
of t he fresh concrete shall be con-
trolled so that It does not Impai r at-
tainment of the desi r ed strength and
durabi li ty:
(lv) The methods fo1 curing concrete
shall ensure maximum compressive
and tens1le strength. durability. and a
rnl nt mum of oack lng: and
(v) The locallon and workmanshi p of
consl r uctton j oints shall rtol i mpll
the strength ::rack resistance, and
watertightness of the platform.
(3) Reinforcema1t. (I) Reinforcement
sh<Jll be free from locsc rust. gre<ISe,
al l. deposits of salt. or any other mate-
ri al that may adversely affect the
373
TRN-MDL-00496021
CONFIDENTIAL
250.909
strength, durability, or bond of there-
inforcement. The specified covet of re-
inforcement shall be maintained accu-
l'l'ltPiy. The ct ttting. bpnrling. l'lnrl fixing
of reinforcement shal l ensure that It is
conDctly positioned and r i gidly held.
(il) The welding of telnfor-cement
shall conform lo the re4uirernenls of
AWS publicati on. AWS Dl 4. Structural
Welding Code- Rei nforci ng Steel.
(4) Prestressing ducts, and
groutmg. {i) Steps s hall be taken to en-
.ure that t he a chjevPd pre.rrP..<;Ing
force is t hat spectfted in the design.
(It) -:"endons and ducts shall be In a
cond!tton ::hat t he required
st re11gth. dur abil ity, and bo11d
(111) The grouti ng procedur es shall
produce t he requi r ed bond strength of
the tendons a nd pr ovide permanent
con-osion protecllon for Lhe tendons.
Anchorages shall also be pr otected ade-
quately against corrosi on.
[53 FR 10690. Apr. I. 1988. as amended at 61
F R 60025, Nov 26. 1996 anJ
amended wt 63 FR 29479, 29486, May 29. 1998; 65
FR 15864. Mar. 24, 2000]
* 250.909 Foundation.
(a) General- (!) Coveraec. Sol i Inves-
tigations, design considerations for t he
suppo,.ting soil . and the Influence of
t he soi l on the found:-ttlo:1 stntcture
are addressed in this secti on. Includi ng
crltcna for the strcnsnh and deforma-
t ion chatacteristl cs of the foundation
empl oy ed by both ptle founded and
pl atform.<.
(2) Guidelines. (t) The degree of design
consevat1sm shall r eflect prlot exper i-
ence under slmtlar conditions, the
111anner and extent of data coll <:-ct ion.
the scatter of desip,n data. and the can-
sequences offmlue:
(It) F or cases where t he l imits of ap-
pl icabl11t y of any method of calcula -
t ion employed are not wel l defined or
where:' the s ofl char actelstl cs are quite
van able. the use of more than one
method of calculation or a para metric
st udy of the sensitivity of the impor-
t ant design vatlabl es shall be consid-
ered, and
(Ill) A hsnng; of des1gn parameters,
necessary calculations, and test tesul ts
shnll be- retnined by the rlestgne-r
{b) Site investiRation- (1) General. (i)
The actual extent. dept h. and degree of
prectston to be obtained tn t he stte In-
30 CFR Ch. II (7-l-o4 Edition)
vcst !gatlon program shall refl ect the
type a nd intended use of the pl atform,
characterls:! cs of the site, simi l a r-Ity
of thP. l'll"'l'l on pt"f'Vl OIJ!" .<.i t ' Stllc'l-
l eS or platform Installations as well as
the conscq..tcnccs of a failure of the
foundation. The Site Invest igation pro-
grarn s hall generall y consist of thr ee
maj or phases as follows:
(A) Shall ow hazards (sec paragraph
(bl {2) of t h ts sect ton) to obtain r elevant
geophysical data.
(B) Geolop;tcal survey (see paraRraph
(b){3) of t hts sect1 onj t::l obtain dat a of
a regional nature concerning the s1te.
(Cl SubsUtface and
testing (see paragraph :hl (4) of thls sec-
tion; to obtai n the ne-re..<. ary
geoteehni cal data. The r esults of these
investigations shall be the basls for t he
a dcinJOnal s1te related stud1es spect fl ed
in paragraph (b) (5) of this secUon.
(ii) A comp:ete site-investigation
pr ogram shall be furmshed for each
pl atform. The positioning devi ces used
on the vessel employed 1n the site !n -
vesLigallon as well as t hose used dur-
ing the installat1o1. of the pl atform
have suffi ci ent to en-
sure that the dat a ubLalned are per Ll -
ncnt to the actual final location of the
pl ntfom1.
(2) Sha llow hazard survey. (t) Con-
sistent \Vlt h the obj ect ives of para-
gr aph (b)(l l{l) of this section. a hi gh-
r esolution or acocstic-pr ofi l lnp. survey
shall be pe rf01mpd to obtain lnform-
tion on the c::lndlttons e..xtstmg at and
near the surface of the seafl oar: and
(11) The mformat 1on to be obt amed
from survey s hall i nclude Lhe fol-
l owi:1g i t ems. as appmpnate. for the
pl anned pl atforr.1:
(A) Contours of the sea bed.
(B) Presence of any seafloor sur face
ur near-surface CUJOf'llctly ur obsttuc-
tlons which would adversel y affect
pl atform installation at the site.
(CJ S hall ow faults.
(D) Gas seeps,
CE: Slnrnp blocks,
(F; OccUt:cncC' of sha llow gas. and
(G) l ee scour of sc<Jf!oor sediments.
(3) Grolo_mcal survey. (fl Background
geological data shall be obtained to
proVtcle r egt onl'll lnforml'lt ton t hl'lt r n
affect the and siting of the plat-
form. The da:a shall be cons1dered 1n
pl anning t he subsurface lnvesnganon.
374
TRN-MDL-00496022
CONFIDENTIAL
(!i) Where necessary. t he seismic ac-
tivity at the site shall be assessed.
Fault zones. the extent and geometry
of effec>!'. of
conditions In the VIcinity of the s1te
shall be identified.
(Ill) F or pl atforms located In a pr o-
ducing a rea. t hc possi bil ity of scaflo01
subsidence shall be considered.
Subsurface fnvcsrfgatfon and resting.
(I) The primary objective of the sub-
surface tnvesttgatton and test ing pto-
shall be t he etttamment oi rel i-
able geotechnical data concerni ng the
st r ati graphi c and engmeerlng prop-
erties of t he soil. These data shall be
used to properly destgn the foundation
to the !'.tructural !'.afety level.
(u) The subsurface investigation and
soil testing program shal l consist of
a dequate 1n situ testing. boring. and
sampling to examine all lmportanL soil
and rock strata. The testing program
shall r eveal the necess ary strength.
classification. and deformation prop-
ert ies of the soli. F urther tests. as
needed. shall describe the dynamic
characterlst! cs of the soil.
(1J!) At le>ast o ne borehole having a
mlnJrnum deplh of Lhe aJtlic!paLed
length of t he pt l c plus a zone of infl u-
ence s h all bP rlrillr;d Ht the tnstall;.ttion
stte for a pile-supported platform. Pre-
viously jl;athcrcd borehole data may be
used on a case-by-case basts. when ap-
proved by the Regional Supervisor. The
zone of influenc:e be suffk! ent to
ensure t hat punch t hrough failures wil l
not occur. J\dditional borehol es of a
lesser depth shall be r equ1red by t he
Regional Supervisor if dlsconl!nulL!es
in the soil are md1cated to ex1st 1n the
area of the platfor m.
(!v) F or a gravity-type platform foun-
dation, t he r equired depth of t he bore-
hol e shall be equal Lo aL l east Lhe deplh
of the zone of infl uence which the
structure imposes on the supporting
sotl. Where posst ble. :n s1tu tests shall
be performed to a depth that will in-
dude t he antidp><ted sheat !ng failure
zone.
(v) When sampl es from t he field arc
sent to a laboratory for fUl'thcr tcsttng.
t hey shall be packed carefully and ac-
rurmely labeled. And the results of vis-
ual tnspectlons shall be r ecorded.
(Vl) /\ summary report showmg the
results of the soil testmg program
250.909
sh<tl l be prepared. T he report shall dc-
.scrl bc bttefly the vattous field and lab-
oratory test methods empl oyed and
shall !nd!cale Lhe appl!cab!l!Ly of these
<I S they relate to the
of the sampl e. the type of soil. and the
anticipated desi gn application.
(vii) T he engi neenng properties of
the soil to be used in the design shall
be listed for each stratum. The sel ected
design pro1=ert1es shall specify the un-
cerla!nties Inherent In Lhe overall Les l -
ing progral":"l and in t he reltabtltty and
applicability of the md1vidual test
methods.
(5) AddJtionai requirements. Based on
the resu lts of the overall site Investiga-
tion prog1am. st'Jdt es s hall be per-
formed. as appl icable. to assess the fol -
lowt:-tg effects of Lhe Installed plaL-
form:
(1) Scouring pot<::ntial of t he seanoor.
(1!) Hydr<iulic lnstal>il!ty and the oc-
currence of sand waves.
(!!!) :nstabll1ty of slopes i n the area
where the pl atfo1m ts to be placed.
(!v) Liquefaction and/or possibl e re-
dt:ctlon of soil strength due to In-
creased pore pressures. am]
{v) Dcgrada:lon of subsea permafrost
l aye:-s.
(c) Foundation dcsJgn reqUJrements-(1)
General. (I) The l oadings used In the de-
sign of the foundation shall include
those dPfmed in p'lr'lgr;rph (c)(G){ii) of
this secrlon.
(11) f oundat1o n d1splacements shall
be evaluated to ensure that they are
within 11mt:s that do not impair the In-
tended fc:nct10n and safety of the plat-
form.
(111) The so:! and the platform shall
be considered as an inLeracuve sysLem.
and t hc results of the analysis as rc-
qc:i r ed ! n paragraphs (c) (2) through
(c) (6) of this section shall be evaluated
ftorr. thts point of v1ew.
(2) Cydic Jwding effects. Evaluation of
the short-term a nd long-term effects of
cyclic loading with respect to changes
In soil char acteristics. whether caused
by conditions dl lt'ing s eis-
mic activity. or storms. shall be ac-
complished by '..Ising defensi ble meth-
ods.
(3) Scour. {1) For unprotected founda-
t i ons. the depth c.nd lateral extent of
375
TRN-MDL-00496023
CONFIDENTIAL
250.909
scouring. as determined !n the sJtc in-
vestigation program, shall be ac-
cou nted for i n design: and
(ii) rf scam is not accountE>cl for in
design. either effective protection shall
be furnished soon after the installation
of the pl atform or frequent visual in-
spection shal l be carl'icd out. particu-
larly after major storms.
(4) Scrtlcmcnts and d isplaccments. (1)
Based on the type and function of the
platform. tole1able limits shall be es-
tablished for settlements and l ateral
deflections. Due conside1ation shall be
given to t he effect of these movements
on nsers, p11ings. a nd other compo-
nents which i nteract v.ith t he olat-
form.
(ii) Maximum all owabl e values of
platform movements. as llmited by
these structural considerations or
overall platform stablli t y, shall be con-
sidered in the design. -
(5) DynamJc conslderat1ons. (1) For dy-
namic-loading conditions, a d efensible
method shall be employed to simul ate
the lnte1aclive effects betweeii t he soil
and the platform. and
(il) The evalum!on of the dynamic re-
sponse of the pl atform shall account
for. as app1opri ate. the nonl inea 1 and
l11el astt c characr er tst i cs of r he sml , th<e
possible deterto1ation of st1ength. the
incre<Jsed or decreased damping due to
cyclic soi l loading. and the influence of
nearby platforms.
(fl) LoO'!cling cnndirion s. (i) Loadings
produci ng the worst effects on the
foundation during and after install a-
tion shall be addressed: and
(ii) In- place plat fo1m loadings to be
checked shall include at l east those re-
lating to both the oper ating and design
environmental conditions. comb1ned in
accordance with the following:
(A) envi l'Dnrnental cond i-
tions with dead and live loads appro-
ptiate to the function and oper ation of
the platform. '
(B) Design environmental conditions
with dead ;,ncllive loads appmpttate to
the function and oper ation of the plat-
form. and
(C) Dcstgn environmental condi tions
with dead and mlnlmum ltve loads ap-
propriate r.o the fllnction ;mel operation
or the ol atform.
(d) PHe foundatiOns-(!) General. The
foll owing requirements apply to pile-
fou nded platforms. Pertinent pans of
these r equirements dealing with steel
design shall be consulted regarding the
design of t he steel pi les.
(I) In the design of individu;,] piles
and piles tn "' gronp. the effect s of
axial. bending. and late1al loads shall
be addr essed.
(li) The desig11 of a pile shall reflect
the interactive behavior between the
soil and the pile, between the pl le and
the pl atform. and between p1les m a
group.
(111) Methods of pile Installation shall
be consistent wi th t he type of sot 1 at
the sit e 3nd the inst3113tion equipment
available. I f unexpectedly
reslslance or other condlllons l ead to a
failure of rhe p1le ro the de.sirE'd
penetration, the pile's capacities shall
be r eevaluated by considering the ac-
tual 1nstallat10n situatton.
(iv) Pile drivmg shall be performed
and superv1sed by qual t ft ed and experi-
enced perso11nel. Drlv!ng tecords wh!ch
include ,.;uch i nfonnation as
bbwcou nts and estimated hammer per-
formance and stcppages shall be rc-
t><ined
(v) Where necessary. the effects of
bottom lnstabJl Jt y in the vicinlty of
the pl ettlorm shall be assessed.
(2) Axial piles. 0 For plles ln com-
pression. the a-<ial capacity shall be
considered to consist of the skin fric-
tiOn. Q,. developed along t he length of
the pll e and t he end bearing, Q
0
at the
lip of Lhe pile. ':'he various petniinetels
needed to evaluate Qr and Qp shall be
predi cted by using a defenst ble analyt-
ICal method that employs rehably ob-
tained soil dat a consistent with the
pr-ediction 1noethorl sd.,cted The ac-
ccptab:llty of any method used t o pre-
di:::t the components of pile resistance
shall be demonstrated by showing sat-
isfactory performance of the method
uncle1 to r hose exisr-
mp; at the actua: stte.
(iij The results of the dynamic pile
dr iving analysis alone not be used
to pred1ct the axtal l oad c2pacny of a
pile.
(111) F or pil es driven through clay,
the estlm:'!ted skin f1irtton developed
over any increment of the pile s urface
shall not exceed t he shear s trength of
the clay.
376
TRN-MDL-00496024
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Mcncgement Service, Interior
(1v) The of the plug
of an open-ended pil e s ha ll be consid-
ered since It may l tmtt the estimated
Pnd beal"ing to thE> pilP.
(v) VVnen combining stde friction and
end-bearing effects in determining
ax1al pile capacity . the load deflection
response of the soil-pile system shall
be addressed.
(vt) For plies subjected to pul lout
loads. the contribution of the end re-
sistance of the pile to Its axial capacity
sh<ill 11ot be co11sidered. The posstble
va1tation of p1edtcted ptle-sktn friction
between the compressive and tensile
modes oithe axtal-ptle loading shall be
considered.
(3) LaTerally loaded pJies. (I) In evalu-
ating the plle's behaVior when acted
upon by lateral loadings. the combined
load deflectiOn characte11sncs of the
soil and t he plle and the pile and the
platform shal l be addressed.
(11) The representation of the sotl"s
lateral displacement when it ls sub-
jected to lateral loads shal l adequately
1 ellecl Lhe delerioration of the lateral
load capacity when the soil Is suqjected
to cyclic loading.
(Ill) The description of the lateral
load versus dtsplaeement charactc,ts-
tt cs for t he var lmls soli strata shal l be
based on constitutive data obtained
from suttable SOIL tests. The usc of em-
pirical methods to provide the descrip-
tion of the soiL's l ater al response shall
be permitted if :;ur.h met hods are docu-
mented.
(tv) Where applicable. the rapidly de-
teriorating cyclic lateral load capac1ty
of sllff clays. especially those exrub-
ttmg the presence of a secondary struc-
ture. shall be addressed In the design.
(v) CalculatiOn of plle deflection and
stress induced by lateral l oads shall ac-
cuunt for the nonlinear inleroclion Le-
t ween the soil and the pile.
(4) Pile groups. Where applicable. the
effects of close spacing on the load and
deflection characte1istics of pile
groups shall be detennlttt>d The allow-
able load fo1 a group. both axial and
lateral. shal l not e.:xcecd the sum of the
apparent lndlvl dual ptlc al lowable
loads.
(5) Plast ic ;mnlysis. When the design
of a pl atform is based on the formatiOn
coll apse mec-hamsms associated w1th a
plastic analysts method. Influence of
250.909
the so11 s s uppot-r on the pll c shall be
addressed.
(e) GravJty platforms foundations-(!)
GenPn'l1. The following requirPmPnt:;
apply to sot! foundat ions for gravtty
pl atforms. Section 250 138 of this part
shall be consulted regarding the design
of the base slab.
(l) The in fl uence of hydraul!c and
slope t nstabtllty. tfany. shall be deter-
mined for the suuctural loading cases
that Incl ude the design envt l"Onmental
l oadinp;.
(11) The effects of adjacent platforms
and t he vanatlon of soli properties in
the ho11zontal direction shal l be con-
sidered. as appropnate.
(111) TI-:e :;t ablllty of thP foundation
-with regard to bearing and slidmg fail-
u re modes shall be Investigated by em-
pl oying t he sml shear strengths deter-
mined with considerallon of para-
graphs (b) (4) and (c) (2) of th1s section.
(IV) Wher: an ur:derpressure or over-
pressure IS experienced by t he seafloor
under the pla:form, :Jrov!stons shall be
made to p1evenl pi ping that could im-
pair the Integrity of the foundation.
{v) lnltlal. consohdcmon. and sec-
ond.,ry settlements. as wel l o.s perrna-
ncnt honzontal displacements. shall be
deterrnl ned
(vi) Tf the intended stte Is not l evel.
the pr ed1cted t llt of t he overall plat-
form shall be based on t he average bot-
tom slope of the seafloor and the toler-
ance of the mea:;urtng oevtce used in
the srte-mvest igati on program. Di f-
fe:-entfal settlement shall also be cal-
culated and the ti lting of the platform
caused by this sett.l ement be com-
bined with t he pr edicted structur al ti l t
of the overall platform. Any Increased
l oading effects caused by tilting of the
platform shaJ: be addressed 1n stabtl!ty
reqL1irernenls specified for l he founda-
tion.
(2) Stability. (i) The bea1ing capacity
and latera: shall be cal-
cul a:ed by consi dering thE> most unfa-
vornble combination of loads The
long-term redistribution of bearing
pressures lUlder the buse slab shall be
cons1dcrcd to cnsu1c that the max-
Imum edge pressures are used i n the
dPslgn ofrhe
(ii) The lateral resistance of the plat -
forrr: shall be mvestl gated cons\ den ng
various potennal shearing planes. The
377
TRN-MDL-00496025
CONFIDENTIAL
250.910
presence of any soft layers s hal l rc-
quile special consideration.
(iii) Calculalions for overlurnlng mo-
ment and vertical fotces induced by the
pas..age of a wave shall Include the
verttcal pressure dtstnbutJon across
the top of the foundation and along the
seafloor-. The foundalion s hall 110l lose
contact with the soil due to uplift cre-
ated by the maximum overturning mo-
ment
(tv) The capacity of t he foundation to
rPsist R dE>Pp-sPated beari ng fail lirE'
shall be analyzed.
(v) Where pr esent. the additional ef-
fects of penetrating walls or skirts that
lransfer verlical and l aleral loads Lo
t he so:! shall be invest igated for their
contribution to bearing load capacity
and l ateral resistance.
(3) Soil reaction on the platform. (i) For
condit1ons during ann after i nstalla-
tion. the reaction of the soil against all
structural members seated on or pene-
trating Into the seafloor shall be deter-
mined and accounted for In the design
oft hcse mcmbc1s.
(ii) The distribution of soil r eact ions
shall be based on the results obtained
in paragtaphs (b) (2) and (b) (4) of t his
section. and the calculations of soil re-
actions shall account for any dcvianon
from a plane surface. the l oad-deflec-
tion charact eltsttcs of the so1l. and the
geometry or the platform base.
(til) Where applicable. effects of local
soil stiffening. nonhomogeneous soli
properties. and boulders and other ob-
structions shall be addressed m the de-
s tgn. During inslallalton, the possi -
blllty of local contact pr essures due to
irregular contact between the base and
the seafloor shall be cons1der ed. Con-
tact pressures shall be added to t he hy-
d rest ot 1 c pn:ssurt:.
(lv) The penetl"ation l"esistance of
s t ructural clements projectmg into the
seafloor below the foundation structure
shall be analyzed. The design of the
ballasting syst em .<>hall r<"flect uncer-
tainties associated with achieving the
required penetrotlon of the platform.
250.910 Marine operations .
(a) Generdl- (1) Marine operations
mpans all acrtvit les nt>r-e.!'.<;aly for the
transportation cmd installation of a
platform from t he time lt enters the
manne env1ronment umtl It ts fi xed In
30 CFR Ch. ll (7-1-D4 Edition)
at Its final dcstin<Jtlon. Mmlnc
ope1ations generally include such ac-
tivities as fallows:
(i) Lifting a:1rl mooring.
(11) Loadout or Initial flotation.
(iii) Fabrication arloat.
(lv)
(v) Launching and upr !ghting.
(vi) Submergence.
(VII) P ile Installation. and
(vill) Fmal fiel d erection
(2) The tequlrements of this section
appl y to all platfun-:1s covered by dus
subpa1t. regatdless of st1uctural type
or material of construction
(b) Objective. The structural strength
and tntegnty of a ?latform shall not be
rE>dured or otherwlsejeopardtzed by thl"
performance of t he activities required
to !:.stall the platform on site. The
type and magmtude of loads and load
comblnallons to which a pl a l form will
be exposed duri ng manne operations
shal l be the subject of an analysts pur-
suant to paragraph (c) of this section.
except wher e the use of proven and
well-controlled methods of fabricaliou
and Install ation are proposed and .Just i-
fied. Sufficient equipment shall be pro-
vided Lo ensur e !nstall;;.llon of t he piaL-
form In a safe and well -controlled man-
ner.
(c) (1) Analyses shall be pet-
formed to determine the type and mag-
mtude of the leads and load combina-
tions to wl:-uch the platform will be ex-
posed dutlng the pc-l'form:mre of
rine oper ations.
(Z) !\nalyses shall be performed to en-
sure t hat the structur al des1gn I S suffi-
cient Lo wilhstand Lhe Lype and mag-
mtude of the leads and load combi na -
tions determined. in accordance w1th
paragraph (c) (I) of this sect JOn. with-
out l oss or degr adat ion of structural
inlegri ly.
(3) Analyses sh all be performed to en-
sur e that t he platform or its means of
support has suffic:ent hydrostatic sta-
bility and reserve buoyancy to allow
for successful execut i ou of a ll pha,;.-s of
marine opetatlons.
250.911 Inspection during construc-
tion.
(a) Genernl- (11 Coveragt>. All plle-sllp-
ported and )1::-avity platforms covered
by t:-tts subpan shal l be tnspected dur-
mg the const:-uctlon phase. Additional
378
TRN-MDL-00496026
CONFIDENTIAL
requir-ements for steel pi le-supported
platforms a re contained in paragraph
(b) of this section, and additional re-
quitements pPrt >lining to concn.>tP-
grav!ty platfor ms are contained In
p8lagr aph (c) of this section. The
phases of construction to In-
spection Include matctlal manufacture.
fabricatiOn, l oadout, transportation.
positioning. Installation. and final field
erection.
(2) ObJective. Inspections du11ng con-
struction are to verify thett the plat-
form Is constructed in accordance with
the approved construction plan. Any
unusual or Innovative application of
materials or methods of construction
not a dequatPly covered by t he I"E''lUlrP-
ments of this section shall receive spe-
nal attenti on during compliance in-
spections rel evant to its effect on the
int egri l y of t he platfotm.
(3) R!O'medial action. If construct tOn In-
spection resul ts reveal t hat mat erials.
procedwes. or workmanship deviate
significant ly from the approved design,
1 ernedial action shall be Laken.
(4) :dentJficatlon of materials. The oti-
gln of materials used In the platform
and the resul ts of televant ntalerial
tests fot all significant sttuctural ma-
terials shall be 1 erained ;mel n tade
teadtly ava il able for Inspection by
MMS representatives all stages
of construction. Records shall be k ept
of the l ocations throughout the plat-
form of t he heat numbers fm
such materials.
(b) Steel pile-supported platforms-(!)
Scope. Inspections of steel pil e-sup-
ported pl atforms shal l address t he fol-
lowing topics. as appropnate
(I ) Material quall ty and fornung,
(11) Wel der and weldtng procedUte
quail f1 cations.
(i i i) Wel t! i nspection.
(tv) Tol erances and alignments. and
(v) CoJTosion-control systems.
(2) Material qua11ty and formJng. In-
spection s hall verify that all materials
etnployed are of good <]llaltty nttd ;;utt-
able fm thcil intended servi ce as speci-
fied In the approved design. Inspection
shall ensure the compliance of mate-
rials to the r elevant material stand-
ards sPlecred 1n the design of rhe pl at -
form. Inspection shall ensure that
formed members satisfy the dtmen-
stonal tolerances listed m the destgn.
250.911
(3) Welder and welding-procedure qualJ-
fications. (i) Welders shall be tested and
possess a current welder's cert ification.
(ii ) All welding procPdures tn bP l?m-
pl::lyed shall be tested and certtfled for
the pl'Oduction of satisfactory wcl ds.
Welding proced..tres previously tested
and certified shall be considered
prequal!iled.
(4) Wc/d rnspcctfon. rl) Inspection
shall Include, but not be hrruted to,
visual Inspection of al l welds and rep-
resentative map;netic particle or dye
penettant l nspectlor of welds of Weld
Cl asses A and B materials (see
250.907(a)(4) of th1s part) not subjected
t o ultrasonic or radtographl c Inspec-
t ion. The extent of nr rndlo-
grapmc inspection shall be speClfied
and shal : emphasize, but not be con-
ftned to. welds of Weld Class A mate-
rials.
(ii ) The extent and methods of in-
specti on shall be consistent wtt h the
classification of applications (see
250.907(a)(4) of t his part) of the area
beir tg examined.
(ill) Any weldmg t,ot meeting the ac-
ceptance criteria specified 1n the ln-
spec: ion pl an ,hall be aJtd ap-
propdatc remedial action taken.
(5) Tolt-r.mct:.S and allgnm<:nts. 0vf'r;;ll
dimensional toletances. forming toler-
a nces. and local al i gnment t olerances
shall be commensurate wi t h t hose con-
si dered in the structural de-
sign. Inspecti ons shall ensure th<tt the
dimensi onal tol erance crtteri a are
betng met. Out of toundness of struc-
tural elements for which buckling Is
t he anllclpated mode of fallure shall
r eceive indivtdual i nspection.
(6) Corrosion-control systems. Corr o-
sion-contr ol syste:ns employed on the
platform shall be inspected to ensure
l hal they 31e installed as specifit:d in
t he approved design. : nspectlon shall
ensure that proper protection against
galvanic effects, especially In locations
where nonferrous materials are used in
conj.tnction v.ith steel. has heen ]>I o-
vldcd In the corrosion-control system.
(7) Additional inspection items. (IJ The
provtstons of paragraphs (b)(2) through
(bJ (6) of this secti on relate only to mat-
tPrs dll'>crly affec-t ing thP onshntp c-on-
struction phases of the platform. Othe r
ttems relatmg to the onshor e cons t ruc-
tion site and t he construct ion phases
379
TRN- MDL-00496027
CONFIDENTIAL
250.911
from l o<Jdour to fin<Jl erection s h<Jll
also be performed.
(il) The construction site shall be in-
s pecled lo ensure that adequa le consid-
eration has been given to the foll owing
items:
(A) Support of the pl<Jtform duri ng
construction.
(B) Employment of a sufficient num-
ber of ce1tif1ed welders and inspectors
to mamtaln an adequat e quality of
work. and
(C) Weathertight st orage of wel ding
consumabl es under conditions spec1fied
by thei r manufacturers.
(iu) Inspection sh all verify thc.t the
foil owl ng ope rat i ens have been accom-
pllshed in a manner conformi ng to ap-
proved plans or drawings:
(A) Loadout.
(B) T1e down.
(C) Positioning at the site,
(D) Instal lation (see 250 909ld) (l)(iv)
of this part for piles). and
(E) f1Plrl erect ion.
(iv) To determine if of
the platform duri ng t 1ansportation has
occurred. towing records shall be re-
viewed t o ascenaln I f conditions dur-
ing towtng exceeded those
employed In the analyses requt1ed by
250.910(c) of t his part.
(v) When the Inspections indi cate
that overstressi ng has occurred during
l oadout. transportation. or installa-
tion. t he affected parts of the platf01m
shall be surveyed t o determme t he ex-
tent of actual damage. if any. Where
necessary. a reevaluatiOn of the st ruc-
t ur al capacity shall be carried out.
considering the results of the survey.
(8) Records. The const ruc-
t ion records shall be compil ed. re-
tained. and made aval lable for inspec-
tion by MMS representatives:
(I) Mil l certificates.
(ii) Weld-pmcedure qualification
records.
(ii i) Weld inspection records.
(iv) Di mensi onal tolerance r eports.
(v) Towing records. and
(v1) Pi le dnvtng records.
(c) Concrete-gravity plarforms-(1)
Scope. Tnspo:ct ioll or conctt:te-gnv1t y
platforms shall address t he foll owmg
topics. as appropriate:
(!) Preparation for concret e produc-
tion and placement:
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-()4 Edition)
(11) mi xi ng. <:nd
concrete;
(iii) Form removal and concrete cur-
ing;
(iv) Pretens!oning and grouting:
(v) Joints; and
(vi) Finished concrete.
(2) Preparation f or concrete production
and placement. (i) I nspecti on shall en-
sure that the pertinent physical prop-
erti es of cement. r einfor cing steel.
prestressIng t endo:-1s. and appur-
tenances compl y with tl1ose speofied
in the apptoved design.
(11) Fom1s a nd shoring supporting the
forms shall be Inspected to ensure that
they a:-e acequate i n number and type
and are !orated correctly .
(iii) The dimensional tolerances of
the :orms shall be inspected to ensure
t hat the f1mshed d1menswnal toler-
ances are comparable Lo t hose allowed
fo1 the approved design.
(tv) Reinforcing steel. prestress! ng
tendons. post -tensioning ducts. anchor-
ages. and any other embedded steel
shall be inspected. as for
size. bendi ng. spacmg. location. firm-
ness of Installation. surface condi t i on.
venl locallon;:,. praiJer dueL coup! ing.
and duct capping.
(3) 8<-I rchinfi:, mixing. and placing Wi t-
crete. (ll I nspections shall be perfor med
to ensure t he procedures for the
product1on and placement of concrete
provide a well-mixed and well-com-
pacted concrete. The proc.edums
als o limit loss of matenal.
contaminati on. and premature Initial
set dur:t ng all operatior.s.
(!1) Inspectlor. shall vet"ify thal lhe
mix component s of each bat ch of con-
crete are properly pl"Oportioned and
within allowable vanatJons specified in
the approved design. : nspectlon shall
ensure t hat the water/cement rauo of
each batch is wi t hin the limit specifi ed
in 250 908(b)(7) of this part.
(111) Aggregate gradation. cleanli-
ness. moisture content. and unlt
W<>lght sh;-tl ] be t <sted. The frequency
of testing shall be dcterrnined tak ing
int o account the uniformity of t he sup-
pl y source. volume of concr ete used.
and variations of atmospheric condi -
ti ons.
(iv) M1x water shal l be tested for pu-
rity foll ow1ng spec11' 1ed methods a nd
schedules.
380
TRN- MDL-00496028
CONFIDENTIAL
. (v) Testing during the production of
concrete sh all be perfmmed to man
!tor. as a minimum, the fo llowing con-
crete
(A) Consistencv.
(B) Air content. and
(C) Strength.
(4) Form removal and concrC'te curing.
(1) Inspection shall ensu:-e that forms
and form supports arc not rcmovcd
until the pl atform has attained suffi-
Cient strength to bear it s own weight,
coiLstruction loads. aud antlcipcted en-
vironmental loads without undue de-
formation artd that t hey are removed
according to schedule.
(11) Insoectton shall ensure that cur-
ing of concrete is accomplishf'd In ac-
cordance with t he provisions of a pre-
determined procedure.
(111) Where the construction proce-
du res require Lhe submergence of re-
cently placed conClete. inspection shall
ensure t hat met hods for protectmg the
concrete from the effects of salt water
are properly executed.
(5) Pre!ensioning anJ grouting. (i) In-
spection sha ll ve1tfy that the sequence
of tendon tensioning and the resulting
dongallun and force aJe ln acconla11ce
with provisions specified In t he ap-
proved design.
(li) Pretenslonlng or post -tensioning
stress shall be determined by mcas
unng both t endon el ongatton a nd ten-
don force. Inspection shall verify that
the variation of me<t-<ourements cloes
not exceed a s pecified amount .
(iti) Inspection shall vertfy that
grout mix proportions and amb1ent
condiUons during mixing are in accord-
ance with pr ovisions designated in t he
approved design. Tests for grout. vis-
cosi ty expansion. bleeding. compres-
sive strength, and setting time shall be
Lo eltsure wil b
design requi rements. Procedures shal l
be obsetved to ensure that ducts are
completel y filled.
(iv) Anchorages shall be inspected to
ellS\lle that they re locted 11<1 si7.k!d
as specified in the design and arc pro-
vided with adequate cover to mitig<:tte
the effects of corrosion.
(6) Joints. IA'here appropriate, leak
te.c;tmg of ronsrru cr ton joints shall be
performed by using specified proce-
dures. When dec1dmg whtch JOints to
inspect. consideration shall be gtven to
250.911
the hydrostatic hc<:d on the subject
joint dwmg normal operation. the con-
sequence of a leak at the subject joint.
;,ncl the ease of rppalr once the
form IS In service.
(7) Finished concrC'tc. (i) The surfacc of
the hardened concrete shall be com-
pl :-tcly inspcctC'd for cracks.
honeycombing. popouts, spal l ing. and
other surface i mperfcct!ons.
(11) The platform shall be exammed
by using a calibrat ed rebound namme1
or a similar nondestructive examina-
tion device. Inspect ion shall verify t hat
the results of surface inspection. cyl -
Inder strength te-"'1. or nondestructive
e:-<aminat10:1 are in c.ccordance with
the approved design criter i a .
(iii) The completed sections of the
pl atform shall be checked for compl i-
ance to specified tolerances of
Lhlck ness and a.lignmem and. Lo Lhe
exte:<t practicable. the l ocation of rein-
forcing a:1d prestressing steel and post-
tensioning ducts.
(8) Additional Inspection Items. (1)
While lhe provisions of paragtaphs
(c) (2) through (c) (7) of this section r e-
late only to some matters directly af-
fecllllg the onshore or nearshore cutt-
stluction phases of the platform. other
Items relnting t ::> such phases nnd from
loadout to final e:-ectlon shall also be
constdcred.
(li) Inspection shall ensure that ade-
quate consideration has been g1ven the
followlnE! i cems:
(A) of the structure dunng
construct 1 on.
(B) Employment of a sufficient num-
ber of compeLenL wotkmen and Inspec-
tors to mai ntain an adequate quali t y of
work.
(C) Storage of cement and
prestressing tendons :n weatherttght
are1:1s.
(D) Storage of admixtures and
epo>d es according to manufacturers'
specl f1 canons, and
(E; Stmc.ge of aggregates to llmit
segr ... contalnination by
rlous substances. and moisture vari-
ations within the stockpile.
(ill) Inspecti on shall verify that the
following opera:lcns. as appli cabl e to
the pl>mned platfmm. h<we been ac-
complished in a mar.ner confornung to
approved pians or draWings developed
for these operations:
381
TRN-MDL-00496029
CONFIDENTIAL
250.912
(A) Loadout.
(B) Towing arrangements.
(C) Posllioni ng at the sile,
(D) Installation. and
(E) Final field erection.
(iv) To determine If overstressing of
the platform duri ng transportation has
occuned. towing he te-
viewed to ascert ain if conditions dur-
ing the towing operations exceeded
t hose employed 1n the analyses r e-
quited by 250.910(c) of lhi s parL.
(9) Records. The f ollmlling const ruc-
tiOn recor ds shall be compiled. re-
tained. a nd made available for Inspec-
tion by MMS repr esentatives:
(i) tP..st re-
potts .
(li) Tensioning and grouti ng records:
(111 ) Concreting tTcords including
weight. moisture content. mix propor-
tions. test methods and tesul ts. ambi-
ent conditions the pour. and
test equipment cal i brati on data:
(lv) Deviations fr om design or fab-
spec\ fi cations ond rep;; irs c:nr-
l'ied out:
(v) records: and
(vi) Data on initial struct ural settle-
n1ents.
[53 FR 10690. Apr I. 138R: 53 FR 26057. July 11,
i988. R.edest gnated and nmended at 63 F R
29479, 29186, May 29, i998: 64 FR 9065, F eb. 24,
1999]
250.912 Periodic
maintenance.
inspection and
(a) Al l platfor ms i nstalled in the OCS
shall be Inspected periodically in &c-
cordance with the provisiOns of sectwn
14, Surveys of API RP 2A-WSD (Incor-
por ated by refer ence. see 250.198) . How-
ever. use of an inspection interval
which exceeds 5 years shal l requi re
prior approval by the Regional Super-
visor. P roper maintenance shall be per-
formed to assure the structura l Integ-
ri t y of the platform as a wotkbase for
a ll and gas operations.
(b) A 1eport shall be submitted annu-
ally on November 1 to the Regi onal Su-
pervisor stating which platforms have
been inspected i n the preceding 12
months. the extent and area of inspec-
t i on, and t he type of Inspection em-
ployed. i.f' .. visual . magnet ic part icle.
ul trasonic testinp:. A summa--y of the
testmg resul ts shall be submnted 1 ndi-
canng what repC11rs. If any . v\ere need-
30 CFI\' Ch. II (7-1-Q.4 Edition)
ed and the overall structural condition
of the platform.
ISS FR 10690. Ap:. 1, 1988, as a mended al 55
FR 5:415. Dec. i4. 1990. Redes1gnated at 63 FR
29479, May 29. 199A. as amended 6R FR
19355. Apr. 21. 2003: 68 FR 41078. July 10. 2003:
68 FR 4186 1. July i 5. 2003)
250.914 Records.
The l essee shall compile. retain. and
make avai lable to Mjneral s Manage-
men: Service representatives for t he
funct10nal li fe cf all platforms. the as-
bull t structural drawmgs. Lhe design
as<;umpt i ons and analyses. a summary
of : he nondestructive examination
reco:-ds, and the inspect1on resul ts
fi'Om platform Inspecti ons requned by
250.912 ofth1s part.
153 F R i0890. Apr. 1, 1988. Rcdc::;1gnatcd and
;.uner:d..,d L 63 FR 2H479. 294R6. Mily 29. 199Rl
Subpart J-Pipelines and Pipeline
Rights-of-Way
* 250.1000 General requirements.
(a) Pipelines and associated valves,
flanges. and fittings shall be designed.
installed. operated. mai ntained. and
abandoned to provide safe and pollu-
t ion-free transportation of fluids in a
manner whi ch does not unduly inter-
fere with other uses 111 the Outer Conti -
nental Shelf (OCS).
(b) An appl ication shall be submitted
to the Reg1on<tl Supervtsor a nd ap-
pmval obtained pr ior to t he insta ll a-
t ion. modificat ion. or abandonment of
a pt pelme which qualifies as a lease
lerm pipeline (see 250.1001. Dei!nl-
tlons) a:->d prior to the install ation of a
pipeline or the modifica-
tion or r el inquishment of a pipeline
right-of-way.
(c)(1) Department of the Tnteriot
(001) p!J::el ines. as defined In 250.1001,
must me<>t r he te.quitements In
250. 1000 throu,;h 250.1008.
(2) A pipeli ne right -of-way grant
holder must tdentlfy in writing to t he
Reg1onal Supervisor the operator of
any pipel ine !ceal ed on its right-of-
way. if the oper ator is diffe1ent fr om
the right-of-way gr ant holder.
(3) A operator must !den-
tlfy for tts own l"ecor ds. on all ex:t sting
plpel mes l ocated on tts l ease or right-
382
TRN-MDL-00496030
CONFIDENTIAL
of-way, the specific points at which op-
erating responsibil ity transfers to a
transporting operator
(i) Each p roducing operator must, If
pnlclical. dulably mark all of its
above-wat er rransfE'r points by Apri l 14.
1999 o1 t he date a plpE'l1ne begins sE'rv-
ice, whichever Is later.
(li) If It is not to durably
mark a transfer point, and the transfer
point Is located above water, then the
opercttor must Jdenti:Y the transfer
point on a schemati c located on the fa-
ci lity.
(th ) If 3 tnmsfe1 point Is located
bel ow water. then the operat or must
Identify the transfer point on a sche-
mauc and prov1de Lhe schemallc lo
MMS 11pon request .
(lv) If adjoining produ<.:lng and trans-
port! ng operators cannot agree on a
point by April I t 1999. the
MMS Rcg10nal Supervtso1 and t he De-
pal'tment of Transpo1tatlon (DOT) Of-
flee of Pipeline Safety {OPS) Regional
may Jointly determine the
transfer point.
{{) The transfer po:nt serves as a reg-
ulatory boundary. An operator may
write to the MMS Regional Supcrv1sor
to request an exception to thls require-
ment for an individual facility m a ea.
The Regional Supe-visor. In consulta-
t i on ""ith the OPS Regional Director
and affected parties. may grant the re-
quest.
(5) segments deslf::!;ned. con-
structed. maintained. and operated
under DOT regulations but transfer ring
to DOI regulation as of October 16. 1998.
may continue to operate under DOT de-
sign and constructiOn requirements
unt11 significa nt modifications or re-
p;;irs nre m ... dE' to those
After Octobe 16. 1998. MMS oper-
ational and maintcnuncc requirements
w11l appl y to those segments.
(6) Any producer operating a p1pellne
crosses into Stat e wat ers without
connect ing to a transport ing opf't-
ator 's faci lity on t he OCS :nust comply
with this subpart. Compliance must ex-
tend from the poi nt where hydro-
carbons are first produced, t hrough and
inclmltng the lac;t valve <tncl
equipment (e.j:l . . pressure safety
sensors) on the last productlon fac1hty
on the OCS.
250.1000
(7) Any producer operating a pipel ine
that connects facilities on the OCS
must comply wi th t hJs subpart.
{R) Any operator of pi pel ine
has a vc.lve on the OCS downstream
Oandward) of thJ? last production facil-
Ity may ask In writing that t h e MMS
Regional Supervisor recognize that
valve as the last point MMS will exer-
cise Its regulatory autl":orlty.
{9) A plpel!ne segment is not subject
to NIMS for design, con-
struction, operation, and mainte11ance
If:
(I) lt Is downstrear.t (generally s hore-
ward) of the last valve and associated
safety equipment on t he l ast p r oduc-
tion faCility on the OCS: and
(iij I t ts subject to regulatiOn under
49 CFR parts 192 and 195.
(10) DOT may mspect all u pstr eam
safety equipment {i ncluding valves,
ove1-pressure ptotection devices. ca-
thodic prot ecCi on equipment . a nd pig-
ging devices. etc.) that serve to protect
the Integrity of DOT-r egul ated pipeline
segments.
(I IJ OCS pipeline segments not sub-
ject tc DOT regulation under 49 CFR
part.::; 192 and 195 a1 e suqi eel Lo all
MMS regulations.
(12) A producer m:-ty request tl1at Its
pipeline operate unde1 :JOT egulat1ons
govermn?: pqelme design. construc-
tion. operation, a nd maintenance.
{I) The operato:-'s request must be In
the form of a written petition to t he
MJv1S Regional St.:perv!sor that states
t he justification for the p1pelt ne to op-
erate under D:::>T regulc.tlon.
(II) T he Regional Supervlso1 will de-
cide. on a case-by-case basis. wh ether
to grant the operator's request. In con-
sidering each petiti on. the Regional
Supervisor will consult with the Offt ce
of P ipeline Safety (OPS) Regi unal Di-
rector.
(13) A transporter who operates a
pipeline r egula t ed by DOT may r equest
to operate under MMS regulations gov-
erlltng pipel ine operation l'lnd ml'llnt e-
nancc. Any subscquc:1t repaiJs 01 modi-
fications will also be subject to MMS
regulat ions governtr.g dcs1gn and con-
struction.
{I) The operator's request must be In
the form of a written petitiOn to the
OPS ReRlonal Director and the MMS
Reg10nal-Supervisor.
383
TRN- MDL-00496031
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1001
(11) The MMS Rcg!onOII S upervisor
and t he OPS Regional Dt ectm will de-
Cide how to act on this petition.
(d) A pipel i ne which quali fi es as a
nRht-of-way p1pel!ne (see 250.1001,
Deiln!tions) shall not be instal led until
a ri ght -of-way has been requested and
granted i n accordance with this sub-
part .
(e)(l ) T he Rcgtom:l Supervisor may
suspend any plpeiJne operation upon a
determination by the Regional Super-
VIse:- that comtnued actiVIty wol!ld
threaten ot tesult in seri ous. irr ep-
arable. or Immediate harm or damage
to !Jfc (mcludfng fish and other aquattc
li fe) . property, mineral deposits. or t he
mar ine, coastal. or human enV1ron-
ment .
(2) T he Regional Supervisor may also
suspend plpel!ne operations or a r l ght-
of-wi:J.y gra11t tr the Regi ot i:J.l Supervtsot
det ermine's that the lessee or right-of-
way holder has fa1led to comply w1th a
provision of the Act or any other a ppli-
cable l aw. a prov1s1on of these ot other
appllcc.ble regu:atJons. or a condltJon
of a permll or right-of-way grant.
(3) The Secret ary of the Interior
(Secretary) may cancel a pipel ine per-
mit 0 1 l'ight-of-way gant in accord-
ance with 43 USC 1334(a)(2) . A nght-
of-way grant may be forie1ted In ac-
cordance with 43 U.S.C. 1334(e).
[53 I"R i0690. A!Jr 1. i988. RedesiJ1,n:>ted und
amended :1t fi3 FR :194Rfi, May 199R,
I"R 34597. June 25. i998: G3 FR Aug. 17.
1998: 65 FR 46095. July 27, 2000]
250.1001 Dertnitions.
Te1ms used tn this subpart s hall have
the mearungs g1ven below:
DOl pipelines include:
(1) Producet-operat ed pi pelines ex-
tending upstream (general ly seaward)
fro:n each poi nL on Lhe OCS al which
operating responsibility t r ansfers from
a producmA operator to a
operate:-;
(2) Producer-operated pi pel i ncs ex-
tending upstream !generally seaward)
of the l ast valve (Including associated
sofo::ty equiprnett) on the l i:J.st pr oduc-
tion facility on the OCS that do not
connect to a transporter- operated plpe-
ltne on t he OCS before crossmg tnto
State waters;
30 CFR Ch. II (7- 1-Q4 Editi on)
(3) pipel ines con-
necting prodJct ion facilities on the
OCS ;
(4) Tnmsporter-oper;ned pipPlinPl'
that DOl DOT have agreed are to
be ngulated as DOl pipcl mcs. and
(5) All OCS pipelines not suqject to
regulation under 49 CFR parts 192 and
195
DOT ptpcl1ncs Include:
(I) Tr ansporter-oper ated pipelines
current ly operated under DOT requtre-
men:s p.overnillR desiRn. construction,
maintenance. and operation:
(2) Producer-oper ated pipelines that
DOl and DOT have are to be
ul at cd under DOT requi rements gov-
erning del':gn. ron,.;trurtion, mainte-
nance. and operation: and
(3) Producer-oper ated plpell nes dovm-
stream (genera:ly shorewar d) of the
lasL valve (1nclud1n8 associaLed safeLy
equi?ment) on the l ast producti on fa-
c!llty on t he OCS t hat do not connect
to a transporter-operated pipeline on
the OCS before crossing Into St at e wa-
lers aml Lhal are regulaLed under 49
CFR parts 192 and 195.
Lease term pipeli nes are t hose pipe-
Hue::. owr.ed and by a l e.s::.ee or
opcrat or and arc wholl y contained
withi ll t he boundat ie.s of a single lc<>ISe,
uni tized leases. or contiguous (not co-
ncring,) l eases of t hat Jessee or oper-
ator
Out-of-servJce pipelines are t hose pipe-
l i nes thar have not been 11;.ed to tr<'!nl'-
port oil, natural gas, sul fur . or pro-
dl:ced water fot more 30 consecu-
tive days.
Pipelines are t he piping. risers. and
appurtenan::es install ed for the purpose
of transporting oil. gas. s ulphur, and
produced water. (Piping confi ned to a
production pl atform or structure Is
coverec.l in Subpart H. Production Safe-
ty Systems. and is excluded from this
subpart .)
Product1on fact11t1es means OCS facili-
t ies that recerve hydrocarbon produc-
t l m e!rhpr cl i :-ectly ft mn wells or from
other facilities t hat produce hydro-
carbons from wells. They may include
processi ng equipment fat treating the
product ion or separating It into its
vari ou!; It quid and ga,.;eou!; romponent s
before it to shore.
Right-of-way plpehnes are those pt pe-
llnes whi ch-
384
TRN-MDL-00496032
CONFIDENTIAL
(a) Ar c contained within the bound-
aries of a single lease or group unitized
leases but are not owned and operated
by the l essee o1 operato1 of t hat l ease
or uni t .
(b) Are cont ai ned within the bound-
aries of contiguous (not cor nering)
leases which do not have a common les -
see or operator.
(c) Are contained wHhm t he bound-
aries of contiguous (not cornering)
leases which have a cornmon lessee or
oper ator but arc not owned and oper -
ated by that common lessee or oper-
ator . ot
(d) C1oss any portion of an unl eased
block(s).
!53 FR 106DO. Apr. 1. Rcdcslgnutcd ut 63
FR 29479. May 29, 199R, "mPndPrl :.t FR
43RR1. Au>( 17. 1998: 65 FR 46096. July n ZOOO:
67 FR 35405. May 17. 20021
250.1002 Design requirements for
DOl pipelines.
(a) The internal design pressure for
steel pipe shall be determined in ac-
cordance With t h e followmg formul a:
p = Z(S)(t) X (F)(E)(T)
D
For limitations see section 841.121 of
American National Standards Institute
(ANSI ) B31.8 whele-
P =Tntern<JI design pressure In pou nds per
square Inch (psll.
s-SJJeclfled mtntmur.1 y1eld strenRt h. ln pst .
stlpuLotcd in the spedfic<Jtion under
whldi tho> ripe \Vi'!$ pur chased from t he
manuf<Jcturer or determined in <Jccord-
<Jncc with scct1on 811 253(h) of ANSI
831.8.
D Numlnal uutslde dia.-neter uf pipe. in
i nches.
t - Nommal wall thickness. 1n Inches.
design iact or of 0 72 ioo tht
submerged component a nd 0 60 for the :iser
component.
E=LonJ::l tudi nal .1 olnt factor from
T:.1ble 841.18 uf ANSI 331. 8. (See alsu sec-
non 811.253:d)).
T=Tempelat ure derating facto1 obta1ned
r'rom Tahl P S41.1C at' ANSI B3l.S.
(b)(1) Pipeline vnlves shall meet the
mi nimum design requirements of
American Petroleum I nstitute (API)
Spec 6A. API Spec 6D. or the equiva-
1 ent A valve may not be used under op-
erating conditions that exceed the ap-
plicable pr essure-temperature ratings
cont ai ned In those standards.
250.1002
(2) Pipeline flanges and flange acces-
sories shall meet t he minimum design
requiremenls of ANSI 815. 5, API Spec
SA. o r the equivalent. Each flange as-
sembly must be a::,te t o withstand the
m a'<tmum pressure at which the pipe-
line is to be operated and to maintain
i ls physi cal and chemical properties al
any temperature to which it is ant ici-
pated that tt might be subjected in
servtce.
(3) Pipeline ftttings shall have pres-
sure-temper ature ratings based on
stresses for pipe of the Sc"'lll1e or equiva-
l ent material. The actual bursttng
strength of t i-.e : itting shall at l east be
equal to Lhe computed bursting
stt"ength of t he pipe.
(c) The maxlmum allowable oper-
attng pressure (MAOP) shall not exceed
the l east of the fall owmg:
(l) I :.ternal design pressure of the
pipeline. valves. fl a nges. and fitt ings:
(2) Eighty percent of the hydrost<ltlc
pressure tes t (HPT) of the pi pel! ne: or
(3) If applicable. the MAOP of t he re-
ceiving pipeline when the proposed
plpelme and the recetving pipeline are
connected at a s ubsea tte-in.
(d) If the maximum source pressure
(MSP) exceeds the pipeline's MAOP.
you must install and maintain r edun-
dant safety devices meeting the re-
quirements of section A9 of API RP 14C
(i ncorporated by refe,ence as specified
i n 250. 19R). Pressure safety valves
(PSV) may be usc::l onl y after a deter-
mlnatlon by t he Reglona l Supervisor
that the ptc...--.sure wil l be rell cved In a
safe and pollution-free ITtanner. T he
setting l evel at which the pt'lmary and
redundant s afety equipment actuates
shall not exceed the p!pelmes MAOP.
(t:) P ipeli nes sh;;ll be provid.ocl with
a n external protective coati ng capabl e
of minimizi ng underf!lm corrosion and
a cathod.c protect10n system designed
to mitigate corr osion for at least 20
years.
(f) Pipel!nes shall be designed and
maintained to mitigate any reasonably
anti cipated detrimental effects of
currents. slo,m m icc scour-ing.
soft bottoms, mud sl ides. earthquakes,
subfreezing tcmpctatuies. and othe1
environmental factors.
{;:; FR :069U. Ap1. I , Rerles1gnaten at 63
FR 29473. May 29. 1998. as amended <Jt 67 FR
51760, AUA- 9. 2002]
385
TRN-MDL-00496033
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1003
250.1003 InstaJlation, testing, and re-
require me nts for DOl pipe-

(a)(l ) Pipeh nes greater than 8-5/8
Inches In diameter and Installed t n
water depths of less than 200 feet shall
be burled to a depth of at l east 3 feet
unless they arc located In p1pcl!ne con-
gested ar eas or seismically active areas
detPI"minPcl by thP SllpPr-
vlsor. Nevenheless. the Regional Su-
pervisor may require buri al of a ny
pipeline if the Regional Supervisor de-
termines t hat such burial will reduce
t he l i kel ihood of environmen:al deg-
1 adatlon or that the ptpcltnc may con-
stitute a h <nard to trawling operat ions
or other uses. A trawl test or diver sur-
vey may be req uired Lo delermlne
whet he1 or not pipeline burial Is nec-
essary or to deter mine whether a pl pe-
line has been pr opel"l y burled.
(2) ? t pel ine valves. taps. tie-Ins.
nnrl1rpnlrrd srcti ons that
could be obstructive shall be provided
with at least 3 feet of cover u nl ess t he
Supervisor det ermmes tha t
such Items p1esenL no haza1d t o t r awl-
ing or other operati ons. A protective
deVl ce may be used to cover an ob-
structi on m l ieu of burial i f 1t IS ap-
proved by t he Regi onal Supervisal
pri or Lo insl allalion.
(3) Pipel ines shall be Install ed w1th a
nummum sepa r ati on of iS Inches at
pipelI ne crossmgs <Jnd from obstruc-
tions.
(4) Pipeline l'lsers Installed after
Apnl 1. 1988. shc!ll be protect ed from
physical damage that could result f1om
contact with float l np, vessels. Riser
protection on pipeli nes Install ed on ot
before April 1. 1988. may be required
when t he Regtonill Supenrtsor deter -
nunes that s1gmf1cant damage poten-
t i al exi sts.
(b)(J) Pipel ines shal l be
hy d,ostatically tested wi t h water at a
st abthzed pressur e of at l east 1.25 t1mes
the MAOP for at l east B hours when tn-
s Lalled. r elocaLed, upr aLed. or reac-
t i vated after bei ng out-of-s ervice for
more than I year
(2) P 11or to retum1ng a pt pcltne to
service after a repair, the pipeline shall
he ptes.sure tc>sted with Wnter o1 pror -
essed natural at a mirun1um sta-
bll lzed pressure of at 1 east 1. 25 t 1 mes
the MAOP for at l east 2 hours.
(3) P i pelines shcll not be pressure
tested at a pressure which produces a
suess In Lhe pi pellne in e.'<eess of 95
percent c f the specified m inimum-yiel d
strength of t he plpellne. A temperature
r ecorder measuring test fl Uid t empera-
ture synchronized with a pressu:-e re-
corder a long wilh ceadweighl lesl
r eadi ngs shal l be empl oyed for a ll pres-
sur e testing. When a pipeline Is pres-
su re tested, no observabl e l eakage shall
be all owed. Pressu:-e gauges and lecord-
ers be of suffi cient t o
ve1tfy t hat leakage is not oecun-i ng
(4) The Regional Supervisor may re-
ql.i r e pressure testmg of pipelines t o
verify lnlegrlLy of the system when
the Regional Supervisor determines
that there IS a reasonable l1kelthood
that t h e line has been damaged or
weakened by external or Internal con-
ditions.
(c) When a pipel i ne is repaired u ti-
lizi ng a clamp. the clamp shall be a full
enci rclement clamp able to WJ ths tand
the a nt ici pated pipeli ne pr essure.
(53 FR 10690. Apr. 1. 1988. 53 FR 12227. Apr. 13.
1988: 57 FF\. 269!17. June 17. Rcdcsgnutcd
<1l 63 FR 29479. 29. 1998]
Safety equipmen t require-
ments for DOl pipelines.
(a) T he lessee shall ensu r e the proper
i nstallation. ope1atlon. and mainte-
na nce of safety devi ces r equired by th1s
section on all mcoming, departi ng. and
crossmg pipel ines on platforms.
(h)ll)Cil Incoming plat-
form shall be equipped wi t h a flow safe-
ty valve (FSV).
(11) For sul phur oper ations, l ncomlnp,
pipdines dt'li ver;ng g;,s to t he power
pl ont pl atform may be equipped with
h1gh- and low-pressure sensors CPSHL).
wh1ch acttvate oud!bl e and VIsual
a! a1ms 1 n 11 eu of lequtlements 1 n pa ra-
(b)(l)(l) of .secti on . T hP.
PSHL s ha ll be set at 15 percent or 5 psi .
whichever is grciltcr. above and below
the normal operating pressure r ange.
(2) lnconung pipelines boardi ng to a
p1oduction pl atfonn shall be equi pped
with an .ou tomat ic shut down valve
(SDV) Immedi ately boardtng the
platfom1. The SDV shall be connected
to t he aut omat ic- and r emote-emel-
gency shut-in systems.
(3) Departmg p1peltnes tece1vmg pro-
from production factllttes shall
386
TRN- MDL-00496034
CON Fl DENTIAL
be protected by h1gh- and low-pressure
sensors (PSHL) to directly or indi-
rectly shut In all production fac!lltles.
The PSHL be set not to exceed 15
percent above and below the normal
operating pressure range. However.
high pilots shall not be set above the
pipeline's MAOP.
(4) Crossing pipelines on production
or manned nonproduction platforms
which do not receive production from
the shall be equipped with an
SDV immediately upon boardlnR the
platfOl'm. The SDV shall be ope1ated by
a PSHL on the departing pipelines dnd
connected to the platform automatic-
and remote-emergency shut-in sys-
tems.
(5) The Regional Super.isor may re-
quire t hat 011 pipelines be equipped
w1th a metenng system to provide a
continuous volumetric comparison be-
tween the input to the line at the
st ructure(s) and the deliveries onshore.
The system shall include an a l arm sys-
tem and shall be of adequate sensl-
livi ty Lo detect variations between
input and discharge volumes. In lieu of
the foregoing. a system capable of de-
Lecung leaks 111 the pipeline may be
substituted wit h the approval of the
Regional Supervisor.
(6) P1peltnes Incoming to a subsea
tle!n shall be equipped Wlth a block
valve and an FSV. B1dlrectlonal pipe-
lines connected to a subsea tle-m shall
be eqll1pped WiT.h only a blork V"'-lve.
(7) Gas-lift or water-injection pipe-
lines on unmanned platfo1ms need only
be equipped v.,th an FSV mstalled 1m-
mediately upstream of each casing an-
nulus or the f1rst inlet valve on the
christmas t r ee.
(8) Bidir ectional p!pellnes shall be
equipped wl th a PSHL and an SDV Im-
mediately upon boorcling eoch plat-
form.
(9) Pipeline pumps must comply with
section A 7 of API RP l1C (Incorporated
by reference as specified in 250. 198).
The setting level,; fa r the PSHL devices
arc specified in paragr aph (b) (3) of this
section.
(c) H the required safety equipment
is rendered Ineffective or removed from
on plpPlines which <Jre conTin-
ued in operation. an equ:ivalent degr ee
of safety shall be prov1 de d. The safety
equipment shall be !dent!f!ed by t he
250.1007
of a sign on the equipment
stating that t he equipment is r endered
ineffective or removed from service.
ISS FR 10690. Aor. 1. 1988. as a mended at 54
FR 50617, Dec. B. 1989. 56 FR 32100. Julv 15.
1991. P..Pd,.s!gnatF-d ;.Jt :OR 29479. May 29.
1998; 67 FR 51760. Aug. 9. 2002)
250.1005 Inspection requirements for
DOl pipelines.
(a) Pipeli ne routes shall be Inspected
at time Intervals and methods pre-
scri bed by t he Rcg!onol Supcrviso1 for
mdicatlon of p1peline leak age. The re-
sul ts of these Inspections shall be re-
t <n ned for a t i e<1st 2 years and he mndP
available to the Regional Supervisal-
upon r equest.
(b) When pipelines are protected by
rectifiers or anodes for which the ini-
ti<Jl life expectancy cf the cathodic pro-
tection system either cannot be cal-
culated or calculat ions indicate a l ife
expectancy of l ess tha:-1 20 years. such
pipeli nes shall be Inspected annually
by t."'-k 1 ng measur<>ments of [11 pe-te-
electrolyte potential measurements.
250.1006 How must I decommission
and take out of "ervice a DOl pipe-
line?
(a) The r equi rements for decommis-
sioni ng pipelines are l isted in 250. 1750
t hrot 1gh 250. 17S4.
(b) The table in t hi s section lists the
requ!I-ements if you tak<:' a DOl plpe-
lme out of serv1ce:
If you have tho pipel ine
out o1 service lor:
( 1) I year or loS$ .........
(2) More lhan 1 ye;:u
bu1 1css than 5 years.
(3) 5 or more ycDr3 ..... .
Then you must
Isolate the pipeline wi1t1 a blind
nange or a closed block. valve at
each end of the pipeline.
Fll.sh ond flll the pipeline wilh in--
hibited :oaw.J1cr.
Decommission the plpcHnc 3CCord-
lng lo 250.175D-250.175<.
167 FR 351C5, May 17. 20021
250.1007 What to include in applica-
tions-
(a) Applications to install a lease
term p1pelme or for a p1pelme nght-of-
way grant must be submitted in quad-
rupl icat e Lo Lhe Regional Supervisor.
R!gl-.t-of-way grant applications must
include an identification of the oper-
ator of the pipelme. Each application
must include the followi ng:
387
TRN-MDL-00496035
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1008
( 1) PI at (s) drawn to a seal c spccifi cd
by the Regional Supervisor showing
major features and other pertinent
cii'lt-'l incl uding aren. l ease. and block
designations: water depths: route:
length in Federal waters: width of
right-of-way. if appli cable: connecting
facili t ies: si ze: product (s) to be trans-
ported with anticipated gravity or den-
slty: burtal depth: dt1ectton of rl ow: X-
y coordi nates of key point s. and t he Ia-
catton of other p1pel l nes t hat will be
co1 mect ed tu or crussed by the pro-
posed pl pel i ne(s) . The initial and te1-
n11 na l points of t he pipeli ne and any
continuati on Into Stat e jurisdiction
shal l be accurat ely located even if the
pipeline Is to have an onshore t erminal
poi nt A plat (s) submitted for a pipe-
line r i ght-of-way shall bear a signed
certificate upon 1ts face by t he engi-
nee r who made the map t hat certifies
that the r ight -of-way is accurately rep-
resent ed upon the map and that t he de-
sign char acteristics of the associat ed
pipeline a1e m accordance with appl i-
cabl e regulalions.
(2) A schematic drawing showi ng the
s1ze. weight . grade. wall thickness. and
t y pe of lim: pip<:: and risers: pressure-
r egulating devi ces (Including back-
pressure r l:'gulators): sensi ng devices
with associat ed pressure-control lines:
PSV"s and setti ngs: SDV"s. FSV"s. and
block valves: and manifolds. This sche-
ma tic drav.'ing shall also show mput
soune(s ). e. g .. wells. pumps. compres-
sors. and vessels: maximum input pres-
sure(s) : Ihe rated working pressure. as
spec1fied by ANSI or API . of all valves.
flanges. and fi t tings: the inillal receiv-
i ng equipment and its rated working
pressure: and associated safet y equip-
ment and p1g l aun chers receivers.
The schematic must Indicate the point
on t he OCS at which operating respon-
sibi lity transfers between a pr oducing
operator and a transporting operator.
(3) General Information as follows:
{!) Descr iption of cathodic pmt ecti on
system. I f pipel i ne anodes are to be
used. specify the type. size. wC'ight.
number. spacing. and anticipated l ife:
(11) Dcsctlptl on of cxtcmal pipel ine
coating system;
(Iii) Descri pt ion of int ernal pr ot ec-
tive measures:
(t v) Spec1f1c gr avity of the empty
pipe;
(v) MSP:
(v1) lv!AOP and cal culations used m
ILs decermina llon:
(vii) Hydrostatic test pressure. me-
di um. cmd per i od of t tme that the l i ne
will be test ed:
(viii) MAOP of t he receiving pipeline
or facility.
(! X) Proposed date far commenc1ng
lnstallatiOJ-, and estimated time fo1
constructi on: and
(x) Type of protection to be affordPd
crossing pi pelines. subsea valves. taps.
and manifold asse:nblies. if appll cabl e.
(4) The aj:plt cation shall include a de-
sc rt ptiun o r any ctddltional desi gn ]Jre-
cautJons which were taken to enabl e
the pipel ine to wit hstand the effects of
water :urrents. storm or !Ce scouring.
soft bottoms. mudslides. earthquakes.
permaf1ost. and other envi tonmental
fa::tors.
(5) The appli cation shall mclude a
sha llow hazards survey report and. If
requ1red by the Regional Director. an
archaeological report that
covers the entire l ength of the pipellne.
A shal : ow hazards analysis may be In-
cluded in a l ease term pipeline apphca -
tion in l ieu of t he sr.allow hazards sur-
vey report wi th the approval of the Re-
gional Dlre::tor. T:"1c Regional Director
may require the submission of t he data
upon which the report or analysis Is
basecl.
(b) Applicati ons to modify an ap-
proved lease term pipeline or nght-of-
way grant s hall be submtned In quad-
rupl icate lo the Regional SupervisaL
These a pplicati ons need only address
t hose items in the original application
affected by the proposed modification.
[53 FR 10690. A::n. I. 1988. as ... r 59
FR S3094 . Oct. 2i. 1994 R .. d ... signat,..d at 53 FR
29479. May 29. 1998. az ::>mended at 63 FR.
43881. Aug. 17. 1998: 67 FR 35406. May t 7. 2002]
* 250.1008 Reports.
(a) The lessee. or r tght-of-way hol der .
shall notify t he Regional Supervisor a t
least 48 hours pri o1 to commenct ne the
installation or relocation of a pipeline
or conduct ing <J pressure t est on a pipe-
lme.
(b) The lessee or rtght-of-way holder
shall submi t a r eport t o the Regional
Supervisor withm 90 days after comple-
t i On of any pt pelme construcc10n. The
report. submlned !n triplicate, shall
388
TRN- MDL-00496036
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Management Service, Interi or
include an "as-bui lt" l ocztion plat
drawn to a scale specified by the Re-
gional Supervisor shov-ing the loca-
tion, length in Federal waters, and X-
y coordmates of key points: the com-
plet.on date: the propcsed date of tlrst
operation: and the HPT data. P1pellne
11ght-of-way "as-bu ilt'' location plats
shal l be cenlfled by a regtslered engl -
nt>er or land and show the
boundaries o: the rtght-of-way as
gnmted. If there Is a substuntial devi -
ation of the ptpehne route as p;ranted
in the right-of-way. t he report shall in-
dude a discussion of the reasons fo1
such deviation.
(c) The lessee or right-of-way holder
shall report to the Regional Superv1sor
any p1pehne taken out of If the
period of t1me in which the pipeli ne is
0\lt of serv1ct> greater th<m 6fl rll'lys.
written conf1 r r.1atton is also requi r ed.
(d) The l essee or right -of-way holder
shall report to the Regional Supervisor
when any required p1pelme safety
equipment is taken out of service for
lltore than 12 hours The Reglollal Su-
pervisor s hall be notified whPn the
equipment Is returned to service.
(e::) The:: lesset: or right-of-way holtlt:t
shall not ify the Reg1onal Supervisor
prior to the repair of any pipeline or as
soon as practicable. A detailed report
of t he r epalt of a pipeline or pipeline
component shall be submitted to t he
Regional Supervisor Withi n 30 days
after completion of the 1epairs. The 1e-
port shal l m clude the foll owmg:
(i) Descr iption of repairs.
(2) Resul Ls of pressure Lest. and
(3) Date returned to service.
(0 The Regional Supervisor may re-
quire that DOl pipeline failures be ana-
lyzed and that samples of a failed sec-
tion be exanuned m a l abor at ory to as-
SISt In deter mining the cause of the
fallure A comprehensive written re-
port of the inform;ition obtained shall
be submitted by the lessee to the Re-
gional Superv1sor as soon as available.
(g) If t h e effects of scounng. soft bot-
toms. or other enVIronmental factors
are observed to be detri mentall y af-
fecting a pipel ine. <t pl an of corTeclive
action shall be submitted to the Re-
250. 1009
gl :mal Supervisor for approval within
30 days of the observation. A 1eport of
the remedial action taken shall be sub-
miLLed Lo the Regional Supe:-visor by
the o1 r i ght-of-way holde1 within
30 days after complet10:-1
(h) Tht> results ;mel ccmclustons of
measur ements of pipe-to-el ectrolyte
potent1al meusurements tuken unnu-
ally on DOl pipelines in accordance
with 250.1005(b) of this p:drt shall be
submitted to the Regional Supervisor
by tbe Jessee be:ore March of each
year.
[5S FR 10690. Apr. l , 1988. Redesignated and
amended ;;t 63 FR. 79. 294S6, I\ by 29. 1998]
250.1009 Requireme nts to obtain
pipel ine right-of-way grants.
(a) In add1t:on to applicabl e requl re-
mcn:s of 250. 1000 through 250.1008 and
ot her regul ations of th1s pa1t, regula-
tions of the Department of Transpor-
tation. Deparlmenl of t he Army. and
the Energy Regulrttory Com-
mission (FERC). when a pipeline quali-
fies as a nght -of-w"'y p1peline, t he
plpehne shall not be installed until a
r i ght-of-way has been requested and
gra nted tn with thts sub-
part The right-of-way grant is Issued
pt:rsuant to 43 U.S .C:. 1334!e) and
be acquired anci hel d only by dtizens
Dnd nationals of t he United States;
al iens 13wfu11y adrmtted for permanent
r es1dence in t he United States as de-
ftned In 8 U.S.C. llOI (a)(ZO): private.
publi c. or municipal corporations orga-
nized under the laws of the United
States or terri tory thereof. the Dtstrict
of' Columbia, or of any S t ate; or asso-
ciations of such nationals.
r esJdent al:ens. or private. public. or
munlclpal cor porallons, States. or po-
litirnl subdivisions ofSti'!tes.
(b) A right-of-way shall i nclude the
site or. which t:"le pipt>lt nP and iiSSoci-
ated structures are to be situated. shall
not exceed zoe feet in >vidth unless safe-
ty and environmental factors dun ng
construcuon and operati on of the asso-
ciated right-of-way pi pel i ne requ ire a
greder wi dth . and ::;hall be limited to
the a:ea reasonably necessary for
389
TRN-MDL-00496037
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1010
pumping stations or o ther accessory
structures.
153 FR 10690, Apr . I. 1988. as amended at 54
FR 50017. Dec. 8. 1989: 55 FR 47753. '<ov. 15.
1990: 59 FR 53094. Oct. 21. 1994: 62 FR 27955.
May 2Z. 1997. Redestgnated and amended at 63
FR 29479. Mav 29. 1998: FR
June R4 Feb <4. IAA9 Fur
thPr redesl RnatPd .md ameml<"cl 6R FR
6931 1. 69312. Dec . 12. 20031
250.1010 General requirements for
pipeline holders.
An applicant. by accept ing a r ight-of-
way grant. agr ees to comply With the
fol l owing require-ments:
(u) The r i ght-of-way holder s hnll
comply wi th applicable laws and regu-
l at ions and the terms of the grant .
(b) The granting of the right-of-way
shal l be subject to the expre..o;s condi-
ti on t hat the rights granted shall not
prevem o1 tntel"fere In any way Wi t h
t he nclmtntsrnnt on. o1
the gmnti n g of other rights by the
Uni ted States. ei ther prior or subse-
quent to the granting of t he right-of-
way Moreover. the holder agrees to
allow the occupnncy and use by the
Umted States. t t s l essees. or other
nght -of-way holders. of any part of the
rip..ht-uf-w>ty p.;r;.;nt 110 t ;.:t<.:tually orru-
pted or necessar1ly Incident to tts use
for any necessary operati ons Involved
In the management, administration. or
t he enjoyrn.,nt of such other gnmted
rights.
(c) If the right-of-way holder dts-
cover s any archaeological resource
wlttl ... conducting operations witltln the
r ight -of-way. t he right-of-way holder
shall Immedi ately hal t operations
withi n the area of the discovery and re-
J.>ol t t he discovery t o the Regional DI-
rector. If Investigations determine that
the resource ts signifi cant. t he Re-
gi onal Dtrecto1 wil l Inform the l essee
how to protect it.
(d) The Regional S upervi s or shall be
k ept Informed at all times of the ri ght-
of-way holder's address and. If a cor-
poralion. the address of i ts princ ipal
ploce of bust ness and the name and ad-
dress of t he offi cer or agent authorized
to be served with pr ocess.
(e) The right-of-way hol der shall pay
the Cn!ted St:Hes or its l t>s.sE>es or
rtAht -of-way holders. as the case may
be. the full value of all damages to the
pr operty of t he UnJt ed States or tts
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-o4 Edition)
said l essees or r ight-of-way holders and
shal l indemnify the United S t ates
agal:-.st any and al l ltabil t t y for dam-
?.ges to life. petson. ot property nnsing
fr orr. t he occupati on and use of t he
area covered by t he r ight-of-way grant.
(fJ :11 The holder of a rtght -of-way oi l
or gas pipeline shall trans port or pur -
chase oil or natural gas produced from
submerged lands In the vtctntty of the
pipeli ne without discri minati on and tn
such proportionate amounts as the
FERC may. after a full hearinp, Wit h
dt.:e notice ther eof to the i nterested
parties. determine to be reasonabl e.
taktng tnto a :::count. other
things. conservation and the preven-
tion of wast e.
(2) Unless otherwise exempted by
FERC pursuant to 43 U.S.C. 1334(0(2).
the holder shall-
(t) Provide open and no ndtscrtm-
tnator y access to a ri ght -of-way p1 pe-
1tne to both ov;ner and nonowner ship-
pers. and
(11) Comply with t he provisions of 43
U.S C. J334(t)(l)(B) under whi ch FERC
may order an expansion of t he throu gh-
put capacity of a :-!ght-of-way pipeline
which 1::. app1ov"d a fl<: r Septentbet 18.
1978. a nd whtch ts not l ocat ed 10 the
Gnl f ol Me,.,ico or the Snnt;.; R ...
Cha nnel.
(g) The a r ea covered by a r1.Q:ht -of-
way anc a: l Improvements thereon
shall be kept open a t a ll r easonable
times for inspection hy the
Management Servtce (MMS). The
r i ght-of-way :-tolder s hall make ava il -
abl e all r ecords rela: tve to t he design.
operation. maintenance
an d repai r. a nd investigations on or
wlth regard to such area.
(h) Upon rel tnqutSchment . forfeiture.
or cancell ation of a right-of-way grant.
the right-of-way ! tolJ.,r shall remove
all platfor ms. struc:ures. domes over
valves. pipes. t aps. and val ves along
t he ri ght-of-way. All of t hese tmprove-
men:s s hall be removed by t he holder
wtrhl 11 I ye?.t o( rJu .. e ffective clat .. of
t he :-elinqulshment. forfeit ure. ot can-
cell atiOn unl ess :his requir ement ts
waived In wrtttng by the Regiona l Su-
pervi sor . All su ch Impr ovement s not
removed w1thin t hl' nme
herein s hal l become t he property of the
Umted States but t hat shall not tel!eve
the holder of ltab1l!ty for the cost of
390
TRN-MDL-00496038
CONFIDENTIAL
their removal or for restoration of the
site. Furthermore, t h e holder Is respon-
sible for accidents or damages which
might occur as a 1esult of fa1lure to
timely remove Improvements nnd
equipment and restore a s1te. An appli-
cation for rellnqulshment of a right-of-
way grant s ha ll be filed in accordance
wtth 250.1014 of th1s part.
(53 FR 10690. Ap" 1. 1988. xs o.mcnucu ;ot 54
FR 50617. De:: 8. 1989. 55 FR 47753. Nuv i5.
1990: 59 530!!4. Oct . 21. 1994. 62 FR 27955.
M ... y 22. 1997. nnd ><mt nd"rl >< I 1;3
FR 29179. 29186. :vlay 29. 1998; 63 FR 31597.
June 25. 1998: 64 FR 9065. Fcl:. 24. 1999. Fur-
tner I'Cdcs1gnatcd and amended at 68 FR.
G93 i1. G93i 2. Dec. 12. 2003]
250.1011 Bond requirements for pipe-
line right-of-way holders.
(a) When you apply for. or are the
holder oi. a nght-of-way, you must :
(I) Provtde a nd majntatn a S300.000
h011d (In add1t10n to t he bond coverage
required in part 256) t hat guarantees
compliance with all t he ter ms and con-
dit ions of t he rights-of-way you hold t:,
an OCS area; and
(2) additional secunty If the
Regional Director determmes that a
bond In excess of $300,000 is needed.
(b) Fnr the of this
there are three areas:
(I) The areas offshore the Gulf of
Mexico and Atlantic Coast:
(2) T he area offshore the PacJf1c
Coast St ates of California. Oregon.
Washington, and Hawat l: and
(3) The area offshore the Coast of

250.1012
(c) If. as the resul t of a defaul t, the
sure:y on a nght-cf-way grant bond
makes payment to the Government of
any indebtedness under a gront secured
by the bond. the face amount of such
bond and the surety's l1ab11 Lt y shal l be
reduced by the amount of such p;:Jy-
men:.
(d) After a default. a new bond tn the
amount of $300.000 shall be posted wiLh-
m 6 monrhs or such shorte1 penod as
the Regional Supervasor may direct.
Fat\ ure to post a new bond shall be
grounds for forfeiture of all grants cov-
c-nec.l by t hl:! d!:!fault!:!d I.Jo11d .
[5:5 FR 10690, A:;r. J. 1988. as amended at 54
FR 506i7. Dec R. 55 FR 47753. :--!nv iS.
1990; 59 FR 53094. Oct 21. 62 FR 27955.
May 22. i997. Redesignated and amended at 63
FR May i99R. 63 FR 34597.
June 25. 1998: 64 FR 9065. Feb. 24. 1999. Fur-
ther redesignated and amended at 68 FR
69311. 69312. Dec 12. 20031
250.1012 Required payments for pipe-
line right-of-way holders.
(a) You must pay MMS a n annual
r ental of S15 for each slalule mile, or
part of a statJte mlle. of the OCS that
your pipeli ne r ight -of-way crosses.
(b) This paragraph applt es to you tf
you obtatn a pipel : ne r ight-of-way that
rncludes a site for a:1 accessory to the
pipeline, includjng but not limited to a
platform This paragraph also applies if
you npply to modify a rlght-of-way to
char.ge the site footprint . I n either
case. you must pay the amounts shown
in rhe iollowing t.abl <>.
---,---
If...
{1) Your occcssory 6lle Is tocaled In water depths of lc:;:; lhon
200 meters:
(2) Your .:.:.co, &cty s:ho ls loc.:.tod In w;:,tor dopthc ot 200 motorc
or groator:
(c) If you hold a plpellne rlght-of-way
that Includes a site fo1 an accessory to
your piprlinC' yon Fire not cnvcrC'ci
by pa1ag.a?h (b) of this section. then
you must pay MMS an annual rental of
S75 for use of the affected area.
(d) You may make t he rental pay-
ments reqWred by paragraphs (a] .
Then ...
You must pay a rcr11al of S.S par acre per year Ylilh a mJnlrrum
ol S4SO per yea. The zrea S1Jbjec1 to annual rental indude.s
the eJCtC'flt o( anchor plpelnc: rber:o, end other
fitd!Him: ;tnc1 rlcvlr.o<; a$;,c;odatnd with the ;tr.r.nc:;!C>ory.
You must :1 ront,:,l of $7.50 por por yc:J.:H with .1 min-
imum or S675 por year. Tho aroa subjoct to annual ronta.l
Includes tho areal oxtont o1 anchor c::halns, pipolino nsors,
and otl'ler ledit1es and Cevices Associated with the e.cces ..
sory.
(b) (1 ). (b)(2). and (c) of thi s section on
an annual basis, for a 5-year period, or
for tnultlples of 5 yean;. You must
make the first payment at the time
you submit the pipeline
appLication You must make al l subse-
quent payments before the respectlve
tlme penods begin.
391
TRN-MDL-00496039
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1013
(c) Late payments. An Int erest charge
w1ll be assessed on unpaid and undc,-
pald amount s from t he date t he
amounts are due. In a ccordance wi th
t he p1ov1s1ons found 1n 30 C:FR 218.54. If
you fai l to make a payment that ts l ate
after written noti ce fr om M:vfS. MMS
may Initiat e cancell ation of t he right-
of- use grant and easement under 30
CFR 250.1013.
168 FR 69312. Dec. :2. 2003. as amended at 69
FR May 20041
250.1013 Grounds for forfeiture of
pipeline right-of-way grants.
F ail ure to comply wit h the Act. regu-
l at ions. or cond1t10ns of the r l ght-
of-way grant prescnbed by the Re-
Supervisor shall be grounds for
forfeiture of the g r ant in an appro-
priate j udicial proceed.tng instituted by
t he United St ates 1n any U.S. District
Court having j UI"i sdl ct l a n in accord-
ance wlth the provls l ons of 13 U.S.C.
1349.
153 FR 10690. Apr I. 1988. as amended at 54
FR 50617. De=. S. 1989: 55 FR 47753. Nov. IS.
FR 530!!4. Oct l9!H. 6< FR
May 22. 1997. Redesignated and amended at 63
FR 29479. 29486. May 29. 1998; 63 FR 34597.
J une 25. 1998: 64 FR 9065. Feb. 24. 1999 Fur-
ther .mJ amentleJ at 68 FR
69311. 69312. Dec. 12. 2003]
250.1014 When pipeline right-of-way
grants expire.
Any r i ght -of-way grant ed under the
provisions or t hls subpart remai ns Jn
effect as l ong as the associated p1peli ne
is properly mal ntai ned and used for t he
purpose for whlch the g ranl was made.
unless ot herwise expressly stated in
the grant. Temporary cessation or sus-
pensi on of pi pehne oper atlo ns sh all not
cause t he gr ant t o exp1r e. However. 1f
the purpose of the gr ant ceases to exist
or liSP of the i'ISSoci<'lted pi pel inP is per-
manC'ntly discontlnuC'd for any reason.
the grant shal l be deemed to have ex-
pired.
153 FR I 0690. Apr. l . 1988. as amended at 54
F R 50617. Dec. S. 1989: 55 FR 47753. Nov. 15.
1990: 59 I'R 53094. Oct 21. 1994: G2 PR 27955.
M.1y 22. 19Q7. RetloSlf'\nat ed anJ .JmonJetl a t 63
FR 29479. 29486. :May zq. 1998: 63 FR 34597.
June 25. 1998: 64 FR 9065. Fel:. 24. 1999 Fur-
thPr rPCIP.<lgTWt Pd .md amPndPd at GR FR
60311. 69312. De..: 12. 2003]
250.1015 Applications for pipeline
rightofway grant6.
(a) You must submit an original and
t hree copies of an ap:>l!cauon for a new
or modi f1ed pipeline r ight-of-way grant
to ':he Regional Supervisor. The appli-
cati on must address those items re-
quir ed by 25C.l 007 (a) or (b) of th1s sub-
part as applicable. It must also st ate
t he pr imary purp::>se for whlch you wlll
IISC' the- rfghr-of-w;,y g r ;mt. lf t hc- nght-
of-way has been used befo1e the appl i -
cati on Is made. the applkution must
state the da t e such use began. by
whom. and the date the appl icant ob-
talueu cuntr ol of ': l te improvt'rue ttt .
When you fil e your application. you
m ust pay t he rent al requ1red under
250.1009(c) (2) of this subpc.rt and a
non-refundabl e fil ing fee of S2.350 for a
pipeline n gh t-of-way gra nt to Install a
new plpf"11ne or a A li ng
fee of S300 for a pi peli ne r ight -of- way
grant to convert an cXlstlng lease term
plpelme m:o a right-of-way p1pellne.
MMS periodically wi l l amend the fl ll n11,
fee based on ils e":perience wi l h Lhe
costs for a dmmistering pipeline nght-
of-way applicati ons I f t he costs change
by a percentage of not marC' t hun the
per centage change In tne CPI "U"' stnce
the last change to the fJ l!ng fee. MMS
will amend the applt catlon fee by the
percentage of the change In costs w1th-
ol:t notice and opportunity for com-
ment. :r costs mcr ease by a percemage
mor e than t he per cer:tage change i n
t he CPI "U"' si nce t he l ctsl change Lo Lhe
ft l lng fee. I\1MS wil l provide not ice and
an opportuni t y to comment before tt
changes the ftlmg fee. An appl tcatton
to modliy an approved r i ght-of-way
gnsllt s(s;.sll Ue <ICCUirt piirt!ed by the ;.sd-
ditJonal r C' ntal rC'qut r cd under
250. 1009(c)(;!). If <1pp:ic<1bl e. A sep<lrate
appl lcat t on shall be fl i ed for C'ach
r Jght-of-way.
(b)(!) An mdtvi dual appl i cant shall
submit a statement of citizenship or
nationaltty wtth the application. An
appli cant who ts an alten lawfully ad-
mt rted for permc:.nent residence m the
Uni t ed St a t es sha ll also subml L evi-
dence of such status with the appli ca -
tion.
(2) It the applicant is an association
(mcl udtng a partnersh:p). the appltca-
tlon s hal l also be accompani ed by a
392
TRN-MDL-00496040
CONFI DENTIAL
certified copy of the articles of associa-
tion or appopriate reference to a copy
of such articles al ready filed w1th MMS
'lnd 'I !:tatemPnt as tn 'lny suhseq11ent
amendments.
(3) If the applicant is a corporation,
the shall mclude the
following:
(i) A stntPnH>nt ce1ttf1ed by t he Sec-
retary or Assistant Secretary of the
corpor ation '"1 th the corporate seal
showing the State m which It i s Incor-
porated and the name of the person(s)
authorized to act on behalf of t he cor-
poration. or
(I I) In lieu of such a statement. an
appropnate reference to statements or
records pr eviously submiLLed t o MMS
(i ncl uding material submJtted in com-
pltance With ptor regulations).
(c) The application s hall Include a
list of every lessee and nght -of-way
holder whose lease or righl-of-way is
intersected by the proposed right-of-
way. The application shall a lso Include
a statement that a copy of the applica-
t ion has been sent by registered or cer-
lifit?d mal l lo each such lessee ur r-ight -
of-way holde1
(d) The appltc.mt shall include 1n the
applicatiOn an original and three cop-
ies of a completed Nondiscrimmatwn
in E1nployrnent form (YN 3341-1 d<Jted
J uly 1982) These forms are available at
each MMS regional office.
153 rn 10690. AtJr. I. 1986, as amended at 62
FR 39775. July 24, 1997 Redesignated .,.,d
amended al 63 F'R 29479. 29B6. May 29, 1998: 64
FR Aug. 5. 1999 Fw't het
"nd am ... nd,.d <1T 6S F'R D.-c 12.
2003]
250.1016 Granting pipe line rights-of-
way.
(a) In considering an application for a
l'ighl -of-way. the Reglunal Supervisor-
shall consider the potential effect of
the associated pipeline on the human.
manne. and coastal envl:-onmems. hfe
(includi ng aquatic life). property. and
rniner:-tl resmncps it1 the Pnti te a rt!><
dur i ng construction and operational
phuscs. The Regional Supervisor shall
prcpa1c an environmental analysts In
accordance with apphcable poli ci es and
gui ci eltne.s. Tn Clld tn rhf' evnl llrttlon
and deter.ninations. t he Su-
pervi sor may request and consider
views and recommendat ions of appro-
250.1016
priate Federal Agencies. hold public
meetings after appropriate notice, and
consul t, as appropriate, wi th State
ngencies. orgnniznrions. industries. nnd
individuals. Before grannng a p1pellne
right-of-way. tT:c Reglonal Supervisor
shall give consider ation t o any rec-
omme-ndation by the i ntergovern-
ment al pl arming program, or similar
process. for the assessment and man-
agement of OCS oi l and gas transpor-
tation.
(b) Should the proposed route of a
right-of-way adjoin and subsequently
cross any State submerged lands. the
appl icant shal l submi t ev1dence to the
Rcg10nal Supervisor that the State(s)
!:O affected has rl'viewed the applica-
tion. The applicant shall also submJt
any comment received as a result of
that reVJew. In the event of a State
reco:nmendallon to relocate Lhe pro-
posed route, the Regional Supervisor
may consult wit h the appropriate
State officials.
(c)(!) The applicant s:.alJ submit pho-
tocopies of relur n re<.:eipls to the Re-
g! anal Supervisor t hat Indicate t he
date tha: each lessee or right-of-way
holder referenced l u 250.1010(c) of Lhl:s
pa rt has l'CCclvcd a copy of the appl ica-
tion. Letters o f no objecticm m<>y be
submitted tn lieu of the return re-
ceipts.
(2) The Regional Superv1so1 shall not
take fmal action on a nght-of-way ap-
pl icat ion until the RPgi on<'ll S11pervlsor
IS satisfied that each such l essee or
rtght-of-way :Oolde1 hc.s been afforded
at least 30 days from the date deter-
mined ln paragraph (c)(!) of thls sec-
tion i n w:.ich to submit comments.
(d) If a proposed right-of-way cr osses
any lands not subject to cbsposltlon by
mineral l easing or restncted from oil
a nd ga.s activities. i t shall be rejected
by the Regional Supervisor unless the
Federal Agen::y with jurisdicti on o ver
such excluded or area g1ves
Its consent to the granting of the
tight-of-wny Tn snch case, tlw nppll -
cant. upon a request filed within 30
days after receipt of the notification of
such rcJcct:on. shall be allowed an op-
portunity to eltminate t he conflict .
(e)(l) If thl' appll <:ntion and other re-
qui red mfo:-rr:ation are found to be in
compllance With appllcable laws and
regulations. the right-of-way may be
393
TRN-MDL-00496041
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1017
granted. The Regional S upervisor may
presc:-ibe, as conditions to the right-of-
way grant , stipulations necessary to
protect humdn, matine. and en-
vironments. life (mcluding aquatic
lite) . pr operty. and mineral resources
located on m adjacent to t he right-of-
way
(2) If the Regional Supervisor deter-
mi nes that a change In the appli cation
should be made. the Regional Super-
visor shall nonfy the applicant that an
amended application shall be filed sub-
ject to sttpule.ted changes. The Re-
gional Supervisor shall determine
whcl her Llw applicant sh;,ll dcllvct
ropies of the rarlon to
other parues for comment.
(3) A decision to rej ect an appll cation
shall be In writing a nd shall state the
reasons for t he reJ ect1on.
[53 FR 10690. Apr I, 1988. ilS amended at 54
FR 50617. Dec. R. 19RR Rcde.lgnated and
-.mended dt 63 r-R 29479, May 29, 1998.
FurthPr rPdt>slgnatPd und anwndPd a t 6R FR
II, 69312, Dec. 12, 2003]
250.1017 Requirements for construc-
tion under pipeline right-of-way
grants.
(a) FailUte to construct the associ-
ated r i ght -of-way pipeline witlun 5
years of t h e dat e of t he qtanti ng of a
right-of-way shcJJ cause the gram to

(b)(l ) A 1 igltt-or-w..,y holder sit;.; II en-
sure that the right-of-way pipeline Is
constructed In a manner that mini-
mizes deviati ons from t he right-of-way
as gr anted.
(2) If. afLer construcll ng the right-of-
way plpelin<>. It Is dc-rer mmed that a
devi ation from the proposed r ight-of-
way as granted has occurred, the right-
of-way hol der shall-
(1) Notify the operatots of all leases
and holders of all r i ght-of-way grants
in which a df'v1Minn hn!i nr.curred, and
w1thm 30 days of t he date of the ac-
ceptance by t he Regional Supet'Visor of
the complet1on of pipeline construction
eporl. provide t he Regional Supentlsor
w1th ev1dence of such notificatiOn; and
(ii) Relinquish any unused poti:ion of
the right-of-way.
(3) Substanttal deviatiOn of a
of-way ptpeltne as constructed from the
proposed ri ght-of-way as granted may
be grounds far forfeltt:re of the nght-
of-way.
(c) If the Reg:onc.l Superv1sor deter-
mines that a significant change tn con-
ditions has occt:rred subsequent to the
of a but prior to
the commencement of construct ion of
rhe i'l.'isnrlatf'd plpe11ne. the Regtonal
Supervisor may suspend or temporaril y
prohibtt the commencement of con-
sttuctlon until the rtght-of-woy grant
IS mod1fled to the extent necessary to
address the condi tions.
l5S FR 10690 Apt. I. 1958 RcdCSl f!n<llcd at 63
FR }..by l9. 19HR Further
and amended a: G8 FR 69311. G9312. Dec. 12.
lUU:>J
250.1018 Assignm.ent of pipeline
ril!ht-of-way grants.
(a) Asstgnntent ntay tt tade or a
1ight-of-way gtant. i n whole or of any
lineal segment ther eof. subject to t!-'le
approval of the Regi onal Supervisor.
An appllcatlon for upprovcl of an as-
signment of a nght-of-\\'ay m of a ii n-
eal segment :heteof. shall be filed in
t r i plicat e '.Nith the Regi onal Super-
vtsor.
(b) Any appl icati on for appl'Oval for
an asstgnment. In whole or m pa ti: . of
any right. title. or Interest In a right -
of-way gr ant shall be accompanied by
the same showing of qualificat ions of
the ass lg:tccs as Is r equired of an appli-
cant for a right-of-way tn 250.1010 of
this subpart and shall be supported by
a slatement that t he assignee agrees to
comply w1th and to be bound by the
terms a nd conditions of t he right-of-
way The assigr:ee shall satisfy
the bondi ng rcq"..llrcments in
250. 1009(b) of this part No t:-ansfer
shalJ be recogntzed \.tnless and unt!l 1t
Is first 111 wrtclng, by Re-
gl::mal Sltpervi!lor. A nonrefttndnbl e ft l-
mg fee of S60 must accompany the ap-
pll cat!on for the approval of an assign-
:v1MS periodi cal ly v.111 amend
t he f1h ng fee based on 1ts expenence
w1th che costs ior adrn1nlstertng plpe-
lilte" rleltt-or-way a.SS18111nent apj.Jli ca-
tions. If the costs increase by mme
than t he CPI "U," MMS will provi de no-
t! cc and opportunl ty for comment be-
rare ctangt ng the flllng fee. For Jesser
cost mcreases or cost reductions MMS
394
TRN-MDL-00496042
CONFIDENTIAL
will change the fcc without such proce-
dures.
153 FR 10600, Apr 1. 1988, as amended at 62
FR 39775. July 1997. Redesignated and
omended ot 63 FR 29479, 29486. May 29, 1998.
Furthe1 redesignated and amended at 68 FR
69:lll. DPC 12. 200:lj
250.1019 Relinquishment of pipdine
right-of-way grants.
A rlghL-of-way gram or a ponion
the1eof may be sun endered by the
holder by ftling a wr itten relinqutsh-
ment tn trtpl tcat e W1t h the Reg1onal
Super vtsor. It must cont ain those
items addressed in 250. 1751 and
250 1752 of t his part. A r elinquishment
shall take effect on the d<Jte It Is ft led
subJect to t he satisfaction of all out-
standing debts. fees. or fines and the
re>qui:-e:-nents in 250 1009(c)(9) of ths
part.
[53 FR 10690. Apr. I. 1988. Rcdcstgnalcd and
amended .<t 63 FR 29479, 29486. 29, 1998. 67
FR May 17. 2002 Fur-rhP.r rPdP:<ignarPd
and nmcndcd al 68 FR 69311, 69312, Dec. 12,
20031
Subpart K-oil and Gas
Production Rates
250.1100 Definitions for production
rates.
Terms used in this subpart s hall have
meani ngs given below:
Enhanced recovery operations means
pressure maintenance oper at ions. sec-
ondary and tertiary r ecovery. cycling,
and similar recovery operations which
<liter rhc natural forces In a r eservoir
to increase the uh:imate recovery of oil
or gas.
Gas reservoir means a IeservOJr that
contains hydrocarbons predomlnantly
111 a gaseous (smgle-phase) state.
Gas-well completion means a well com-
pletPd in a gl'lS r<"servoir 01; in the
cap of an oil reservoir With an associ-
ated gas cap.
MaJ(Imum Efficient Rate (MER) means
Lhe maximum sustainable dail y oil or
gas withdrawal rate ftom a reservoir
whi ch will permit econorruc develop-
ment and deplet1on of that reservoi r
without detriment to ultimate r ecov-
ery.
Maximum Production Rare (MPRl
means the approved maX1mum dally
rate .1t which otl or gas may be pro-
250. 1101
dL.:ccd from a specified oi l-well or gas-
well compl etton.
Nonsensitive reservoii" means a r es-
ervoi r m which ulti mate recovery IS
not decreased by htgh reservoir produc-
tion rates.
Oi! reservoir means a reservoi r that
contains hydr ocarbons predominantly
tn a liqutd (stngle-phase) state
Oil resPrvolr vnrh an associatPd r.ap
means a reservoir that contams hydro-
calbons 1n both a liquid and gaseous
(two-phase) state.
Oi l -weJJ completion means a well com-
pl eted in a n oil resci-vOJ r or in the oil
accumulati on an 011 reservoir
an associated gas cap.
SensJove reservoir means a reservoir
in whi ch ultimate recovery is de-
creased by high 1eservoir production
r ates. A high reservoir production rate
IS one which exceeds the MER.
Waste of oil and gas means: (J) The
physical waste of oil ar.d gas: (Z) t he l n-
cftlcient. excessive. or Improper usc of.
or t he u nnecessary dissipation of r es-
ervoir energy: (S) the locating, spaclnp,,
dr il ling. equipping. operallng. or pro-
duchg of any oil or gas well (s) in a
manner which causes or tends to cause
a reduction in t he quantit y of oil or
gas ultimately recoverable from a pool
under prudent and proper operations or
which causes or tends to cause unnec-
essa-y or excessive surface ltJss or de-
strllctlon of 01l or g;:,s: m (4) the meffl -
clent storage of oll.
250.1101 General rcquirl!lllent..; and
classification of reservoirs.
(a) Well s and resei'Voirs shal l be p1o-
dL.:ced at r ates t hat will pi'Dvide eco-
nomic development and deplet ion of
the hydr ocarbon resources in a rnannel'
that woul d maximize the ultimate re-
covery without adversely affecting cor-
rcl<Jtivc rig!'lts.
(b) For d.Jrectionally dr ill ed wells in
wh1ch the compl eted i nt erval is close1
than 500 feet from a urut or lease !me
or for vertically drtlled wells In which
the surface:: locat iOJI ts closer thall sao
feet from a u nit or lease line. for whi ch
the unit. l edse. or r oyalty interests are
not the same. the p1ior by the
RegiOnal Supeivtsor 1s requ1red befor e
production ts commenced. An operator
395
TRN-MDL-00496043
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1102
requesting s uch an approval s hall fur-
nish t he Regional Supervisor with let-
Lers expressi ng acceplance or obj ecLlon
f1om operat o1s of offset pmpert les.
(c) The Jessee shall propose a classi-
fication far each reservmr as an oi l res-
ervoir. an a il rese1voir wllh an associ-
ated gas cap or a gas r eservoi r . and as
sensitive or nonsensitive.
(d) All 01! reservOirs wlt h associated
gas caps shall be !nlll<!.lly class!fled as
sensitive and shall require establ!sh!ng
a maxl:num eff1c1ent production r<Jte
and balancing of production in accord-
ance wl t h 250.ll 02 (a) (I ) and (5) of t his
pa1"t . All othc-1 oil rr!<rnmin ;mel ,.\1
gas r eservoirs shall be initially classi-
fied as nonsensitive.
(e) A reservoir may be reclassified by
Lhe Minerals Manager:1e11L Se1vice
(lviMS) as to type and sensit ivity at
any tl me duri ng its productive l ite
when 1nformat1on becomes aVa!labl e
s howing that reclassificat ion Is war-
t atltt:d.
\53 FR. 10690. Ap r 1. 1988 R.f'de:<q:)n'll<'d ;md
amended at 63 FR 29179, 29186. May 29, 1998]
250.1102 Oil and gas production
rates.
(a) MER. (!) The l essee shall submit a
proposed MER for each p1oduclng sen-
sitive reservoir on Form MMS-127. Re-
quest for Reservoir Ma>..imum Effident
Rate (MER). along with appropnate
supporting Information to the Regional
SuperVIsor withi n 45 days after discov-
ert ng that a reservoir Is sensit ive
(2) The l essee may pr opose to revise
an MER by submitting Form MMS-127
w1th appropnate s upporting mforma-
Li on.
(3) The effective date of an MER for
a rescrvo1 r or revlsl on thereof sh<:tll be
the first day of t he month m which
F orm lv1MS-127 Is submitted.
(4) When approved. the MER shall not
be exceeded. except as pmvlded In
paragr aph (a) {5) of th1s sect! on.
(S) lf a rE'servoir is produced at a rate
i11 excess of t he MER f 01 r 1101 1t h.
the lessee should initiate measures
necessary to balance producti on (offset
overpmductlon by underproduction)
during the ne>.'t succeedi ng month. Al l
overptoduetl on be by
the end of the next calendar
quarter followmg the quarter m whtch
the overpr cductt on occurred. Any oper-
atlon In an overproduct ion status In
any reservoir for two success! ve cal-
endar quarters shal l be shut !n from
t r eservoir 1 1nti I the actu<!l procli iC-
tl on Is equal to that which would have
accw-rcd under t he approved MER, un-
less an alternative plan Is approved by
the Regional Supervisor.
(G) The lessee s hall review the MER
for each producing sensitive reservati'
at least once a year and submit Form
Nf.'v!S-127 with apptoprlate suppo1tlng
lltformat:on.
(7) The l essee may 1equest the reclas-
sification of a reservmr from sensitive
to nor.sensitive and tequest approval
for termination of an MER by submit-
ting Form MMS- 127 -wi t h lnform<ltinn
supporting t he r eclassification and ter-
mination.
(8) A: t he request of the Reg10nal Su-
pervisor. the l essee shall furnish Lhe In-
formation specified on Form MMS- 127
for any producing nonsensi tive res-
ervoir.
(9) Public Information copies of F arm
MMS-127 shall be submlLLed in a<:cord-
ance w! th 250.190.
(b) MPR. (!) The lesset> shall propose
an MPR for each prouuct ng well com-
ple-tion together with full Information
on t he llt<>thod used i n lts det Prmlna-
tlon. The MPR shall be based on wel l
tests and any l!m!tat!ons Imposed by
well and surface equipment. sand pro-
duction. anc Water-a ll rdtiOS.
l oc;<tlon of perforated lntervF.ls. and
prudent operating practices. The sum
of the l\APR's of we1ls completed In a
sens1t1ve rese:-voir shall not exceed the
approved MER.
(2) The l essee shall conduct a wel l-
flow potential test wit hi n 30 days of
the dc.te of fust continuous production
on al l new. recompleted, and reworked
well compl etions Witr.in IS days afler
the end of the test period. the lessee
must submi t a pr oposed MPR wi th well
potennal t est for t he Individual v>ell
completion on F m m MMS-126. Well
Potent ial Test Repor-t . T l oe inltl>'ll MPR
shall not exceed 110 ':Jcrcent of t he test
rate submitted and shcll be effective
on the first day of the month fol lowtng
the end of the -:est period If approved
by the Regional SupervisaL Dunng the
30-day penod allowed for testll1!1,. the
lessee may produce a new. recom-
pl eted. or reworked complerton at r at es
396
TRN- MDL-00496044
CON Fl DENTIAL
necessary to establish t he 1\'IPR. Aftet
the 30-day peri od and ptior to appmval
of the Initial MP R. a well completion
may be produced at a rate not to ex-
ceed the proposed r ate. The lessee shall
report the tot al production obtai ned
during : he test period and shall iden-
tify all other wells completed in the
reservoir on Form MMS-12G.
(3) At least one well test shall be con-
ducted dur ing a calendar hal f for pro-
ducing ell-well and gas-well comple-
tiOns and res ults submitted on Furm
MMS-128, Semiannual Well Test Re-
port . Vv'ell tests s hall be submttted
w1tht n 45 days of the day t he test was
conducted.
otherwisP ordered by thP
Regional Supervisor . a r evised MPR
shall aut omati cally be approved for
each well compl etiOn for each well t est
submiLLed equal Lo 110 percenl of Lhe
t est r at e. The revised MPR will be ef-
fecrlve on the first day of the month
following the date the well test was
condu cted. P rior to the approval of a
proposed increase of Lhe MPR. a well
completion may be produ ced at a rate
not to exceed t he proposed Increas ed
tal e.
(S) When a well test 1s not submitted
durlr1g;.; c;.;l eml;.; r h;..J( far a prod\icl llg
oil -wel l o1 gas-well compl et ion. the
MPR v.1ll be automatically canceled ef-
fective on t he first day of the appro-
priate following cal endar half.
(5) When the r esul ts of a seml nnnual
well test for an otl -well or gas-well
completion cannot be submi tted within
the specified time. the l essee shall r e-
quesl an f!-'<Lenslon of Li me for submll-
ting those test r esults. The extension
must be a pproved In advance bv the
Reg1onal Supervisor to contmu e pro-
duction under the l as t approved MPR.
(7) When approved by Lhe Regional
Supervisor, an MPR shall not be ex-
ceeded. except as pl'Ovided in par a-
graphs (b)l1) a nd (c) of t hts section.
(8) Publ ic Informat i on copies of Form
MMS-126 s hall b submitted i t 1 occard-
ancc with !l250. 190.
(9) P ubl ic Information copies of F orm
MMS- 128 shall be submitted i n accor d-
ance with 250.190.
(c) Tempornry rnres pro-
duction rates resultmp; from normal
vari ations and fluctuatt ons exceedmg a
well MPR or reservoir MER s ha ll not
250. 1103
be consi dered <:1 provided thilt
such production In excess of a n ap-
proved MER is bal anced by production
tn a<.:cord<mce with the provistons of
paragraph (a) (5) of thts section.
153 FR 10690, A::n. l. 19S8. as amended a t 58
FR 49928. Sept 24. 19g3 ant!
at 63 FR 29479. 29486. May 29. 1998: 64
FR 72794, Dec. 28, 1999. 65 FR 2875. Jun. 19.
2000]
250.1103 Well productiou testiug.
(a) The r equired well t esting shall be
conducLed fat' a period of noL less Lhan
four consecutive hours. Immedi ately
pnor to the 4-bour test period. the well
completion shall have produced under
stab:hzed condtttons far a penod of not
l ess than six consecut ive hours. The 6-
hour prHesl period shall noL begin
unti l after t h e recovety of a volume of
fluid equivalent t o the amount of flui ds
mtr oduced Into the fo1matl on duti ng
completion. r ecomp: euon. reworking,
or Lrealmenl operall cr.s. Measur ed gas
volulllt:<S 5h iill be nqjnsted to rl n:: stiilld-
ard condtt10ns of 14.73 pounds per
squar e mch absolute (psia) (15.025 ps1a
tn the Gulf of rv.exl co OCS Reg1on) and
60 F for all t ests. When orifice meters
are used. a !;pcclfl c gravi l y for Lhc gas
shnll be obtai ned en estimated. ancl a
specific gravl :y-cor rection factor shall
be applied to t he onfice coefficient.
The Regional Supervisor may tequlre a
pr olonged test or retest of a well com-
pl et JOr. if the test derPrmined to be
necessary fm the establishment of a
well MPR or a reservoir MER. The Re-
gional Supervisor may approve t est pe-
riods of less t han 4 hoUls and pretest
slab111zal1on pe1lods of l ess lhan 6
hou rs for well complc-t !On.'l
that test rehabili t v can be dem-
onstr ated under such -procedures.
(b) At t he request of the Regional Su-
perv isor. t he lessee shall conduct a
multipoint back-pressure test to deter-
mi ne t he open-flow poten-
tic:.l of a gas weL The test shall be con-
ducted wi thin 30 days of the Regional
Supervisor's request or wtthm t he t ime
period s peclf!ed by Lhe Regional Super-
visor.
{c) An MM!O r epr Psentat ive may wit-
ness a ny wel l test of Oil -well and
well compl etions. Upon request. a les-
see shall provtde advance notice to the
397
TRN-MDL-00496045
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1104
Reglonal Supervisor of the time and
date of wel l tests.
250.1104 Bottomhol c pressure survey.
(i'l) For- each new 1e.se1voir. r he l essee
shal l conduct a static bottomhole pr es-
sur-e su1vey v.1thm 3 months after the
date of fi r st cont muous production.
(b) For each r eservoir w1Lh
t hree or more producing completions.
t he lessee shall conduct annual static
bottomhol e pressure surveys I n a suffi -
cient number of key wells to establish
an average rtServoi r p1essure T he Re-
gional Supervisor may require t h at a
survey be performed on speci fic wells.
(c) The results of a l l static
bottomhol e pr essure s urveys obtained
by rhe le.s:'<"e .shall be filed w!rh r he Re-
giOnal Supen11sor ;vJthm 60 days after
t he date of the survey.
250.1105 Flaring or ven ting gas and
hu:rning liquid hydrocarbon..;.
(a) Lessees may narc or vent oil-well
gas or gas-well gas w1 thout r eceJvmg
prior approval from t he Regional Su-
pervi sor only m thE> followi ng Sltll;J-
tlons:
(1) When gas vapors arr fl a r ed or
vented i n small volumes fr om
vessels or other low-pressu re produc-
tion vessels and cannot be economi-
cally r ecovered.
(2) During an equi pment failure or to
r elieve system pressures. The l essee
must comply with the fol lowing condl-
tio!'JS:
(!) Lessees must not flare or vent oil -
well gas for mor e than 48 continuous
hou1s unl ess t he Regional Superv1sor
approves. The Regional Supervisor may
specifY a limit of less than 4S hours to
pr event air quality degradation.
(II) Lessees must not flar e or vent gas
from a faci lil v for rnon:! than 144 cumu-
lative hours during any calendat
month unless the Regional Supervisor
approves.
(ili) Lessees must not flar e or vent
gas beyond the t !me 1 f'<!lli red
to eliminate an cmetgency unless the
Regional Supervisor appr oves.
(3) During the unloadmg or cleaning
of a well. drill-stem t est ing. pr oduction
testing. or other wel l-evl'lluMion tf'st-
ing. F lannR or ventinR must not ex-
ceed 48 cumula uve hours per cesctng
operati on on a s ingl e completion. The
30 CFR Ch.ll (7-1-D4 Edition)
Regional Supervisor may allow less
time to p1event air qual it y degra dation
or more time If lessees need addit ional
rimE' to evnl m>.te reservoir p;,ri'lmPt Prs.
(b) Less ees m::1y fl a r e or vent nil-wel l
gas for up t o I year wf:en the Regional
Supervisor approves the request for one
of the followmg r easons:
(I) The lessee imtiated an acti on
which. when completed. wi ll ell:n!nate
flari ng and vent 1ng: or
(2) The lessee sJbmrtted a n evalua-
tion supported by engmee:-lng. geo-
l ogic, a nd economic data Indicating
that either
(1) T he ml and gas produced from the
well :s) will r.ot economical ly support
the facilities necessary to save and/or
sell the gas or
(ii ) There i s not enough gas to mar-
k et.
(c) Lessees may burn produced liquid
hydrocarbons only 1f the Reg1onal Su-
pervisor approves To burn produced
liquid hydrocarbons. the lessee must
demonstrate that the amounts to burn
would be mmimal. or that the alter-
natives are infeasible or pose a signifi-
cant r isk that may ha:-rn offshore per-
sonnel or the environment Alter-
natives to burning liquid hydr oca1bons
mclude t r ansporting the liquids or
stor ing and re-I nj ecting them Into a
produc1 bl e zone.
(d) Lessees must p epan:! recortls dt:-
taJl i ng gas fl anng or venting and liqUi d
hydrocarbon burning for each facility.
The records :nust 1:-rclude. at a nun-
l mum:
(I) Daily volurr:es of gas fl ared or
vented and liquid hydrocarbons burned:
(2) Nurnbc1 of hours of n<Jri ng. vent-
ing. or burning on a daily basis:
(3) Recsons for f1 ari ng. vent mg. o1
bt:rning: and
(4) A list of t he wells contrlbu tJng to
fl aring. ventmg. or burmng. a long with
the gas-oil ratio dat a
(e) Lessees r.l'JSt keep these records
for ;;t l enst 2 years. Le.<.sees 11111M Hllow
Minerals Management Service rep-
r esentatives t o Inspect t he r ecords at
the :essees' field offlce t hat rs nearest
the Outer Cor:tl nental Shelf facility. o r
m <mother l ocation agr.-ed to by rh.-
RegJonal SuJ::ervisor. If the
Supervisor requests to see the records.
lessees must provide a copy.
398
TRN-MDL-00496046
CONFIDENTIAL
(f) Requir ements for flaring and venting
of gas contaming H:5--{1) Flarmg of gas
containing H,S. !1) T he Regional Super-
visor may. for safety or a ir pollution
prevention purposes. further restrict
the flari ng of gas contaln1ng The
Regional Supervisor w!ll use informa-
tion provi ded in the lessee's H:S Con-
tingency Plan (250.490{fl). Exploration
Plan or Development and P r od1.1Ct10n
Plan. and associated documents In de-
ternuning t he need for such rcstnc-
tlons.
(11) If the Regtonal Supe1v tsor deter-
mi nes t hat at a facllt ty or
eroi i}J of sign1f lc:ant ly af-
fect the air qual ity of an onshore area,
the Reg1onal Supervisor may requ11-e
the operator(s) to conduct an alr qual -
i ry model1 ng analysts to ::Jeterml ne t he
potential effect offacl hty emissions on
onsho1e ambient concentrations of SO,.
The RegiOnal Supervisor may require
monitoring and reporting o1 may re-
or proh!bJL flaring Lo
250.303 and 250.304
(2) VcntinR of gas containmg H
2
S You
must not vent gas contat ntng H:S ex-
cept for m1nor releases during mamte-
nance a nd r epair activities t hDt do not
result i n"' iS-minute time weighted ov-
eiage atmospheric concent1atton of
H:S of 20 ppm or higher anywhere on
Lhe platform.
(3) ReportJn;l flared ;::as H:S.
I n additi on to the r ecordkeeping re-
qUirements of par agraphs (d) and {e) of
this secti on. when 1equ11ed by the Re-
S11perv1snr, the m11st
s ubmit to the Regional Supervisor a
monthly report of flared and vented
gas contairung H:S. The report must
contain the following information:
(i) On a daily basis. the volume and
duration of e;ach flanng episode:
(il) H, S concentratiOn m the flared
gas: and
(iii) Calculated amount of SO: emit-
ted.
161 FR 25148. May 20. 1996. as amended at 62
FR 3800. J an 27. 1997. Redesignated and
:.1mended :>t FR 294Rn. M"y 29, RR
F R 8435, Fe-b. 20. 2003]
250.1106 Downhole commintlinf.
(a) An application to commingle hy-
drocarbons pr oduced from multiple res-
ervoirs wlthln a common well bor e shaJI
250. 1200
be s ubmitted t o t he Regional Super-
visor foi aJ:provaJ and shall include all
pert i nent well Information. geologic
nnd rP."t:>rvoi r engi net:>1; ng ;md a
schematic dlagram of well equipment.
The aj:plication shall provide the esti-
mated r ecoverable reserves as well as
any availa bl e alternate drainage points
which might be used to produce the
reservoirs separately.
(b) For a competi:ive reservoir. no-
tice of mtent to sLbmtt the a ppllcation
shall be sent by t he applicant lo all
othei l essees having an inter est i n the
reservoir pnor to s ubmittmg the appli-
cation to the Regi onal Supervisor.
(c) The applicati on shall specify the
well-compleuon number t o be used for
repo:-ting purpn.P-'>.
250.1107 Enhanced oil gHS recov-
ery operations.
(a) The l essee shall timely !ru tiate
enh;;nced oil and gas recovery oper-
ations for all competitive and non-
competitive reservoirs where such op-
eratiOns would result i n an increased
ul timate recovery of oil or gas under
sound engi neering and economic pr i n-
ciples.
(b) A proposed plan for pressure
maintenance. secondary a nd tertiary
recovery. cyclmg. and similar r ecovery
ope:: ratlotlS to increc.se t he ultimate re::-
covery of 01! and/or gas from a res-
ervoir shall be submitted to the Rc-
gi:mal Supervis or for approval before
such operations are Ini tiated.
(c) Perlouic reporls of Lhe volumes of
oil . gas. or other substances inj ect ed.
produced. or r e;Jroduced s hall be sub-
mitted as requ1red by t he RegtonaJ Su-
pervisor .
Subpart L-Oil and Gas Produc-
tion Measurement, Surface
Commingling, and Security
SoURCE 6.1 FR 26.170. M.1y 12.
othcrv.isc- not ed. Redesi gnated ot 63 FR 29479,
May 29. 1998.
250.1200 Question index table.
The tabl e m this section l ists ques-
tions concern.tng Oil und Gas Produc-
tion Measur ement. Surface Com:mn-
gli ng. and Secur!Ly.
399
TRN-MDL-0049604 7
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1201 30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-{)4 Edition)
FrequenUy asked questions CFR clt llon
1. Whttt tho fur mctt!Nring liqYid hydrCJcarbon.:J? ................................................................. 250.1 202(tL)
2. What arc the requi rements tor liqUid hydrocarbon royalty meters? .................. ...................... 250.1 202(b)
3. Wh.::lt 3ro tho roqul rcmontE run tlckot'? - .. - .... - .................................... 2SO.l 202{c)
4. What aro tho requiremonts lor llquod hydrocrbon royalty meter -- 250.120Z(d)
5. What aro tho roquircmonls for C<llibrabng a maslor mot01 usod in royalty motor .................. 250.1 202(o)
C. What are the requiremcnl3 fer calibnlllng Gnd l5nk ............... 250.1202(f)
7. What correction factors must a lessee use when proving meters .,.th a mechanical dlsplacemert prover.
lonk prover, or ma.ter motor? ...................................................................................................................... 250. t 20Z(g)
8. What tho requirements tor establishing and applying meter foctors lor liquid hydro-
- 250.1202(11)
9. Undor v.tlat clraJmatanccs doec a liquid t'!ydrocarbon motor need to bo td<cn out o1 Gcrvico, Qnd
what must a lessee do? -- --- 250. 1202()
10. How must u Jessee correct gr05S liquid hydJocart:on volumes to standard conditions? ---- 250.12026)
11. What are the requlremento IO< liquid hydrocarbon allocation meter.:? ----... 250. f 202(<)
12. Whitt are the requirement IO< royalty and Invent ory tank facilities? .......................................................... t 2020)
13. To which meter:; do MMS requirements for gos mc:asurement appty? ....................................................... 250.1 203(D)
14. What aro the roquiromonts tor moawnng gas? ............................................................ 250.1 203(b)
15. Wt-lat aro the roqulromont51or gas motor calibration:::? ............................................................................... 250. 1 203(c)
10. What mu:it a do rf a meter out of c:alibra.lion or malfundioning? ........................................... 250.1 203(d)
17. What are the requiremet1ts when natural gas from a Federal lease is transferred to a gas plant before
royalty de:erml.,..tlon? .................. ................................................................................................................ 250.1203()
18. What aro tho rcqultcmcntc tor measuring gas lost or used on a ....................................................
19. \I.Jh;Jt OJrc the requirements tor tho commingling of production"i .................................................... 250.1 204(01)
20. VJhat are the for a periodic well tost uMtd 1or d oc:a.tion? .... - ........... - ... -.............................. 250.12Q4l(b)
21. What are the requlremonts tor site socurlty? ---- 250.1205(a)
22. What ore the requ!remenlc for ul>ing &&aiG7 .............................................. - ............. -................................. 250.1205(b)
!63 26370. May 12. 1998. Re<lestgnateri a nri amenrlerf at 63 FR. 29479. 29487. J\.loy 29. 199S I
* 250.1201 Definitions.
Terms not defmed in th1s section
have the meant ngs gtven tn the appli-
cabl e chapter of the API MPMS. which
is l!icorporat<::d by n:ft:n:!nct: tn 30 CFR
250. 198. Terms used i n Subpart L have
the following meaning:
AJJocatJon meter-c. meter used to de-
termine the porti on of hydrocarbons
attributable to one or more platforms.
leases. units, or wells, In relation to
the total production from a royalty or
a ll ocation measurement point .
/\PI MPM5-the American Petroleum
Insti t ute's Manual of Petroleum Meas-
uremem S tandards, chapLers 1, 20. and
21.
British Thermal Unit (Btu)-the
amount of heat needed t o raise the
temperature of one pound of water
from 59. 5 degrees Fahrenheit (59.5 f )
to 60 5 do:gn:t:s (60.5 F )
standard ptessure base (14 73 pounds
per square Inch absolute (psi a)) .
C.:tllbratJon-tcstlng (verifying) and
con-ccttng. t f necessary. a measunng
device to Industry accepted. manuiac-
tlll'er's recommt"ncit"ci. or teg11l atory re-
qUired standard of accuracy.
Compositional Analysis-separ atl
mtxtures mto tdenttftabl e componenrs
e:-:pressed 1n mole percent.
Gas Jose-gas that ts neither sol d nor
used on the l ease or unJt nor used !n-
ter nrtlly by the pmducer.
Gas processing pl.:mt- an
t h FJ t 11'-rs ;my rlrsignrd to rr-
move el emen:s or compounds (hydro-
carbon and non-hydrocarbon) from gas.
mcludfng absorption. adsor ption, or re-
fngeratton. P rocessmg does not m-
clude treatment operations, including
those llecessaty tu put gas tnt o ntar-
conditlor:s such as
pressure reducti on, me::hanlca] separa-
tion. hcuting. cooling. dchydrutlon.
desulphurizaLon. and compression. The
o: pr essures or t emperatures
in a r eservoir is nol processmg.
Gas processmg plant statement-a
rnont!tly s t ater nett t s ltowlng tile vol-
ume and qual ity of the inlet or field
gas stream and the plant products re-
covered dur ing the period, volume of
pl ant fuel. tlare and shrinkage. and the
allocation of these volumes to the
soun:es of t he i nl et strearn.
Gas royalty meter malfunction-an
error In r omr>oncnr of the g11s
measUteme:lt system which exceeds
tolerances.
Gas volume statement-a monthly
statement showmg gas measurement
data, includ!ng the vclume (Met) and
400
TRN- MDL-00496048
CONFIDENTIAL
qu<J.l i ty (Btu) of n<J.tural gas which
flowed through a meter.
Inventory rank-a tank in which li q-
uid hydroowbom: storPd pri or to
royalty measurement. The measured
volumes arc used in t he al l ocation
precess.
LJquJd hydrocarbons (fnx- liqulds)- hy-
drocarbons which exist i n liquid form
at standatd cond\ t 1ons a fter pass! ng
through separating factlities.
Malfunc:rfon factor- a liquid hydro-
carbon royalty meter foc.:t or t hot dif-
fe1s from the previous mete1 factor by
an amount greater than 0.0025.
J\rarura/ g-as- a htghly compressibl e.
highly e:>.:pandable mn .. 1:ure of hydro-
carbons which orcurs naturally in a
gaseous form and passes a meter in
vapor phase.
Operatmg royalty or Dl l oca-
llon meter that ls used for gas or liquid
hydmcarbon measurement for any pe-
riod during a calibration cycle.
Pressure base-the pressur e at whtch
gas volumes and qualtty are reported.
The standrud pressu1 e base is 14 73 psi a .
Prove--to determine (as In meter
proVIng) the rel atlonshtp between the
volume passi ng thr-ough a mete at one
set of conditions and t he indicated vol-
\tme at t hose s><lr lf' conditions.
Pipeline (retrograde\ condensate-liq-
uid hydrocarbons which drop out of the
separated gas str eam at any point fn a
pipeline tra nsm1sslon to shore.
Royalty meter-a mPter apptovPd for
the purpose of determmlng the volume
of gas. oil. or other components re-
moved. s;;ved. or sold from a Federal
lease.
Royalty tank-an approved tank in
which li quid hydrocar bons are meas-
ured and upon which royalty volumes
are based.
Run invoi ce for l iquid hy-
drocarbons measured at a royalty
point
Sales meter- a meter at wh!ch custody
transfer takes place (not necessarily a
1 oyalty m eter)
Scal- a device or approved method
used to prevent tumpcrlng with royalty
measurement components.
Standard conditlons- atmospherl c
ptes.<:\11"1" of 14 .73 pPr i nr.h
absolute (psia) and 60 F .
Surface comm1ng11ng-the su1face mlx-
ing of production from two or more
250. 1202
lcD.Scs or units prior to measurement
for royalty pwposes.
Temperatu re base-the Lemperat ure al
wh1ch gas and liqutd hydrocarbon vol-
umes and qual i ty are reported. The
standard temperature base 1s 60 f .
You or your- the l essee or the oper-
;;tor or othPr l essees repre.<:ent .. rive
engaged in operations i n the Outer
Continental Shelf (OCS) .
l6:i F R 26370. !\by 12. 1S9R RPdMtgnut Pd and
4\mC'rded ot 63 FR 29479. 29486. M41y 29 1998: 64
FR 7279 . Dec. 28. 19991
250.1202 Liquid hydrocarbon meas-
urement.
(a) What arc the rcquircmcnrs for meas-
uring /Jquid hydrocarbons? You must:
( I) Submit a written applicati on Lo.
and obtai n approval from. the Regwnal
Supervisor befor e commencing liquid
hydr ocar"::lon product Jon or makmg
chDnges to previously approved meas-
urernenl proc.:edur es:
(2) Use measur ement eqUipment that
w111 accurately measure the liqui d hy-
drocarbons produced from a lease or
unit .
(3) Use procedures and correction fac-
tor s according to the applicable chap-
ters of the J\PJ MPMS as incorporated
by teference in 30 CFR 250.198. when ob-
taini ng r.et standard vol ume and a._.<so-
ciated measurement parameters: and
(4) When request ed by the Regional
Supervisor. provide the pipeline (retro-
grade) condensate volumes as allocated
to the Individual leases or units.
(b) What are the :-equlrements for liquid
hydrocarbor. royalry meters? You must:
( I) Ensure that the royalty meter fa-
ct! lUes include the following approved
components (or other MMS-approved
components) which must be compatlble
wrth their connected svstems:
(1) A meter eqUipped with a nonreset
tot a: i7.er:
(it) A calibrated mechanical displace-
(pipe) prover. master meter. or
tank prover;
(ii i) A proporltonal -to-flow sampling
dev1ce pulsed by the meter output:
(tv) A temperat.Jre measurement or
compensation devtce: and
(v) A sediment and wat er monlto1
with a probe l ocated upstream of the
divert val ve.
(Z) Ensure t hat the r oy31ty meter fa-
ct!lttes accomplish the following:
401
TRN-MDL-00496049
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1202
(J) P r event flow reversal through the
met er:
(11) Protect meters subjected to pres-
S\lre or !';nrge!':
(Ill) Prevent the meter fr om bemg
subj cctcd to s hock pressures greater
than the mmamum wor king pressure:
and
(tv) Prevent meter bypassi ng.
(3) Matntat n roya l ty metet factltt tcs
to ensure t h e following.
(t ) Meters opetate wtthtn the gravity
specified by the manufet<:turer:
(II) Metets opetate wi t hin t he ma nu-
speci ficat ions for ma---:lmum
and mtmmum ilow rate for ltnear accu-
r acy: and
(Ji i) MPter!'; are rpprovPn
changes i n metering condi tions affect
t he meters performance such as
changes i n pr essure. temper ature. cien-
slly (water conlenl). viscosiLy. pres-
sure. and flow rate.
(4) Ensure that sampl1ng devtce.s con-
form to the following:
(t) The sampltng point is tn the
nowslream irnrnedic. l ely or
downst r ean1 of the meter or divert
valve (In accordance with the API
MPMS as l ncm poraLed by r eference in
30 CFR 250.198):
(li) The sampl e conr atner is
ttght and Includes a power mixing de-
vice t o allow complete mixing of the
sampl e before removal from the con-
tainer: and
(lit) The probP Is In r he center
half of t he ptpe dtameter in a vertical
run and ts locat ed at least three ptpe
diameters downst r eam of any ptpe fit-
ling wllh1n a region of Lu rbulenl !'low.
The sample pr obe can be located i n a
hori zontal ptpe If adequate scream con-
di tlonlng such as power m1xers or st at-
Ic mixers are Install ed upstream of t he
prol.Je a <:cording Lo manufacture1's
instructions.
(c) What are me requir'ments tor run
Uckets? You must:
(1) For royalty meters. ensure that
the nm tickets ident ify ?.11 ob-
served data. all correction fact ors not
Included in t he meter f<J ctor . and the
net standatd volume.
(2) F o:- roya l ty tanks, ensure that t he
nm tit-kets rlPilrly all ob-
served dat a . al l appltcable cor rection
faccors. on/off seal number-s. and the
net standard volume.
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-<14 Edition)
(3) Pull a run ticket llt the begi nning
of t he month and immediately after es-
tabl ishing the monthly meter factor or
8 metPr
Send a ll run t i ckets for royal t y
meters and t anks to the Rcgt ona l Su -
pervisor with1n 15 days after t he end of
the month:
(d) What are che .-equirements for l1qu1d
hydrocarbon royalty meter provJngs? You
111115t :
(I) Permit MMS representatlve.s to
witness provi ngs:
(2) Ensure that the integr ity of the
prover cailbratlon is ttaccablc to test
measures certified by the National In-
sli LUlt' of St andanls a11d Technology:
(3) Prove each operating royalty
meter to deter mine t he meter factor
monthly, b'Jt t he t 1me bet ween meter
factor determinations must not e-'<ceed
42 days;
(4) Obt ain approval from t he Re-
gional Supervisor before provmg on a
schedule other tha n monthly; and
(5) Submit copies of all meter pmv-
mg reports for royalty meters to t he
Regtonal Supervtso1 monthly >v1thin 15
days after the end of t l1e I11Ullth.
(e) Whar a re r:--te requirements for call-
hrnting a m;,ster mNPr u!ird in royrtity
meter p1ovlngs? You must:
(l) Cali brat e the master meter to c b-
tmn a :-nastcr met er factor before using
1t t o det ermine operating meter fac-
Lors:
(2) Usc a of s lrntl a r gravity. vis-
cosity. t err.perature, and fl ow rate as
t he liqui d hydrocarbons that flow
t he meter to cal i-
brate t he master met er:
(3) Calibrate t he master meter
monthly. bul Lhe Ume beL ween cal ibra-
tions must not exceed 42 days:
(1) Calibrate t he master meter by re-
cordi ng runs unti l the results of two
consecutive nms (If a t ank prover IS
used) or fi ve out of six consecutive r uns
(If a tne:-cha llical-dts pl acell lt:' llr prov.:1 Is
used) pr oduce meter factot differences
of no greater tha n U.OOU<. Lessees must
usc the avctagc of the two (or the ftvc)
runs tha: produced acceptabl e resul t s
t o <"omplltf' the mastPr metet faC"tor:
(S) the metpr
of a ny back-pressure or reverse tl O\.\'
check valves assoct 3ted wtth the oper -
anng meter. However, the master
402
TRN-MDL-00496050
CONFIDENTIAL
meter be Inst a ll ed eit her up-
stream or downstream of the ope1ating
meter: and
(G) Ke-ep " copy of the mast er metel-
callbranon report at your f1eld l oca-
tion for 2 years.
(i) What are the requirements for cali-
brating mechanica1-dlsp1accmC'nt provers
<1nd rank provers? You must:
(1) Cal ibrate mechanical-displace-
ment prover s cmd provers at least
once every 5 years accordlng to the
API MPMS os by ref-
erence in 30 CFR 250. 101: and
(2) Submit a copy of each cc.llbrauon
1 eport to the Regional Supervtsor wtth-
ln lS days after t he cali bration.
(g) Vvhar correction factors must I
when proving merers with a mechanical-
displacement prover. tank prover. or mas-
ter meter? Calculate t he following cor-
recllon factors u sing the API as
referenced in 30 CFR 250.198:
(l) T he change In prover volume due
to the effect of temperature on steel
!Cts).
(2) The change in prover volume due
to t he effect of pressure on sceel (Cps):
(3) The change 1n llquld vol ume due
Lo the effect of temperature on a l iquid
(Ctll: and
{4) Tl te ch><nge in liquid volume due
to the effect of pressure on a l i quid
(Cpl).
(h) What are the requirements for estab-
lishing and applyinR meter fac-
tors for l1quid hydmrarbons? (I) If you
use a mecharucal-displacemenc prover.
you must record proof runs until ft ve
out of six consecutive runs produce a
differ ence between individual runs of
no greater than .05 per cent. You m\.:St
use the average of the flve accepted
runs to compute the meter factor.
(2) If you use a master meter , you
n1usl record proof runs w1li 1 three con-
secutive runs produce a t ot al met er
factor differ ence of no greater than
0.0005. The flow rate through the me-
ters during the proving must be within
10 percet1t of the rnte at which the li11e
meter will operate. The final meter
fact or Is determined by <JVcraging the
meter factots of the three runs:
(3) If you use a tank prover, you must
1 erord proaf nms 11ntil t wo consecut ivE>
runs produce a meter factor difference
of no greater than .0005. The final
meter factor IS determined by aver-
250. 1202
the met er f<tctors of the two
runs: and
(4) You must apply operating meter
fn::tors fotward stnrting with the date
of tl-:e proving.
(i) Cndcr what circumstances docs a liq-
uid hydrocarbon royalty meter need co be
taken out of sc-rvicc. and what must I de?
(1) I f t he difference between the meter
factor and the previ ous factor exceeds
0. 0025 1s a malfunction factor. and
you must:
{I) Remove the meter from service
at1d rnspect 1t for damage or wear:
(II) Adjust :Jr repair the me:er. and
repr ove It:
(IIi) Apply t he average of the mal-
function factor and t he previous factor
to t he product ion measured through
the meter between the date of the pre-
VIOUS factor and the date of the mal-
funcllon fact or: and
(iv) Indicat e that a meter malfunc-
tion occt.:1red and s how aJ l appropriate
remarks r egarding subsequent r epairs
or aqj ust:nents on t he proving report .
(2) If a meter fails Lo register produc-
tion. you 1nust:
(1) Remove t he meter from service.
r epair cmd rep1ove lt .
(II) Apply the previous meter factor
to t he producrlon run l PTWI-'PI1 the date
of t hat factor and t he date of the fail -
ure: and
{i 11) Esti mate and report unregistered
production on the run ticket .
(3) If the results of n roynl ty meter
proving exceed the run tolerance cri-
terta a nd a ll meast.:res excluding t:Oe
adjustment or r epair a: the meter can-
not bring results wit.hl:-t tol erance. you
must :
(I) Establish a factor using proving
results made befor e any adjustment or
r epai r of the meter: and
(ii) TreaL the established factor like
a malfu ncti on fa::tor (see paragraph
(i)(l) section)
(JJ How musr I correct gross liquid hy-
drocarbon volumes to standard condi-
Tion$? To corr ect gross l !qulil hydro-
carbon volumes to standard conditions.
you must:
{I) Tncludc Cpl factors tn the motet
fa::tor calculatior. or ltsc and appl y
them on the nm t1cket.
(2) List Ctl factor s on the e1ppropriate
run ;: tcket when the mete1 ts not auto-
temperature compensaced.
403
TRN-MDL-00496051
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1203
(k) \Vhat arc th e requirements for liqui d
hy drocarbon allocation meter-s? F o1 ltq-
utd hydrocarbon all ocation meters you
must:
(l) Tak e sampl es cont inuously pr o-
ponlonal to flow or dally (use the pr o-
cedur e in the a ppli cable chapter of the
API MPMS as mcorporaleli by r ef-
erence In 30 CFR 7.50 198:
(2) For t urbine meter s. take the sam-
pl e proportiun>i l to rl n:: now onl y .
(3) Prove allnr.ntion mPtPrs monthly
if they measure 50 or mere barrels per
day per meter: or
(4) P r ove allocat1on meters quarterl y
if t hey measure Jess than 50 barr els per
day per meter:
(5) Keep a copy of t he provt nl:( reports
at t he field location for 2 years.
(6) ,A,djust and repr ove the meter If
the meter factor differs from t he pre-
vious meter factor by mor e t h::m 2 per-
cent and I ess t han 7 petcent:
(7) For t urbine met ers. remove from
service. Inspect and repr ove the meter
ff the factor dt ffe1s from the previous
meter factor by more than 2 per cent
and less than 7 per cent:
(8) Repair and repr ove. or repl ace and
pruvt' the nrt:tt=r rf Lh.o mt:t.or factor liif-
fers from thP pr Pvions meter factor by
7 per cent or mor e: and
(9) Permit MMS representatives to
'IN1tness provin,:ts.
(I) Whar a re the requir ements for roy-
alty and inventory tank facilities? You
must:
(I) Equlp each r oyalty and mventory
tunk v..1th a vupor-tlj:!ht thief hdt ch. a
venr-l!ne valve. and a fill l ine designed
to rrunlmize ftee fal l and splashing.
(2) !='or royal ty tanks. submlt a com-
plete set of cal ibration charts (tank ta-
bles) to the Regional Supervisor befote
usi ng t h e tanks fot r oyalty measUle-
n renl.
(3) For Inventory t anks. tetaln the
calibr ation charts for as long as the
t rmks are 1n use and s11bmit them to
the Reg10nal Supervisor upon r equest:
and
(4) Obtain the volume and other
par ameters by usln?: car-
r ectl on factors and pr ocedures i n t he
API MP\ !S as i:1corporated by r ef-
etence in 30 CFR 250. 198.
[63 FR !day 12. 19S RedesiF(n:.>tcJ and
amerded at 63 FR 25479. 1\l<:ry Z9 1995: 63
FR 33853. June 22. 1998; 64 72794. Dec. 28
19991
250. 1203 Gas measu.rement.
(a) To which :neters do l\..1J'v15 ;-equjre-
menLS for gas measurement apply? Mlv!S
reqrn remPnts for
apply to al l OCS gas royalty a nd al lo-
catton met ers .
(b) What are the requ irements for meas-
u ri nR J<ns? You must .
(l ) Submi t a "vri ttcn appl tcatlon to.
and obtai n approval from. the Regional
Supervisot before commenci ng gas pm-
or mak1np. chanp.es Lo pre-
vi::lusl y approved measurement proce-
dt:res
(2) Design. install . usc. maintain. and
test measuren1ent equi pment to ensure
acr\ll'<'ltr> ;,nd mcns\rrrmrnt .
You must follow the recommendat10ns
i n /\PI MP:v1S as i ncorpotated by ref-
erence In 30 CFR 250.196.
(3) E11.sur e t hat t h!o' nteasutement
components demonstrate consistent
levels of accuracy throughout the sys-
t em.
(4) Equip the meter wi th a chart ot
cl er.tronl::: datn r cconlcr. Tf ;,n elec-
tronic data recorder Is used. you must
fol low t he recommendations In 1\PT
MPMS as r efer enced In 30 CF R 250.198.
(5) Take proporll onal-t o-fl ow or spol
sampl es upsttca m or downst tcam of
t he meter at least once every 6 mont hs.
(6) When tequested by t he Regional
Supcrvls01. provi de ava.t l able Informa-
t ion 011 the gas quahty.
(7) Ensure t hat standard conditions
for reporting gmss hcat! ng value (Btu)
are at a base temperature of 60 "F and
at a base ptessu1c of 14. 73 psi a and tc-
flect the same degree of water sat ura-
tion as In the gas vol ume.
(8) When requested by the Regional
Supen'fsor. sub:-nit copies of gas vol-
ume st::tt!:!rrumts fot <:'::tch tequested g::;s
meter. Show whether p;as volumes and
gross Btu heati ng values arc r cpo11:cd
at satur ated or unsaturated cond1t1ons:
and
(ll) WhE>n request Pn by the RPgionnl
Supen'isor . prov1de volume and quali ty
statements on dtsposmons othe1 t h3n
those on the gas volume statement.
404
TRN-MDL-00496052
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Mcnogement Service, Interior
(c) What arc the requirements for gas
meter calibrations? You must:
(!) Calibrate meters monthly, but do
not exceed 42 days bPtween cali bla-
tt ons:
(2) Calibrate each meter by using thc
manufacturer's specifications:
(3) Cor.duct cal ibrat ions as close as
possible to the average hourly r ate of
tlow since t he last cal l blatl on:
Retain calibration reports at the
field location for 2 years. and send the
reports to tlte Superv1sor
upon 1-equest: and
(5) Permit MMS representatives to
Witness cal lb1anons.
(d) Whar nrust I do 1f a gas meter Js our
of callbrarJon or m;tlfunctJonmg? If a gas
meter is out of calibration or malfunc-
tioning, you must:
(!) If the readtnp;s are greater than
the contractual tol erances. adjust t he
meter to function properly m remove
tt from servtce and replace lt.
(2) Correct the volumes to the last
acceptable caltb1anon as follows:
(i) If the duration of Lhe ermr can be
determined. calculat e the volume ac-
justment for that perlod.
(JI) 1f the duration of Lhe error can-
not be determined. apply the volume
t o one-hHif of the time
elapsed since the last calibration or 21
days. whichever IS less.
(e) What are rhe requirements when
natural Jia5 from a Federal lease on the
OCS ts rran<rrerrt>d to "' gas plant before
royd.lry determination? If natural gas
from a Federal tease on t he OCS ts
t ransferred to a gas plant before roy-
alLy delerminallon:
(l) You must provtde the following to
the Regional Supervisor upon request:
(I) A copy of t he monthly gas proc-
essing plant allocation statement: and
(ii) Gross heating values o f Lhe inlel
and residue streams whe11 not reported
on the gas plant statement.
(Z) You :nust permit MMS to Inspect
the measurement and sampling equip-
lllettt of gas p1 ocesslng plants
that process F cdcral production.
(f) What arc chc requirements for mcas-
urtng gas lost or used on a lease? (1) You
must either measure or est i mate the
volume of gas l ost or used on a lease.
(2) I f you measure the val ume, docu-
ment t he measurement eqUlpment used
and Include the volume measured.
250. 1205
(3) lf you cstlm<ttc the volume. docu-
men: the estimating method. the data
used, and the volumes estimated
(4) You must keep the documenta-
ti on. Including the volume data. easily
obtamabl e for Inspection at the f1eld
lo:::atlon for at l east 2 years. and must
retam t he documentation at a location
of you1 choosing for at leao;t 7 year s
after the doc;;mentatton 1s ge:1erated.
subj ect to all other document retention
and production requirements m 30
U.S.C. 17:3 and 30 CFR part 212.
(S) Upon reque.-;t of the
Supervisor. you must p rovide cop1es of
the records.
l GS FR 26370. 1\by 12. 198. Rede.slgnated and
amer.ded at 63 FR 29479. 29.86. May 29 1998: 63
FR 33853. J une 22. IO!J8. 64 FR Dec . 28.
19991
250.1204 Surface commingling.
(a) What are the requirements for the
surface commi:1gling of production? You
must:
(I) Submit a written application to,
and ob:aln approval from. the Regional
supervtscr before commencll t:;( the
commingling of production or making
cha1.ges to preVIously etpproved com-
mingling applications.
(2) Upon che request of the Reonal
Supcrvis01. lessees who dclJvcr StaLe
I ease prodt:cti on i nto a Federal com-
mingl ing sys:cm must ptovlde volu-
met ric or fract:onal analysts data on
the S:ate lease ?roductlon through the
designated system operettor.
(b) What are the rE>quwements for a
periodic well test used tor allocadon? You
must:
( l) Conduct a well test a t least once
every 2 monlhs unl ess lhe Regional Su-
approve.<; a dtfferPnt fre-
qt:ency:
(2) Follow the well test proecdut cs In
30 CF R part 250, Subpart K: and
(3) Retain the well t est data at the
fteld location for 2 years
[SS FR <6370. May 12 1998. Redesignated at 63
FR May 63 FR June
19981
250.1205 Site security.
(a) What are che requirements for site
security? You must:
(l ) Protect F ede1al producti on
against produ:tton loss or t heft ;
405
TRN-MDL-00496053
CONFIDENTIAL
---- --------
250.1300
(2) Post a sign at each royalty or 1 n-
ventory tank v1hi ch is used in the r-oy-
alty determination process. The sign
must contain the name of the facility
operator. the size of the tank. and the
tank nwnber:
(3) Not bypass MMS-approved liquid
hydrocarbon royally meters and t anks;
and
(4) Report t he following to the Re-
gional Supervisor as soon as possibl e.
but no later than the ne:-..1: busi ness day
after discovery:
(i ) Theft 01 mishandl ing of ploduc-
tion;
(ii) or any com-
ponent of the royalty measurement fa-
cllity: a nd
(iii) Fals!fymg production measure-
n1ents.
(b) Wha t are the requirements for using
seals? You must :
(1) Seal the following compone!"lts of
liquid hydrocarbon royalty meler in-
to ensure that tampenng
cannot occur wtrhout destroy! ng the
seal :
(i) Meter component connections
from the base of Lhe up to and
including the 1cgistcr:
(11) S<m1pling systems including
device. flttmp;s, sip;ht glass,
and container !Jd:
(iii) Temperature a nd gravity com-
pensation device components:
(tv) All valves on llnes leaVlng a roy-
alty or inventory storage tank. includ-
ing l o<Jd-out line vcolves. dr<Jin-!ir,e
valves. and connection-line valves be-
tween royalty and non-royalty tanks:
and
(v) Any additional components re-
quired by the Regional Supervisor.
(2) Seal al l bypass valves of gas roy-
alty and allocation meters.
(3) Number and track the seals and
keep the records at t he field location
for at least 2 years: a nd
(4) Make the records of seals avail -
able for \!IMS inspection.
Subpart M-Unitization
S<JURtE: 62 FR 5331. Feb. 5. i997. unl<oss oth-
COI'\v1se noted. Redesignated at G3 FR 29479.
May 29, 1998.
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-D4 Edition)
* 250. 1300 What is the purpose of this
subpart?
This subpan explains how Outer Con-
tinental Shelf (OCS) leases are unit-
ized. If vou are an OCS l essee. use the
1egulattons 1n this subpan fo1 both
compelitive r eservoir and umllzalion
The purpose of joi nt devel-
opment and umtization is to:
(a) nat ural resou1ces:
(b) Prevent waste: and/or
(c) Pmt ect correlative nghts. includ-
ing Federal roydty interests.
:!50.1::101 What arc the requirements
for unitization?
(a) Voluntary unitization. 'r'ou and
other OCS l essees may ask the Re-
gional Supervisor to approve a request
for voluntary unitization. The Re-
gional Supervisor may approve the re-
qc:est for voluntary unitization 1f unit-
ized operations:
(I) Promote and expedlte exploration
and development: or
{2) Prevent waste. conserve natural
resources. or protect correl ative rights.
includmg F ederal royalty interests. of
a reasonably delinea:ed and productive
reserv01r.
(b) Compulsory unitization. The Re-
gional Supervisor may require you and
other lessees to unitize operations if
unitized operations are necessary to:
(1) Prevent waste:
(2) Conserve natu1al resources; or
(3) P:-olect correlative righLs, Includ-
ing Federal 1oyal ty intc1csts. of a rea-
sonably delineat ed and productJve res-
erve! r.
(c) Unit a:-ea. The area t hat a unit in-
cludes is the minl m11m number of
l eases that will allow the lessees to
minimize the number of platforms. fa-
ci l ity im."tallattons. and wells nec-
essary for efficient cxplo1at!on. devel-
opment. and production of mineral de-
posits. oi l and gas 1eservoirs, or poten-
tial hydrocarbon accumulations. A
unit may include whol e l eases or por-
tions of 1 eases.
(d) Unit agreement. You. the other les-
sees. and the unit operator must enter
lnto a un1t agreement. The untt agree-
ment mc:st: allocate benefits to unit-
ized leases. designate i'1 unit operato1.
and specify the effective da t e of the
umt agJeement. The umt agreement
must terminate when: the unit no
406
TRN-MDL-00496054
CONFIDENTIAL
longer produces unitized
and the unit operator no longer con-
ducts drilling or well -workover oper-
(250. 180) under the unH agree-
ment. unless the Regional Supervisor
orders or approves a s uspension of pro-
duction under 250. 170.
(c) Unit operating agreement. The unit
operator and the owners of working in-
terests tn the unitized leases must
enter Into a unit operatmg agreement.
The unit operating agreement must de-
scribe !.ow all tFe unit participants
wfll apportion all costs and lfabl l lties
incurred maintaining or conducting op-
erations . When a unit Involves one or
more net-profit-share leases, the umt
operating agreement mu,;t
how to attribute costs and credits to
the net-profit-share lease(s). and this
part of t he agreement must be ap-
proved by the Regional Supervisor.
Othenvise. you must pmvide a copy of
t he uni t operating agreement to t he
Regional Supervlsm. but the Regional
Supervisor does not need to approve
the uni t operati:1g agreemen t.
(f) Extension of a lease covered by unit
operations. If your unit agreement ex-
or Lerrnl m:ttes. or Li te unit area
adjusts so t hat no pan of your lease re-
tw-tlus within rh"' unit bouncinriPS, your
lease expires unless:
(I) Its lninal term has not expired:
(2) You conduct d11!11ng. productton.
or operations on your
consistent with teg\lla-
tlons: or
(3) MMS orders or approves a s uspen-
sion of pr oduction or operations for
your lease.
(g) Unit operations. If your lease. or
any part of your l ease. is subject to a
unit agr eement. the enti r e l ease con-
tinues for the t erm provided In the
lease. and as long thereafter as aJIY
portion of your lease r emains part of
the uni t area. and as long as operations
continue the untt t n effect.
(I) If you dr ill. producE> o1 perform
well -workov .. r OlJ,..rations on >< lt>ase
within a unit . each lease. or part of a
lease. 1n the unit will remain active in
accordance wt th the unit ag1eement.
Following a discovery. If your unit
rPI'!Sf'S dri lling i'!rtlvltiPS for ::1 rPI'l:<On-
able time period between the delinea-
tion of one or more reservoirs and the
lntrlatlon of actual development drill -
250. 1302
ing or product ion oper<Jtlons and that
t ime period woul d extend beyond your
lease's primary term ot any extension
undet- 250.i 80. the umt operator must
request <::nc obtain MMS approval of a
suspens1 on of product 1 on under 250. 170
In order to keep the unit from terml-
n><tlng
(2) When a lease In a unit agreement
ls beyond the primary term and the
lease or umt ts not p:-oductng. the lease
wi ll expire unless:
(i) You conduct a continuous drilling
or well r ework i ng program des!gned to
develop or restore the lease or unit pro-
ciuction: or
(ii) !vfMS orders or appmves a suspen-
sion of operations cmder 250. 170.
FR 5331, Feb. 5, 1997. Redesignated <md
at.,.,cr.dcd at 63 FR 29479. 29486. May 29. t 998: 64
FR 7Z7!l4, Dec. 2R.
250.1302 What if I have a competitive
reservoir on a lease?
(a) The Regional Supervisor may re-
qui r e you to conduct cevelopment and
production opetattcns In a competitive
rP:<Prvoit undPr Pither "'joi nt DevPl op-
ment and Produ:tion Plan or a unltiza-
rton r1gree-menr. A compPtlttvP rPs-
ervolr has one or producing or
producible well completions on each of
two or mme leases. or portions of
l eases. with different lease operattng
Interests. For purposes of thls para-
graph. a producible well completion ts
a well which ts capable of producllon
and whi ch Is shut In at the well head Ot"
at the surface but not necessarily con-
nected to production factlitles and
v:hich the operator plans future
product ion.
(b) You may request t hat the Re-
gional Supervisor make a preli minary
whether a reservoir IS
competitive. When you tecetvc the plc-
limma:y determination. you have 30
days (or longer If ti-e Regional Super-
VISor all ows adc!Jtlonal nme) to concur
or to submit an objection Wlth sup-
pon:ng evidence if you do nol concur.
The Regional Supervlsot wfll make a
final deter mmation and notify you and
the oth er l essees.
(c) If you conduct dnl lt ng or produc-
ti on in a I"P:<ervm1 df'tPr-
mined competitive by the Regional Su-
peiVISOr. you and the other affected
lessees must submit for approval a
407
TRN-MDL-00496055
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1303
joint plan of operations. You must sub-
m1t t he jo1nt pl a n within 90 days after
the Regional Superv1sor makes a final
determination that the reservoi r is
competitive. The joi nt plan must pr o-
vide for the devel opment and/or pro-
ductioll of t he reservoir. You may sub-
mit supplement al plans for the Re-
gional Supervisor' s appmval.
(d) If you and the other a ffected les-
sees cannot reach an agreement on a
jomt Development and Product1on
Plan within the approved period of
time. each l essee must submit a sepa-
rate plan to the Regiona l Supervlsor.
The Regional Supervisor Wlll hol d a
hearing to resolve differences In rhe
separate plans. If the differences In the
separate plans are not resolved at the
heari ng and the Regional Supervisor
determines th"'t n niti7.r1ri on is ne<:-
essary under 250.1301 (b). MMS will mi-
t!ate unitization w1der 250. 1304.
[62 FR 5331 . Feb. 5. 1997. Rcdcslgnmcd and
otncndcd SJ FR 29479, 29486, MDy 29. 1998]
250.1303 How do I apply for vol
untary unitization?
(a) You must file a request for a vol-
untary unlt w1th the Regional Super-
visor. Your request musr Include:
(l) A draft of the proposed um t agree-
nlen t :
(2) A proposed initial pl an of oper-
ation:
(3) Supporting geological. geo-
physical. and engineering dala: a nd
(4) Ot her i nformation that may be
necessary to show th<'lt the
proposal meets the criteria of 250.1300.
(b) The 1111lt must c-omply
with the r equirements of this part.
MMS wll l maintain a nd ptovide a
model unit agreement for you to fol -
l ow. If MMS rev1ses the model. MMS
wlll publish thC' revi sed model In the
FEDERAL REGISTER. Jf you vary you r
unit agreement from t he model agree-
mem. yoll must t he appr oval of
the Regional Supervisor.
(c) After the Regional Su pervisor ac-
cepts your unitization proposal. you.
the other l essees. and the unit operator
must sign and fl l e copies of the unit
agreement. the u mt operating agr ee-
ment, and the Initial plan or oper ation
with the Regional Supervisor for ap-
proval.
[62 FR 5331. F eb. 5. 1997. Redesignated and
<Jmcr.ded at G3 F R 29479. 29487. May 29. 19981
250.1304 How will MMS require unit-
ization?
(a) If the Regional Supervisor deter-
mines that unitization of operat ions
w1thln a ptoposed unit area ts nec-
essary to prevent waste. conserve nat-
ural rcsou1ccs of the OCS. or protC'ct
corr C'lat ivc nghts. including Federal
royalty Interests, the Regional Su per-
visor may require unitization.
(b) If you ask MMS t o requlle unit -
ization. you must fi le a request with
the Regional Supervisor. You must ln-
clude a proposed unit agr eement as de-
scri hPd In 250. 1:l01 (d) ;md 250. 1303(b). a
proposed unlt ope1at! ng agreement : a
proposed !nltilli plan of operation : sup-
porting geol ogical . geophysical. and
engineering data: and any other Infor -
mati on t ;,at may be necessary to show
t h at unitization meets the criteria of
250. 1300. T;,e proposed unit agreement
must include a counterpart executed
by each l essPe seeking cornpulsnry
unitization. Lessees who seek compul -
sory un1t1zatlon must simul taneously
serve on : he nonconsentmg lessees cop-
Ies of:
(I) The request :
(2) T he proposed un1t agreement with
execut ed cou nterparts:
(3) The proposed unit operating
agreement : and
(4) The proposed initral plan of oper-
ation.
(c) If t he Rej:!lonal Supervisor !nitl-
cornpulsory unitiz.at ion. M:v!S wi ll
serve all l essees of the proposed um t
a rca wtth a proposed unlrtzatlon pi <Jn
and a statement of r easons for the pr o -
posed
(d) The Regional Supervisor wi ll not
tequite unitizati on unti l :vrMS provides
a ll lessees of rhe proposed urut a r ea
wrt t:en notice a nd an opportu nity for a
hearing. If you wanL MMS Lo hold a
heating. you must request it withi n 30
days after you rece1ve written notice
frorr. the Regional Supervisor or after
you are s erved w1th a r equest for com-
pulsory u mtizatton from another les-
s ee .
(e) MI\.1S w1ll not hoi d a heart ng
u nder thls paragraph until at least 30
408
TRN-MDL-00496056
CONFIDENTIAL
days <)ftcr MMS provides writt en no-
tice of the heari ng dace to a ll parties
owning inLeresLs LhaL would be made
subject to t he unit agreement. The Re-
gion<)! Supervis or must g1ve all lessees
of the proposed unit ar ea an oppor-
tun1ty to subm1t views mally and ln
writ ing and t o quest ion both t hose
seekmg and chose opposmg compul smy
un!t!zat!on. Adj ud1 eatery procedures
are not required. The Regional Super-
vlsm wtll cleclslon b-..-. .. rJ u pon a
1 ecord of the hearing. including any
"WTitcen informacion made a part of the
record. T he Regional Supervi sor w!ll
arrange for a cou rt r eponer t o make a
I m tnm.rt i pt . T he prtrry .rrk t ng
compulsory unltlzanon must pay for
the court r eporter and pay for and pro-
vide to the Supervisor wit hin
10 days afLer Lhe hearing Lhree copies
of the ver bati m transcr i pt .
(0 T he Rcg!onnl Supervi s or Wl ll lssuc
an order that r eqUJ res or r eject s com-
pulso-y u nit ization. T hat or der must
illclnrle o of reasons for the
action taken and ldentt fy those pan s
of the record which form the basts of
250.1401 Index table.
250. 1.402
the decision. Any a dversely affected
party may appeal the final ord er of the
Regional SupervlsOl- u nder 30 CFR par t
290
16< FR Feb. 5, 1997. and
amended at 63 F R 29479. May 29, 199Sl
Subpart N-Quter Continental
Shelf (OCS) Civil Penalties
S011RCE: 6Z F?i! 4Z668. Au!:- unl.-ss
otherv.ise noted. Red.,stgnated <Jt G3 FR 29479.
!\fay 29. 1998.
250.1400 How does 'MMS begin the
civil penalty process?
This s u bpart explat:-Js civil
penal ty procedur es whenever a lessee.
operat or or ot her person engaged ! n oil.
gas. sulFhur a t minerals oper-
ati ons in the OCS has a viol ation.
Whc:1cvcr MMS det er mi ne::.. on the
basts of ava1lable evi dence, that a vi o -
l ati on occurred and a ctvl l penalty 1'e-
viE'w Is 11 wtll p repare "'
case file. MMS will appoint a Revtew-
mg Offl ccr.
The foll owi ng tabl e Is an l ndc..x of t he sections In this subpnrt
250.1401 TABLE
................................................................................................................................ 250.1402
What is the maximum civil penalty? .......................................................................................... 250.1403
Which violations wi ll MMS review for potential civi l penalties? ................................................. 250.1404
When i& a case fil e developed? ................................................................................................. 250.1405
When will MMS notify me and provide penalty Information? .................................................... 250.1406
How do I respond to the letter of notification? .......................................................................... 250.1407
When wi ll I be notified of the Reviewing Oflicer's deciSion? ..................................................... 250.1408
What are my appeal rights? .......................................................................................... .......... 250.1409
IG2 FR QGGS. Aug. S. 1997. Redesi gnated and amended at C3 FR 29479. 29487. May 29. 1998]
Tems used tn this subparL have Lhe
followi ng :neaning:
Case fi le- means an MMS document
file cont aining i nfo rmation and t he
record of evi dence related co the a l-
l eged violation.
CJvJJ pe-nalty means a fine. I t ts an
MMS ngularm-y t>nfotTf'.mt"nr tool l l.f'd
in addJtion t o Notices of InCi dents of
Noncomphance and dt r ected suspen-
stons of p r oduct i on or other operations.
T. me tn a quest1on or you m a re-
sponse means the person. or agent of a
per son enga ged In oil . gas. sulphur. or
other mi nerals operc:t1ons 1n t he Outer
Continental Shelf (OCS) .
Person means. In addition t o a nat-
utal person. an association (including
partnerships and JOint ventur es). a
State. a polit!cal subdivision of a
St ate, or a private. publ i c, or munic-
Ipal corporauon.
409
TRN-MDL-00496057
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1403
Reviewing Officer means an MMS em-
ployee assigned to r eview case files and
assess ci v!l penal Lies.
Violation means failure to comply
with the Outer Continental Shelf
Lands Act (OCSLA) or any other appl i-
cable laws. wl th any regulations issued
under the OCSLA. or with the terms or
provisions of leases. licenses. permits.
1ights-of-way , or other approva ls
issued under Lhe OCSLA.
Violator means a person responsible
for a viol at ion.
250.1403 What is the maximum civil
penalty?
The maximum civil penalty is $30,000
per day per viol ation.
FR 61624. Oct. 29, ZOUo]
250.1404 Which violations will MMS
l'evicw for potential civil penalties"!
will review each of the fol-
lowing viol a Li ons for potenllal civil
penal tl es:
(a) Violatlons thar you do not correct
within t he penod MMS grant s :
(b) Violali ons t hat MMS detennines
may constitute. or constit uted. a
threat of s erious. or i mme-
diate harm or damage to llfe (mcluding
fish and oLher aquatic life). properly.
any mine1al deposi t . or the mari ne.
coastal. or human environment: or
(c) Violations that cause serious. ir-
reparable. or immediate harm or dz.m-
agc to llfc (including fish and othe1
aquatic life). property. any mmeral de-
pos1t. or t he marl nc. coastal, 01 human
environment.
(d) Violations of t he oil spill finan-
cial responsibility requirements at 30
CF R pan 253.
162 FR 53SI. Feb. 5. 1997. Rcdcslcn<ltcd and
ul 63 FR 29479. 29487. May 1996: 63
FR 42711, /lug. II, 1998; 54 FR 9066, Feb. 24.
19H9l
250.1405 When is a case file devel-
oped?
MMS will develop ;; C>'<Se file during
its investigation of the viol ation. and
forward it to u Reviewing Officer If uny
of the condi ti ons i n 250.1404 exist. The
Reviewing Officer wi ll review the case
file and determine if a civil peni'l t y is
appropnate. The Officer
may admimster oaths and 1ssue sub-
poenas requiring witnesses to attend
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-Q.4 Edition)
m::etings. s.Jbmit dcposltions. or
produce ev1de:1ce.
[6< FR 42668. /lug. 8, 1997, RcdcsigmJtcd and
am<>r,ded " ' 63 FR 29487. May 29. lq9R]
250.1406 Vt'hen wm MMS notify me
and provide penalty infol'mation?
If the RevieWing Officer determines
that a civi l penalty should be assessed,
the Rev1ewing Office1 ".vill send the vio-
lator a letter of notification. The letter
of notification will Include:
(a) The amount of t l-:e proposed ci vil
penalty:
(b) Information on the v!olation(s):
and
(c) I nstruction on how to obtai n a
copy of the case f1le. schedule a meet-
ing. submi t l11forrnat1o1 1. ur pay the
penalty.
(6< FR 4266R, Aug. R. 1997 i'!L 63
FR May Hl9R, f,4 FR ROfifi. Feb
1999]
250.1407 How do I respond to the let-
tel' of notification?
You have 30 calendar days after you
receive the Revi ewing Officer's l et.te1
to either :
(a) Request. in writing. a meeti ng
with the Rev1ewmg Offi cer:
(b) Submit additional Information: or
(c) Pay the proposed civil penalLy.
250.1408 When will I be notified of
the Reviewing Officcl"'s decision?
At the end of the 30 cal endar days or
after tnc meet ing and submittal of ad-
ditional infonr.ation. t he Reviewing
Office1w111 r eviewt he :ase file. !nclud-
mg all informat10n you submitted. and
send you a decision. The dec1s1on w111
mcl ude t he of any final civil
penalt y. the basis for the ci vil penal ty.
and instruct ions for paying or appeal-
InS the civli penalty.
250.1409 What are my appeal rights?
(a) When you 1ece1ve the Reviewing
Offi cer's final derision. you 60
days to either pay the penalty or file
an appeal !n accordance With :;o CF R
part 290. subpart A.
(b) If you file a n appeal. you must ei-
ther
(I) Submit a suretv bond in the
amoJnt of t he penal : y-to the Regional
Adjudl cai:lcn Office 111 the Region
410
TRN-MDL-00496058
CONFIDENTIAL
where the penalty was assessed, fol -
lowing i nstruct ions that the Reviewing
Officer will Include In the final deci-
sion: 01
(2) Notify the Regional Adj udication
Office. In the Region where t he penal ty
was assessed. that y ou want your 1 ease-
specific/area-wide bond on f 1le to be
used t he hand for the penalty
amount .
(c) Tf you choose the nl tematlve In
paragr aph (b) (2) of t hls section. the Re-
gional Director may requi re additional
sec11rl ry (7. P.. , secllrity 111 excess of your
exlst mg bond) to ensure suffi cient cov-
crugc during an appeal . In that event,
the Regional Director will equlre you
to post the suppl emental bond v...1th t he
regl()nal cfflc:e in the same manner
under s256.53(d) through (f) of tlus
chapter. If the Regional Di r ector deter-
mi nes the appeal should be covered by
a lease-specific abandonmenL account
then you must establish an accow1t
that meet s the requirements of 256. 56.
(d) If you do not either pay t he pen-
alty or f1l e a timely appeal, MMS v.ill
Lok e one or more of Lhe fal l awl ng ac-
tiOns:
(l) We wt ll collect t he amount y ou
were assessed. pl us Int erest. late pay-
ment charges. and other fees as pro-
vided by law. fmm t he date you r e-
ceived t he Revi ewi ng Officer's f111al de-
CISion until the date we receive pay-
ment,
(2) We may Initiate addi tional en-
forcemen t. Including, tf appropriate,
cancellation of the l ease. right-of-way.
hcense. per m1t. or appr ovaL or t he for-
fei t ure of a bond under this pan; or
(3) We may bar you from doing fur-
Lher business wl Lh the Federal Govern-
ment accmdl ng to Execut tve Orders
12549 and 12669. and section 2455 of t he
Federa l Acquisiti on Act
of 1994, 31 U.S.C. 6101. The Department
or Lie Ttttt' rlo's ref3Ul atlons l mplt'-
these aut horities a re found at
43 CFR part 12. subpart D.
f'R 2C257, M"y 13. 1999. os "mc11dcd GS
FR 2875. Jan 19. 20001
Subpart o-wen Control and
Production Satety Training
Scu>:cc. 65 FR Aug. 1(, unless
ut he:--.vtse nuted.
250. 1502
Terms used i n t;-,is subpart have the
followil18 n.caning:
Employee means di rect employees of
the .essees who ar e assi gned well con-
Lr ol or producllon safety duLles.
l or you nu:oans tltt' lesste engaged in
oil . gas. at sulphur opetacl ons m the
Outer Continental Shelf (OCS).
Lessee means a peson who has en-
tered Into a lease With t he Unit ed
States m explore for . develop. and
pr oduce the leased minerals The term
l essee a lso incl udes ar. owner of opet-
a tmg r ights for t hat lease and t he
M:VIS-appmved asst gnee of that 1 ease.
Pruduct1on safety means production
uperatluliS as wel l as the lnstoll atloll,
repair. testing. maintenance. or oper-
a tion of s urfCJce or subsurface sCJfcty
devJces.
Well control means drilling. well com-
pl elior:. well workover. a nd well :;erv-
lc: ng operations. Fat pur poses of thts
subpart. well completion/well workover
means t hose operations folloWing the
dnll l ng of a well that are Intended to
c::stobllsh o reston:: producti on to d
well. It i ncludes s mall tubing oper-
ations but does not include well serv-
ICi ng. Well servicmg means snubbmg.
co11 tubing, and wlre.l ne operations.
What is the goal of my train
mgpro:ra=?
The goal of your training program
must be safe and clean OCS operat ions.
To a ccompl ish this, you must ensure
that yout em?l oyees and cont ract per-
s onn el engaged in well control or pro-
duction safety operations understand
and can properly perform t heir duties.
250. 1502 Is there a transition period
for complying with the regulations
in this subpart?
(a) During t he per iod Octobet 13. 2000
unul Cctober 15, 2002 you may either:
( I) Comply wi th . h l povisltms of t his
subpart. If you elect to do so. you must
not! fy the Regi onal Supervisor: or
(2) Comply with the t rillnlng regula-
tions t n 30 Cf'R 250. 1501 thr ough 250. 1524
th<Jt were In effect on J une 1, 2000 and
conrai ned t n t hf' 30 CFR. pans 200
to 699. ed.itton revised ;;s of July I, 1999,
as amended on Decer.tber 28. 1999 (64 FR
72794).
41 1
TRN-MDL-00496059
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1503
(b) After October 15. 2002. you must
comply with the provisi ons of this sub-
pan.
250.1503 What are my general re-
sponsibilities f or training?
(a) You must establish and Imple-
ment a traini ng program so that all of
your employees are trained to com-
petently perfmm their assigned well
control and production safety duties.
You must ve11fy that your employees
understand and can perform the as-
signed well cont1ol or p1oduct lon safe-
ty dut!es.
(b) You must have a training plan
that spec1 fies the type. method(s) .
length. freCJUenry. and content of the
traming for your employees. Your
training plan must specify the meth-
od(s) of venfying employee under-
standing and performance. This plan
must include at least the following in-
formation:
(1) Procedures for training employees
in well c ontrol or production safety
practices:
(2) Procedures for evaluating the
tra1 n! ng programs of your contractors:
(3) P rocedures for ve1 ifylng that all
empl oyees and contractm personnel
ellg,..gecl In wel l control or procluc.tiot1
safety open,tions can perform thei1 as-
Signed duties:
(4) ProcedUles fat assessi ng the train-
ing needs of your employees on a peri-
odic ba.ls:
(5) Recordkeeping a nd documenta-
tion procedures: and
(6) Internal audi t procedures.
(c) Upon request of t he Regional ot
D1stn ct Supervisor. you must pr ovide:
(i) Cop1es of training documentation
for personnel Invol ved In well control
or production safety operations during
the past 5 years: and
(2) A copy of your training plan.
250.1504 May I use alternative train-
ing methods?
You use al temrttive t 1ainir rg
methods. T hese methods may include
cornput er-bused I earning. fil rns. or
their equival ents. Thts training shoul d
be reinforced by appropriate dem-
onstrations and "hnnrls-on" training
Alternative methods must be
conducted accordmg to. and meet t he
objectives of. your tram1ng pl an.
250.1505 'Where may I get training for
my employees?
You may get training from any
sour::e that rnetts the requirements uf
your training plan.
250.1506 How often must I train my
employees?
You determine the frequency of the
training you !JroVide your empl oyees.
You must do all of the following:
(a) Provide periodic training to en-
sure that employees maintain unde1
standing of. and competency l n. well
control or production safety pracoces:
(b) EstobllsiJ procedures LO verify
adequ ate retention a: the knowledge
and skills that employees need t o per-
fmm thei r assig:-red well control or pro-
dt.: ctlon safety dut:es: and
(c) Ensure that you1 contractors
prograrns provide for periodic
training and verification of well con-
trol or production safety knowledge
and sk1lls .
250.1507 How will Ml\IS measure
training results?
MMS may pel"iodically assess your
training ;:Jrogram. using one or mor e of
the methods m this section.
(a) Tra!nlng system audlt. MMS or Its
authorized represent<lti ve may conduct
a training system audit at your office.
The t rahing system audit will com-
pare your training program against
this subj:art. You must be prepared to
explain your overall training program
and pmduce evi dence to support your
expl anation.
(b) Employee or personnel
1nterv1ews. MMS or Its a uthorized rep-
resentative may conduct Interviews a t
eit her onshore or offshore locations to
inquire about the ty?cs of t raining
that were provided. when and where
this tratntng was condu cted. and how
ef:eclive the training was.
(c) Ernployc..-c or contr-dc! pcr-sormcl test-
ing MMS or its author ized representa-
tive may conduct testing at clthl'r on-
shore or offshore locc.t1ons for the pur-
pose of eval uating an Individual 's
knowledge nlld skills 111 perfecting "vf'll
control and production safety duttes.
(d) Hands-on production safety. simu-
la ror. or live well testing MMS or its au-
thori zed representative may conduct
412
TRN-MDL-00496060
CONFIDENTIAL
tests <Jt either onshore or offshore loca-
tlOns. Tests will be deslf(ncd to eval u-
ate the compet ency of your employees
or contract personnel In performing
Lhelr assigned well conLrol and produc-
tion safety duties. You are responsible
for t he costs associated with this test-
ing. excludtng salary and travel costs
for MMS personnel.
250.1508 What must I do when MMS
administers written or oral tests?
MMS or ItS ;;uthonzed representat ive
may test your employees or contract
personnel at your worksiLe oral an on-
short:: location. You am.! your cont l ac-
tors must:
(a) Allow MMS or Its ;mthorlzccl rC'p-
resentative to administer written or
oral tests: and
(b) I dentify per smmel by current po-
sition. years of experience In pr esent
posi t ion. years of total oi l field experi-
ence, and employers name (e.g., oper-
ator . cont ract or. or sub-contn:.ctor
company name).
250.1509 What must I do when MMS
administers or requires hands-on,
simulator, or other types of testing?
If MMS or 1ts authonzed representa-
tive conducts, or requires you or your
contractor to conduct hands-on, stmu-
l<"ltor. or other types of t e.<:ting. yo11
must:
(a) Allow MMS or Its authorized r ep-
resentative to administer or witness
the testi ng:
(b) I dentify personnel by curr ent po-
sition. yec.rs of experience in present
position, years of total 01l field experi-
ence. and employers name (e.g .. oper-
ator. contractor. or sub-cont ractm
company name): and
(c) Pay for all costs associated with
the testing. excluding sal ary and travel
costs for personnel.
250.1510 What will MMS do if my
training program does not comply
with this subpart?
If MMS determmes that your train-
ing program Is not In compliance. we
may mtttate one or :note of the fol-
loWing enforcement actions
(a) Issue an InCldent of Noncomplt-
ance (INC):
250.1601
(b) Requl re ycu t o revise and subml t
to yoUl trat nl ng plan to addtess
idfc'n::tfled defi ciencies:
(c) Assess c1vlllcnrmnal penalties: or
(d) Initiate disqual ification proce-

Subpart P-Sulphur Operations
SoURCE Sij F R 32100. July IS, 1991. unle:<.<
otherwise noted Redest_snated at 63 FR 29479.
t-lay 29. 199S.
250.1600 Perform.ance standard.
Operat1or.s to discover. develop. and
produce sulphur in t he OCS shall be in
accordan:e with an approved Explo-
ration Plan or Develooment and Pro-
duction Plat' and sh;otll.ue collducted i n
r1 to protect ;,gai nst harm or
damage to life (including ftsh and other
aquatic ll fcl. propet"ty. natural rc-
sour:::es of the OCS Includi ng any min-
eral deposits (In areas leased or not
leased). :he :'l<Ltlonal secUtity 01 de-
fense. and the mari ne. coast al. or
human environment.
Terms used In this subpart shall have
the meanings as defined below
Alr )Jne means a tubing string that Is
used to inject ai r within a sul phur pro-
ducing well to airlift sulphur out of the
well.
Bleedwacer means a mi:.."ture of mine
wate1 or booster water and connate
watet : hat Is produced by a bleedwell.
BJeedweJl means a well drilled Into a
producing- sul phur deposit that is used
to control the mi ne pressure generated
by the Injection of mtne wate1.
Brine means the water cont aini ng
dissolved sc:;l t obtamed from a brine
well by ci rculating water into c. nd out
of a cavity In the sal t core of a salt
dome.
Brine weJJ means a well dri 11 ed
through cap rock into the core at a salt
dome for the pU1pose of producl ng
brine.
:::ap ruck me;ms the rock formation, a
body of li mestone. anhydri::le. and/o1
gypsum. overly! ns a salt dome.
Sulphur deposJC means a formanon of
rock t hat contains elemental sulphur.
413
TRN-MDL-00496061
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1602
Sulphur production r<1tc me<1ns the
number of l ong tons of sulphur pro-
duced during a certain period of time.
n.su;:{lly per
250.1602 Applicability.
(a) The requirements of this subpart
P are appltcable to all expl otation. de-
vel opment . and producuon operations
under an OCS sulphur lease Sul phut
operations include a ll act ivities con-
ducted under a lease for t he purpose of
discovery or de!tneat10n of a sulphur
dt:puslt and for the development and
production of el emental sulphur. Sul -
phur opcrc:tt!ons c:t lso Include
conducted for related purposes. ActiVI-
ties conducted for related purposes ln-
rludC?. but "lrP not limited to. produr-
t l on of other minerals. such as sal t. for
usc in the exploration for or the devel -
opment and production of sul phur. The
Jessee must have obtained the right to
produce and/or use these other min-
erals.
(b) Lessees conducting sulphur oper-
ations in the OCS shall compl y with
the requi re:TienLS of l he applicable pro-
visions of subparts A. B. C. G. J. J. M.
:-J. and 0 ofthls part .
(c) Lessees conducting sul phu1 oper-
ations In the OCS are a lso required to
romply with thC' rel'[uircmc-nt.s in t he
appl!c.,ble pr ovisions of subparts D. E.
F. H. K. and L of this part wherc- such
provisions specifically are refer enced
In this subpart
250.1603 Determination of sulphur
deposit.
(a) Upon receipt of a wr!ttcn request
from the Jesse<:'. the Dtstnct Supervl$0r
Vv1 11 determine whether a sulphur de-
posi t has been dcftncd t hat contmns
sulphUl In payi ng quantities (1.e .. sul-
phur i n quantities sufficient to y:teld a
1eru1n In excess ofrhe costs. afte1 com-
plenon of the wells. of producing min-
erals at the wel l heads).
(b) A determinat ion undet paragraph
(a) of this sect i on shall be based upon
the following:
(1) Core ;:nalyscs t hat Indicate the
presence of a produci ble sulphur de-
posit (Including an assay of elemental
Sltlphllr) ;
(2) An estimate of the amount of re-
coverabl e sulphUl 1n long t ons over a
spectfled period of time; and
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1 Edition)
(3) Contour map of the cap rock to-
gether "Mth Isopach map showing the
e:-..'te:-Jt and est imat ed thickness of the
sulphur deposi t.
Sulphur lessees shall comply with re-
of tltlS when cou-
ducttng well -drilling. wel l-completion.
well-workover . or production oper-
ations.
(a) Equ1pmmt moverr.cnt. The move-
ment of well-d1: lhng. wel l-compl etion.
or well-workover rigs and related
equipment on and off an offshore plat-
form. or from one well to a nother well
on the same offshore ]:latform. !nclud-
mg riggmg up and nggmg down. shall
be conducted 1n a safe manner.
(b) Hydrogm sulfide CH,S). When a
drill Ing. well-cOl npl eli on. wel l -
wmk over. or producrlon opernrlon IS
being conducted on a well in zones
known to H,S or In zones
where the presence of HcS Is unknown
(as defined tn 30 CFR 250.490 thiS
part}. t he le::;,ee shall lake appropriate
ptecauttons t o protect hfe and prop-
erty. especiaJ:y during ope1at1ons such
as d1srmmtling wellhead equi pment <Jnd
fiow l ines and c11-culat1ng the well. The
lessee shall a lso take appropriate pre-
caution.<; wh!'n H
2
S is gt>n.-rated a<; a r e-
sult ot sulphur production operations.
The lessee shall comply with the r c-
qt.:t r ements m 250 490 of thls part as
well as the requi rements of thts sub-
pcu'l
(c) Wt:lding an(.] !Jumlng pr<tct1cc::.s
procedures. Al l buminf?;. and
hot-tapping a ctivit ies Involved In dnll-
mg. well-complenon. well-workover or
production ope:-atlons shall be con-
With properly mnintained equip-
ment. t1at ned personnel. and appro-
pnc:tt c procedures in order to min!m1ze
the danger to lt:e and property accord-
mg to the specific requiremem:s in
250. 109 through 250. 113 of r his part.
(d) Eler:trir;;..) .. All el<?c-
trical equipment and systems involved
In dr!lling. well -completio:1. well-
workovet. and pr oduction opetatlons
shCJll be designed. Installed, equi pped.
protected. oper ated. and .so
as to mtmnuze the danger to ltfe and
property tn accordance w1th t he re-
qt.:trements of 250 JJ4 of thls part
414
TRN-MDL-00496062
CONFIDENTIAL
(c) Structur es on fixed OCS platfor ms.
Derricks. cranes, masts. substructures.
and relaLed equipment shall be se-
lected. designed. installed. used. and
sons to be ndequatc for the
potential loads and condi tions of load-
ing that may be encountered during
the operations. P rior to moving equip-
ment such as a well -dri ll ing. well-com-
pleClon. or well-workover r ig or associ-
ated equipment or production equip-
ment onlo a platform, the lessee shall
determine the snuctural capability of
the platform to safely support the
equipment and operations. taking Into
consider ation conosion protection.
pl<.<tronn age. attd stn:sses.
(I) safety device After
/\ugust 14, 1992. all dtllltng units betng
used for well-completion. or
well-workovel' operations that have
both a travelmg block and a crown
block shall be equipped with a sa:'ety
devi ce that ts designed t o prevent the
traveling block from striking the
crown block The device shall be
checked for proper operation weekly
and after each drill-line sl ipping oper-
aOon. T he results of the operational
check shall be entered in the oper-
alions log
[56 FR 32100. July 15, 1991 Rcdcslgmttttl a11d
.:1mended at 63 FR 29479. 29487. May 29. 1996. 67
FR 51760. Aug 9. 2002, 6R FR f,..b 20.
200S)
250.1605 Drillint requirements.
(a) Le,;sees of OCS s ulphu r l eases
shall conduct dnlling operations in ac-
cordance wtth 250.1605 through
250. 1619 of th1s subpart and with other
t equi remenls of this part, as appro-
priate.
(b) Fitness of dr1/1111g unit. (I l Drill! ng
units shall be capable of wJthstandmg
the oceanographic and meteol'ologlcal
conditions for thP proposed and
location of operations.
(2) Pnor to operation.
drtl l tng uni ts shall be made avatlable
for a complete inspection by t h e Dis-
trict Supervisor.
(3) The l essee shall provide informa-
tion and data on the fttness of the
drilling unit to perform the proposed
cirtlllng operr<rion. The Informati on
shal l be submitted with, or prior to,
the subm1ss1on of Form MMS-123 . .'\p-
pl!cauon for Permit to Drill (APD). In
250. 1605
wi t h 250.1617 of this s ub-
part After a dr illing unit has been ap-
proved by an MMS district office, the
informat : on req:Jired in this
need not be resubmi tted u nless re-
ql:lrcd by the Distric: Supervisor or
there are changes In the equipment
that affect t he rated capacity of the
unit
(c) Oceanographic. metcorologtcc:l. and
unit performance dara. Where
oceanograp;,tc. meteorologtcal. and
unit datd are not
otherwise teadl ly available. lessees
shall collect and report such data upon
request to the District Superv1sor. The
type of information to be collected and
rep01'ted will be determined by the Dis-
trict Supervisor i n t he interests of
safety in the conduct of operations and
the structura: mtegnty of t he dnlhng
unit
(d) Fou:-tdation requirements. When the
l essee fatls t o provide sufficient Infor-
mation pursuant to 250.203 a nd 250.204
of this part to s:.tpport a determination
that the seanoor is r..:apable of sup-
a specific bot tom-founded dn\1-
lng unlt under the slte-speclfl c sOli and
cond!Lions. the Dbtrict
Supervlsot may require that additional
Sllrveys ... nd soi l bori ngs be perfornwd
and the tesults submitted for tevlew
and evaluation by the Dlstnct Super-
visor before approval fs granted for
drilling operations.
(e) Tests. surveys. (II Les-
sees shall dril l and take cores andtor
run wel l and mud 1 ogs through the ob-
Jective Int erval to determine the pres-
ence. quality. and quantity of sulphur
and other nuner als (e.g .. oil and gas) in
t.he cap rock and the outline of the
commercial sulphur depoSit.
(2) I nclinational surveys shall be ob-
taineu on all verli r..:al wells at inlervals
not exceeding 1.000 feet during the nor-
mal course ot drilling Directional sur-
veys gtvtng both Inclination and azi-
muth shal l be obtained on all d.Jrec-
tion ... lly dr:ll ed wells i-tt lnte:-v>'lls not
cxcccdmg 500 feet during the normal
cou rse of dr1lling and ut int erv<Jis not
exceed: ng 200 feet In all planned angle-
change portions of the borehole.
(3) DlrE'ctlonal survey,; giving both
inclination and azimuth shall be ob-
tained on both vert ically and direc-
tionally dr:lled wells at Intervals not
415
TRN-MDL-00496063
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1 606
exceeding 500 feet prior to or upon set-
ting a sc11ng of casing. or production
liner. and at total depth. Composite di-
rectional surveys shall be prepared
wtth the interval shown from the bot-
tam of the conductor caslnp.. ln calcu-
lating all surveys. a conection from
the true north to Un1 versal-Trans-
vetse-Men:at0l-Grid-north or Lamhert.-
Grid-nonh shal l be made after making
the magnetic-to-true-north conection.
A composite dipmeter directional sur-
vey or a composit e measurement
while-dr1lling directional survey will
be a cceptable c.s fulfilling the applica-
ble requirements of thls paragraph.
(4) Wells are classified as vertical If
the cal cul ated average of mclination
1eadlngs weighted by the respective in-
t erval lengths between r ec.dlngs fmrn
sl!rf'lCP to dri llt>d dt>pth does not exceed
3 deg1ees from the vern cal. When the
cal culated average inclination readings
weighted by the length of the respec-
t ive Interval between readings from the
surface to drilled depth exceeds 3 de-
grees. the well is classified as direc-
tiond.
(S) At the request of a holder of an
adjoining l ease. the Regional Super-
visor may. for the protection of carrel-
alive rlghls. furn1sh a copy of Lhe di-
rectional survey to that lec.seholder.
(f) Fixed dr1llin::r pJatfurms. Applica-
tions (m Inst allation of fixed d1lll i1 1g
or structures i ncl uding arti-
ficial islands shall be submitted In ac-
cordance with the provisions of subpart
I. Platforms and Structures. of this
part. Mabile dnllmg umts that have
their .)ackmg equipment r emoved or
have been otherwise immobil ized are
classified as fixed bottom founded drill-
ing platforms.
(g) Crane operarJons. You must oper-
ate a crane Installed on fixed plalforms
a ccording to 250 108 olthis subpc.rt .
(h) Diesel-engine air intakes. After Au-
e1!st H. 1992, diPSPl-enelne ?.ir intakes
shall be cC')ulppcd with a (kvice ro shm
down the diesel engine in the event of
runa>vay. D1esel that are con-
tinuously attended shull be equipped
with etther remote-operated manual or
automatic-shutdown devices. Diesel en-
gines that a1e not contmuously at-
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-D4 Edition)
tended shall be equipped with auto-
matic shutdown devices.
[56 FR 32100, J uly IS, 1991. as amended at 58
f'R 49928, Sept . 24, 1g93. Redesignated and
at 63 FR 29479, 29487 May 29. 1998; 63
FR 34597. June 25. 1998: 65 FR 15864, Mar . 24.
2000)
*250.1606 Cont,..ol of wells.
The lessee shall take necessary pre-
cautions to keep its wells under can-
tml at all times. Ope:-at1ons shall be
conducted 111 a safe and workmanlike
manne1. The I essee s'-lall ut11 ize the
best available and safest drilling tech-
nologies and state-of-the-art methods
to evaluate and ml mm!ze the potent1al
for a well t o flow or kick . Tht>
shall utilize personnel who are trained
and competent and shall utilize and
mamtain eqmpment and matenals nec-
essary to assure the safety and protec-
tion of petsonnel. equipment. natural
resources. and the enVIronment.
250.1607 Field rules.
When geological engineering in-
fm-rnation in a :ield enaules a District
Supervisor to determine specific oper-
ating requirements. field rules may be
established for drilling, well comple-
tion. or well wo1kovcr on the District
Supervi,;or's 1niti>tt1ve or In re:'<ponse
to a from a lessee: such rules
may modify the specific r equirements
of this subpart. After fiel d rul es have
been established, operations tn the
field shnll be ronduct ed In accord;mce
with such r ;Jles and other requ1rements
of this subpart. Field rules may be
ar:1ended or cancel ed for cause at any
Lime upo:-1 the initiative of Lhe Dislricl
Supervisor or upon the request of ales-
see.
250.1608 Well casing and cementing.
(a) General requirements. (I) For the
purpose of this the sPvernl
casing strings in orde1 of normal in-
stallation arc
(I) Drive or structural.
(ii) Cond11cror.
(li 1) Cap rock casing.
(lv) Bobtail cap rock casi ng (required
when the cap rock casing does not pen-
en ate Into t he cap rock).
(v) Second cap r ock casing (brine
wells). and
(vt) Product ion liner.
416
TRN-MDL-00496064
CONFIDENTIAL
(2) The Lessee s hall case ;md cement
all wel ls with a sufficient numbct of
strings of casing cemented in a manner
necessary to prevent release of tl uids
from any scratum through the wellbore
(dJrectly or tndirectly) Into the sea.
protect freshwater aquifers from con-
tam! nat 1 on. support unconsolidated
sediments. and otherwise provide a
means of control of che formation pres-
s ures and fluids. Ctmtl>t compositloTI.
;mel waiting
time shall be designed and conducted
so t hat the cement in place behind the
bottom 500 feet of casing or total
lengt!-1 of annular cement fill. jf less.
a tnlntr num compn::sslve
$trengrh of 160 potmds pet inr.h
(psi) .
(3) The lessee shal l install casing de-
signed to '-\1thstund the <mticlpat ed
stresses tmposed by tensile, compres-
sive. and buck ling loads: burst and col -
lapse p1essures. thermal effects: and
combinations thereof. Safety factors in
the drilling und e<Jsing progn1m designs
shall be of sufficient magni tude to pro-
vide well control during drilling and to
assure safe operations for the life of
the well.
Tn cases whE>re cement has filled
the annular space back to t he mud
line. the cement may be washed out or
displaced to a depth not exceeding the
depth of t he structUlal casing shoe to
faci liLale casing removal upon well
abandonment if the District Supervisor
determines that subsurface ptotection
against damage to freshwater aquifers
and agamst damage caused by adverse
loads. pressures. and fluid flows ls not
j eopardizE>d.
(5) Tf then <:Jt 'C:" of in<:ld-
equate cementing (such as lost ret utns.
cement channeling. or mechanical fail-
ure of equipment). the l essee shall
evaluat e the adequacy of the cement-
operallons by pressure testing the
casmg shoe. If the test indicates inad-
equate cementmg. the lessee shall tni-
tiate remedial act ion as approved by
the District Supervisor. For cap rock
casing, t he test for adequacy of ce-
tnentlng sh<Jll be the pn:ssun:: testing
of the annulus between the cap rock
and the conductor casings. Th e pres-
sur e shal l not exceed 70 percent of the
burst pressure of the conductor casing
250. 1608
or 7C percent of the pressure of
t he cap rock casing.
(b) Drive or structural casJng. This cas-
ing shnll be by driving. jE>rting. or
dnll tng to a m!mmum depth of 100 feet
below the mud line or such othei
depth, as may be required or approved
by the Dist rict Supervisor. In md"r to
support unconsoli dated deposits and to
provtdc hole :;.tabtltty for lnlttal dtlll -
mg operations. If t hls portion of the
hole Is dttll ed. a quantity of cement
suificteJ tt to ftll the allltUlar space back
to the :-nud line shall be used.
(c) Conductor and cap rock set-
tin;! and cementing requirements. (I) Con-
ductor and cap rock casmg design and
!!'.f-'tting dep7hs shnll be based upon rel -
evant engineer ing and geologic factors
Including t he presence or absence of
potential hazards. and
water depths. The proposed cas i ng set-
ting depths may be vaned. subject to
District Supervisor approval. to permit
t he casi ng robe set m a competent for-
mation or through formati ons deter-
mined desirabl e to be fmm the
wellbore by casing for safer drilling op-
erations. However. the conductor cas-
ing ::;hi:!ll be set pr ior to
dnlll ng Int o formations known to con-
oil or g<Js or, If unk11own. upon en-
cour.terlng scch f01 matlons. Cap tock
c<Jslng shall be set and cemented
through forma c-.ons known to contai n
oil or p.as or. If unknown. upon encoun-
tettng suc:h fmmatl ons. Upon enroun-
termg unexpected formation pressures.
the lessee shal l submit a revised casing
progr am to t he District Supervisor for
approval.
(2) Conductor casmg shall be ce-
mented with a quantity of cement that
fills the calculated c.nnular space back
to the mud l ine. Cement fill shall be
by the of centent
returns. In the event that observation
of cement returns is not teasible. addi-
ti onal quantities of cemem shall be
used to asswe fi ll to the mud line.
{3) Ciip 1 ock casing shall be C<'lltetltPd
with a quar.ti ty of cement that fi lls the
c<Jicul<Jted annul<Jr space to <Jt least 200
feet tnslde the conductor castng. When
geologic condi tions such as near sur-
fractUt-P:s e'<i5t. cilp
r ock s hal l be cemented with a
qcanttty of cement that ftlls the cal -
cul a:ed annular space to t he mud llne,
417
TRN-MDL-00496065
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1609
unless othen1se <!pproved by the Dis-
trict Supervisor. In brine wells. the
second cap rock casmg shal l be ce-
mPnted with n C]ll:=! ntity of cement
fills the calculat ed annular space to at
least 200 feet above the setti ng depth of
the f1rst cap rock casi ng.
(d) Bobtail ec1p roc:k casing setting and
cementing requirements. (1) Bobtall cap
r ock casi ng shall be set on or just in
cap rock and lapped a rrunlmum of 100
feet the previous casi ng s t ring.
(2) Sufficient cement shall be used to
fill the annul space to the t op of the
bobtail cap rock cas1ng.
(c) ProductJon liner serring <:md cement-
illg n'quin, rnellts (1) Produt:tion liners
for sulphur wells and bl eedwells shall
be set In rock <lt ot above the bot-
tom of the open hol e (hol e that 1s open
In cap rock , below the bottom of the
rap mck casing) 1 apped into the
previous casing string or to the sur-
face. For brine wells. the !mer shall be
set in sal t and lapped into the previous
casi ng scring o:- t o the sur face.
(2) The product10n l iner is not re-
quired to be cemented unless the cap
rock contains oil or gas. If the cap rock
contains oil or gas, sufficient cement
shall be used to fill the annular space
to the top of the production liner .
250.1609 Press\U'e testing of casing.
(a) Prior to dnll l ng the plug after ce-
ment ing. all casing strings. except the
drive or stn1ct u r<'!l casmg. sh<'lll be
pressure tested. The conductor casi ng
shal l be tested to at le<tst 20U psi. /\11
casmg strings bel ow the conductor cas-
Ing shall be tested to 500 psl or 0.22 psi/
ft. whichever !s greater. [When oil or
gas is not present in the cap rock. the
producti on liner need not be cemented
in place; thus. it would not be subject
La pressure t esl! ng.) If the pressure de-
clines more than 10 per cent In 30 min-
utes or If there Is another Indica tion of
a leak. the casi ng s hal l be recemented.
repai red, or an addttlonal casing string
1 un ond the casing tested agairo. The
above procedures shall be repeated
until a test is
The time. conditions of testlng. and re-
sults of a l l casing pressure t ests shall
bP recorded in the driller's reporr .
(b) Aft er any of cas-
ing other than structmal. drtllmg shall
not be resumed unttl there has been a
timclapsc of at leGis t 8 hours under
pressure for the conductor casing
stting or 12 hours under pressure far all
or her Ci'l!;i ng strings. Cement 1s
ered under pressure If one or more float
valves arc shown to be holding the ce-
ment in place or when other means of
holding pressure arc used.
250.1610 Blowout px-eventex- systems
and systCUI components.
(a) General. The blowout prevente1
(BOP) systems and system components
shall be designed. Install ed. used.
mamtalned. and tested to assure well
control.
(b) BOP stacks. The BOP stacks shall
c::onslst of an annul<'lr preventer and the
number of rar.1-type preventers as spec-
Ified under parc:.graphs (e) and (t) of
th1s sectiOn. The ptpe ::-ams shall be of
proper size Lc fit the drill plpe Jn use.
(c) \N01king pressure The wotking-
pressure ratmg of <my BOP shal l ex-
ceed t he surface pressure to which 1t
may be anticipated t ::> be subjected.
(d) BOP equipment. All BOP systems
shall eql.:lpped and provided with the
following:
(I) An dccurnulator ::;y::;t em that J.Jro-
vides sufficient capact:y to supply 1.5
tillii'S to close
and hold clcsed al l 30P equi pment
units wHh a nunl murr: pressure of 200
psi a bove t he pressure. wlth-
ol.:t assistance from a chargmg system.
Afte1 Febmary 1992, ac.cumul<'ltor
regulators supplied by rig air. which do
not have a secondary source of pneu-
matic supply. s hall be equipped with
manual overri des or oLhe1 devices al-
ter nately provided to ensure capability
of hydraul ic operat i ons lf rlg air Is
lost.
(2) An automatic backup to the accu-
mulotm system. The backup syslen 1
shall be suppl ied by a power sour ce
independent fro:n the power source to
the pr1mar.1 accumulator syst em. The
automatic backup system shall possess
sllfficlent capability to close the BOP
and hold it closed.
(3) At least one operable remote BOP
cont1ol sta:lon In addi tion to the one
on the dnlling floor . This control sta-
tion sl-.a ll l:e :n a :-E>adily lo-
cation away from the floor
(4) A dr1llt ng spool wtth stde out l ets.
1f s1de outlets c.re not provided In the
418
TRN-MDL-00496066
CONFIDENTIAL
body of the BOP stack, to provide for
separate kill and choke lines.
(5) A choke li ne and a kil l li ne each
equipped wirh two full - opening
At least one of t he valves on the choke
line and one valve on the kill li ne shall
be remotely controlled. except that a
check valve may be installed on the
kill line In lieu of the remotelv con-
trolled Valve. pmvtdcd that tWO rcadtly
accessi ble manual valves are In place
and the check valve Is placed between
the manual valve and t l oe pU!np.
(6) A fill-up line above t he uppeomast
preventer.
(7) A ch oke manifold designed Wlth
consideration of ant1c1pated pressur es
ln whi ch it may he ::;ubj ected. method
of well control to be employed. sur-
rounding environment, and corrosive-
ness, volume, and a brasiveness of
fluids. The choke mamfold shall also
meet the followmg requ11ements:
(I) Mant'fol d and choke equt pment
subject to well a ncl!or pump pressure
shall have a rated work1ng pressure at
least as great as the rated working
pressure of the ram-type BOP's or as
otherwise> approved by the Dlstr\ct Su-
pervl$or,
(i t) All components of the choke
mnnlfold systPm shall bt< prot prred
from freezing by heating. datning. or
fllhn)1: with proper flUids: c:md
(111) When buffer tanks are mstalled
downstream of the choke assemblies
for the of m<'lnlfol di ng the
bleed hnes together , isolati on valves
shall be Install ed an each l ine.
(8) Valves. pipes. fl exible steel hoses.
and ol her fillings upstream of, and i n-
cluding. the choke manifold with a
pressure rati ng at least as great as the
rated worki ng pressure of the ram-type
BOP's unless othenv1se approved by
Disll'ict
(9) A wel lhead assembly wi th a rated
working pr essure that exceeds t he pres-
sure to which tt might be subjected.
(10) T he followi ng system compo-
t 1P1ats :
(1) A kelly cock (an essentially full-
opening valve) Installed below the
swivel and a s t mtlar valve of such de-
sign that It can be run through the
BOP ,o;tack at t hf' bottom of
the kelly. A wrench to ht each valve
shall be stored m a location readily ac-
cesst ble to the dr tllmg crew;
250.1611
(ii) An Inside 30P and <m essentially
full-opentng. dtill-string safety valve
In the open positi on on t he rtg float a t
a ll time::; while drilling <'Ire
being conducted. These val ves shall be
maintained on the rig floor to fi t al l
connections that are In t he drill string.
A wr ench to fit t he drill-string safety
valve shall be stored in a l ocation r ead-
ily acccsslbl c to tl-.c drilli ng crew:
(111) A safety valve available on the
rlg flcor assembled with the proper
com.ectloll to fit t he cast ng sttng
being run i n t he hole: and
(tv) Lock : ng devtces mstalled an the
ram-type pr eventers.
(e) BOP requiremenrs. Prior to drilling
below cap rock casing. a BOP
shall be Installed consisting of at least
t hree remote-controlled. hydruullcally
operated BOP's mcl udmg at l east one
equipped with p1pe rams. one wit h
bli nd r..;m::;. nnd one ;., nnular type.
(:l Tapered driJJ-string operations
Prior to commencing tapered drl\1-
stnng operatlor.s. the BOP stc.ck shall
be equipped v.1t h conventlona.l ancl!or
pipe r '1ms to providE> ei-
ther of the foll owing:
(I) One sc>t of bore rams ca-
pable of seali ng around both sizes in
the string and one set of blind r ams, o r
(2) set of pipE' r><n os of
sealing around the larger size string.
proVIded t hat bllnd-shcar r am capa-
bil ity ts :;,resent , and crossover subs to
t he larger s1ze pipe are readily avatl-
able on rhe ie floor
Blowout preventcr systems
tests, actuations, inspections, and
mai.otcnance.
(a) Prior to concuctt ng hi gh-pressure
test s , al l BOP syst ems shall be tested
to a pressure of 200 to 300 psi.
(b) BOP's and the chok e
manifold shall be ptessure tested with
wat er to rated working pr essure or as
other wise appr oved by the D1stnct Su-
pervisor. Annul ar type BOP's shall be
pressur e resrc>d wirh water to 70 per-
cent of rated working pr essur e or as
otherwise approved by t he District Su-
peiV!sor.
(c) In conjunction with the weekly
pressu1e test of BOP systems requt rc>rl
111 par ap.:-aph (d) of this section. t he
choke m;mtfold valves. upper and l ower
kelly cocks. and drlll -stnng safety
419
TRN-MDL-00496067
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1612
valves shall be pressure tested to pipe-
ram test pressures. Safety valves v.1th
proper casing connect ions shal l be ac-
tuted pr ior to running c..sing.
(d) BOP system shall be pressure
t 1"-'>t Pd i'IS fallOWS:
(1) When Installed:
(2) 8 efo1e dr1 l it ng out each strt ng of
casing or before continuing operations
in cuses where cement IS not drilled
out:
(3) At least once each week. but not
exceeding 7 days between pressure
tt:Sts. alt{'r nattng be:otween cont ol sta-
tion:<. If elt het rontrnl system l:'i not
functional . further dr illing operations
sh<Jl l be suspended unti l t h<lt system
becomes operable. A period of more
t han 7 days between BOP tests I S al-
l owed when there Is a stuck drt ll pipe
o1 t here are pressur e control oper-
ations and remedial efforts are being
performed. prov1dcd t hat the pressure
tests are conducted as soon as possible
and before 11onnal operations resume.
The" date, t ime, and reason for po:o;t-
ponlng pressure testing shall be en-
tered Into the driller 's reoort . Pressure
re.o;tlng he pPrformed rtt lntPrvrtls
to all ow each drilling cr ew to operate
the equipment. The weekly ptessure
test is not required for blind and bli nd-
shear tams:
(4) Bind and blind-shear rams shall be
actuated at least once every 7 days.
Closing pressur e on the bli nd and bltnd-
she;;r rrlms grenter t hdn nect>SS><ry to
indicate ptoper operat ion of the rams
is not required:
(5) Variabl e bore-pipe rams shal l be
pressur e tested against al l s1zes of ptpe
In use. excluding drill collars and
huttomhol .- tools: attd
(6) Fol l owi ng rhe cl tsconnect ton or re-
pall" of any well-pressUl-e containment
seal in t he wellhcod/BOP stack ossem-
b\y_ In t ht s sttuatlon. the pressu re
test s may be li mit ed to the affected
rompone:1t.
(<>) All BOP systems shall b.. in-
spected and maintai ned to assure that
t he equipment will funct ion pr operly.
The BOP systems shall be vtsual ly 1n-
spected at least once each day. The
manufartmer' s rPcommendecl t nspt><'-
tton and procedur es are
a cceptabl e as gUt dehnes m complymg
Wit!-: hls reqUirement.
(i) The lessee s hD.ll record pressure
condi tions durtng BOP tests on pres-
surt> charts. unless otht>rwlse approved
by the District S upervisor. The test du-
ration for each BOP component test ed
shell! be sufficient tc that
the component Is t:'ffectlvely holc.llttg
pressure. The charts shall be certl ft ecl
as r orrecr l:y the operi'lr. or'!<
tlve at the facilitv.
(g) The time. and results of all
pr essure t ests. actuettl ons. inspections.
and c r ew dnlls of t he BOP system and
system components shall be tecorded
111 the dnller's report The BOP tests
shell! be docume:-Jted i n accordance
wtth the foll owing
(I) The documentation shall tndJcate
the sequential ctder of BOP and aux!l-
iary equl pme:-tt testing and t he pres-
sure and durati on of eetch test. As <:ttl
a l tc-rn::nc. the dncttm<'ntatton In the
dti ll er's report may r efer ence a BOP
test plan that contams t he requi r ed 1n-
formatlon and Is r etained on ft le at t he
fa:::tli t y.
(2) The control s t at :on used dt:ring
the test shal l be Identified In the
dri ll er's report.
(3) 1\:-ty probl ems or lrregulcrritle::; ob-
served during BOP and auxil iary equip-
men: t es:l ng and any actio:"ls tak en to
remedy such problems or n-regulannes
shall be noted In t hP driller's report.
(4) Documentation requi red to be en-
tered In the driller's report may ln-
ste<:tc.l be teferenct:'cl in the dl'ill er' s
port All r ecor ds. inrludmg pressure
charts. driller's report . and referenced
documents. pertaining to BOP tests.
actua t i ons. and inspections. shall be
avail able for MMS rcvtcw m t he fa ctl-
lty fm the duration of the d!-llllng ac-
tivity. Following completion of the
dnlllnA acnvity. all dnllinA records
shall be retained for a period of 2 years
at the faci l ity, at the lessee's fiel d of-
fice neetl'est the OCS facility. or at an-
othPr locarlon conveniently aW'tll abl e
ro the- Olstrl cr Snpcrvisor.
Well-control drills.
Well-contra: dnlls shal l be conducted
fat erlrh dnlli11g crPw t n
with the requirements set fort h in
420
TRN-MDL-00496068
CONFIDENTIAL
s 250.462 of this part or by
the District Superv1sor.
[56 FR 32100, July 15, 1991. Redesignated and
amended at G3 FR 29479. 29487. May 29. 199&: GS
F R 8435, Feb. 20. 2003]
250.1613 Diverter 6ystems.
(a) When drllltng a conductor or cap
1ock hol e, all drillmg units shall be
equipped with a dive1ter system con-
sisting of a dive11:er seal ing element.
dlvencr lines. and control systems.
The diverter system shall be designed.
instal led, and maintained so as to di-
vert water, mud. and other ma-
terials away from the facil ities and
personnel.
(b) Aft er August 14, 1992. dlverter sys-
tems shall be in compliance wlth the
reqUI Iements of this section.
The requirements applicable to
dlverters that were ln effect lnune-
dlately prior to August 14, 1991, shall
in effect until August 14.
(c) The divercer system shall be
equipped w1th remote-control valves in
the flow lines that can be operated
from at least onE> rE>molE>-control sta-
ti on in addition to the one on the drill-
Ing floor Any valve used in a diverter
system shall be full opening. No man-
ual or butterfly valves shall be in-
in any p;;rt of a dlwrter sys-
t em. There shal l be a minimum numbe1
of turns in the vent line(s) do\vTIStream
of the spool outlet flange. and the r a-
dius of curvature of turns shal l be as
large"-"' Fl e,.,ibl e hose may
be used for diversion lines mstead of
rlgtd pipe If the flexible hose has inte-
gral end couplings. The ent i re diverter
system shall be firmly anchored and
supp011:ed to prevent whipping and vi-
brations. All diverter control equip-
ment and llnes shall be protected from
physical damage from thrown and fal l-
ing objects.
(d) For drilling operations conducted
w1th a surface wellhead configuration.
the following s hall apply:
(1) If the diverler system utili zes
only one spool out let, branch 1 l nes
shall be installed to provide downwmd
diversion capab1llty. and
(2) No spool outlet or dlverter l ine ln-
tE>rnrtl diarnPt.er shall be l ess than 10
inches, exce;>t that dual spool outlets
are acceptable tf each outlet has a min-
imum internal diameter of 8 mches.
250.1615
and both outl ets ure piped t o ovcrbo<Jrd
lines and that each line downstream of
the changeove1 nipple at the spool has
a minimum int ernal diameter of 10
1nches.
(e) The d: vE>J1:er sealing element and
divetter valves shall be pressure tested
to a mmtmum of 200 ps1 when ruppl ed
upon conductor casing. No more than 7
day.o; shall elapse between subc;equent
pressure tests. The diverter sealing ele-
ment. dlvel't er valves. and dlvetter con-
trol systens (including the remote)
shall be actuation tested. and the di-
verter lmes shall l::e tested for flow
pnor to spudding and rhereGfter at
least once each 4-hour period alter-
nating between control stations. All
test t i mes and r esul ts shall be recorded
in the dr iller's report .
250.1614 Mud program.
(a) The quantities. characteristics,
use, and t est ing of drilling mud and the
related drilling procedures sha ll be de-
signed and Implemented to prevent t he
loss of well contt-ol.
(b) The lessee shall compl y with re-
concerning mud control.
mud test and monitoring equipment.
mud quantities. and safety precautions
in enclosed mud handlmg areas as pre-
scnbed m 250.455 throu"h 250.459 of
this part. except that the installation
of an operable degasser l n the mud sys-
tem as 1equired in 250.456(g) Is notre-
for sulphur operations.
[56 FR 321 OU. July 15. 1991. ReJostgnateJ aml
amer.J eJ at 63 FR 29479. tvby 29 1998: 68
FR 8435. Feb. 20. 20021
250.1615 Securing of wells.
A downhol e-safety device such as a
cement plug. bridge plug, or packer
sha ll be tlmcly installed when dril ltng
operations a1e interrupted by events
such as those that force evacuat10n of
the dnl l!ng crew. prevent station keep-
Ing. or require repaJrs to m<!tor drilling
units or well-control equipment . The
use of blind-she;:n r-;,ms or plpt: rams
a nd an Insi de BOP may be approved by
the Distdct Supervisor in lieu of the
above requirements if cap r ock casing
has been set.
421
TRN-MDL-00496069
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1616
250.1616 Supervision, surveiUance,
and training.
(a) The lessee sha ll provide onsfte su-
pervi sion of drtlltng openJtions at all
times.
(b) From t he t ime drilling operations
are Initiated and until the well is com-
pleted or abandoned. a member of the
drill ing crew or the toolpushe1 shal l
maintain rig-floor sUJvei ll a nce con-
t i nuousl y . unl ess the well is secured
wlth BOP's. b1Jdge plugs. packers. or
cement plugs.
(c) Lessee and drilli ng contra ctor
perso1mel s hal l be tra ined a11c.J qua lifi ed
in accordance with the pr ovisions of
subpart 0 of this part . Records of spe-
cific t r ai ni ng that l essee and dri l ling
contractor personnel have successfully
campi eted. the dates of campi et10n.
and the names and dates of the courses
shall be mal ntamed at the drlll site.
250.1617 Application for permit to
drill.
(a) Prior to commencing the dri l ling
of a well under an approved Explo-
lation Plan. Devel opme:-tl and PJouuc-
tion P lan. or Devel opment Operations
Coordination Document. the lessee
shall file F orm MMS-123, APD, with
the District Supe1-vlsor for approval.
P r ior to oprrations, v.rrit -
ten approval from the Dist rict Super-
visor must be received bv the l essee un-
less oral approval has been given pul-
suant to 250. 140 of th1s part .
(b) An APD shall Include 1ated capac-
ities of the proposed dri ll ing unit and
of majo1 dnlltng equipmenc. After a
dri l ling unJt has been approved for use
in an MMS distri ct , the t nformation
need not be resubmitt ed unless r e-
quiled by the District Supervisor or
ther e are changes in the equipment
that affect the rated capacity of the
\111\t .
(c) An APD shal l Include a fully com-
pleted F orm MMS-123 and the fol-
lowing:
(l) A plat , drawn to a seal,.. of 2.000
feet to the inch. showing the surface
and subsurface location of the wel l to
be dnll ed and of all the wells plc-
vtously drilled in the V!cl nity from
which tnio1mrtrion is avil \labl P. Fo1 clP-
vel opment wells on a lease, the wells
prev10usly dnlled 1n the vicinity need
not be s h own on t he plat . Locat ions
shall be tndicmed in feet from the
nea rest block l ine:
(2) The design cnteria cons1dered for
the well and for well control. mcludlng
the fol lowmg:
(ij Pore pressure,
(ii) Formali on fraclure gr adients:
(ii i) Potent i al l ost circul ation zones:
(lv) Mud weights:
(v) Casing setelng der: ths:
(vl) Antlcl;Jated surface pressutes
(which for pU!poses of this secllon ar e
defined as the pressure that can rea-
sonabl y be ex?ected t o be exerted upon
a casing string and its rel ated wel lhea d
equipment) Tn the cal culation of an-
ti cipat ed surfacf' pressnn. the lessee
shall take ir.to account the d1illlng.
completion, <J nd producinp; condittons.
The lessee shall consider mud dens1t1es
Lo be used below various casi ng strings,
f1acrnre gradients of the for-
mations. casing setti ng depths. and ce-
menting Interval s. total well depth.
formanon flwd type. and other per tJ-
neitL condJ tlons. Consldt![a u ons for cal -
cula:ing anti cipated surface presswe
may vary for each segment of the well.
The l essee shal l incl ude as a part of the
statement of anticipated surface pres-
sure Lhe calculations used lo det ennint!
this ptessure during the drilling phase
and t he completion phase. i ncluding
the anticipated surface pressure used
for production string design: and
(vt i) If a shall ow haza,ds stte survey
IS conductecl , the l essee s h;-tl l s11bmit
with o1 priol- to the submittal of the
APD. two copies of a summary report
descnbmg t he geologiCal and manmade
condt Li ons pr esem. The lessee shall
al so submit. two of the :>Ire maps
and data records i dentifi ed in the sur-
vey strat egy.
(3) A BOP cqulpr:-Jcnt program lnclud-
ln!"( the following:
(ll The pressure ra: 1ng of BOP equip-
men:.
(ii) A schemat ic drawing of t he di -
vert Pr sysretn to be 11sed (plan and ,..] e-
vation views) showi ng spool outlet in-
ternal dJamctcr (s): divertcr line
leng: hs and dtame:ers. bUJst strengths.
and r<Jdlus of curvature at each turn:
valve rypP, size, wmking-pressure r at -
and l ocatiOn; the control lnstru-
ment at10n logtc: and the operati ng pro-
cedure to be used by personnel. and
422
TRN- MDL-00496070
CONFIDENTIAL
(Iii) A schematic drawing of the BOP
stack showing the inside diameter of
the BOP stack and the number of annu-
lar. pipE> riim. Viiriiible-bote pipe
blmd ram. and blind-shear ram pre-
ventcls.
(4) A casing program including the
foll owing:
(i) Casing size. wei ght. grade. type of
connection and setting depth. and
(n) Casing des1gn safety factors for
tension. collapse. and burst with the
i'ISSIImprion.c: to the.se
values
(5) T he dnlllng prognosis tncl udmg
the fol l owing:
(i) Estimatetl coring interva ls.
(il) Estimated depths to the t op of
slgniflc<mt murker and
(lii) Estimated depths at which en-
counter s with fresh water. sul phur. oil.
gas. or abnormally pressured water <!re
expected.
(6) A cementing pr ogram mcludmg
type and amount of cement In cubic
feel to be used for each casing stri ng:
(7) A mud program mcludmg t he
mimmum quuntitics of mud und mud
matertals. mcludlng wetght matenals.
to be kept at the site:
(8) A din,ctional survey progrrun for
directional ly dnlled wells:
(9) /\n H,S Contingency Plan. tf appli-
cable. and if not previously submitted:
and
(10) Sud1 other information as mily
be required by the District S upervisor.
(d) Publtc mformatlon copies of the
APD s hall be submitted in accordance
v.;th 250. 190 of this part .
156 FR 32i00. July 15. 1991. "-' "mPndeci "t 58
FR Sept 24. JgD3. Rcdc<lgnutcd und
"ml'ndc d UL 63 FR 29479. 294R7. 29. 199/i: 64
FR 72i94. Dec. 28. 19991
250.1618 Sundry notices and reports
on wells.
(a) Notices of the l essee 's intention
to change pl ans, make changes in
major drllli ng equipment. deepen. si de-
track. or pl ug back a well. ur l"ltgage In
similar activities and subsequent re-
ports pertutmng to such operations
shall be subm1ttcd to the Disnlct Su-
pervisor on Form MMS-124, Sundry No-
tire-< ;md Repons on Wells . Plm to
operations associated
Wlth the change. wntten approval
must be received from the District Su-
250. 1619
pctvtsor unless orul is ob-
tained pt:rs.Jant to 250. !40 of th1s part.
(b) The Form Jv!MS- 124 submillal
shall contain a detailed statement of
the proposed work thut wi ll materiully
cha1.ge from the work descnbed tn the
approved APD. Informalion submlLLed
shall include the present state of the
well. mcludtng t:,e ]:;reduction llner
and : ast string of casing. t he well depth
and production zone. and the well's ca-
pability to prcdurP.. Within 30 days
after completi on of :he work. a subse-
qt:er.t detall e :l report of all the work
done and t he resul ts obtained shall be
submJLLed
(c) P ubl i c information copies of Form
M:\JS-124 shull be s u orrutted In uccord-
ance wtth 250.1 17 of this part.
[56 FR 321'10. July I>. at 51!
FR 49928. Sept 24. 1993. Redesignated and
amer.dcd at 63 FR 29479. 29487, May 29 i998: 64
FR n794. Dec. 28.
250.1619 Wcllrcco:rds.
(<i) Complete and accurate records for
each well and all well opetacions shall
be retained for a period of 2 years at
the lessee's fiel d o:f1ce nearest the OCS
fac1llly or at another l ocatton conven-
Iently availabl e to the District Super-
visor. The records shall contain a de-
scnptlon of any s!gniiicant malfunc-
tiOn or problem: a ll the formations
penetrated: the content and character
of sul phur i:'l each formation tf cored
a11d analyzed. t he kind. wei ght, s t ze,
grade. and setting depth of casmg: all
well logs and su1-veys r un In the
wellbore. and all other infor mation re-
qui r ed by the District Supervisor in
the of n"snurce eva!
prevention of waste. conservation of
natural r esour ces. protection of cot-rel-
a t ive rights. safety of operations. and
envl ronmcntal protecti on.
(b) When dri lling operat ions are sus-
pended or temporarily prohibi ted unde1
t h e provisions of 250.170 of thls part,
the lessee shall. within 30 days after
terminati on of thl" suspensi on or t em-
porary prohibition or within 30 days
a fter the completion of any
related to the suspension or prohibi -
tion. transmit to the District Super-
visor copies of the records of
all acttvities related to and conducted
durmg the suspe:.slon or temporary
prohlbttlon on. or attached to. Form
423
TRN-MDL-00496071
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1620
MMS-125, Well Summary Report, or
Form MMS-124. Sundry Notices and
Reports on Wells. as appropnate
(c) Upon by the Regional or
D1stnct Superv1sor. the Jessee shall
furnish the follo'o\ing.
(l) Copies of the r ecords of any of the
well operalions specified i n paragt<Aph
(a) of this section:
(2) Copt cs of the driller's r epor t at a
frequency as determmed by the Dis-
trict Supervisor. ltems t o be reported
include spud casing sPtting
depths. cement quantities. casing char-
acteristics. mud weights. lost returns.
and any unusual activities; and
(3) Legible, exacL copies of reporls on
cementing. acidizing. analyses of cores.
testmg. or other s imilar services
(d) As soon as available, the l essee
shall transmit copies of logs and charts
developed by well-logging operations,
directional -well sutveys. and co1e anal-
yses. Composite logs of mult i ple runs
and dlrectional-well surveys shall be
transmitted to t he District Supervisor
i n dupllcatc as soon as avatlable but
not lat er than 30 days after completion
of such o:Jeratlons for each well .
(c) If the District Supervism dctcr-
n1Jnes that clrcumsta.l"lces warra11t , the
lessee shall submit any other reports
and r ecords of operati ons 1n the man-
ner and form prescnbed by the District
Supei'Vlsor.
{56 FR 32100. July IS. 199!, as amended at 58
FR 49928. Sept 24. 1993. Reueslp,nateu and
amended at 63 FR 29479. 29487. Mav 29. 1995; 64
E'R 72794. Dec. 28. 1999]
250.1620 Well-completion and wcll-
workover requirements.
(a) Lessees s hall conduct well-com-
pl eoon and well-workover operations
in sulphur wells. bleedwells. and brine
wells In accordance wllh 250. 1620
through 250. 1626 of this part and othet
provisions of this part as appropriate
(sec 250.501 and 250 601 ofth1s pa rt for
the definition of well-completion and
we 11-work ovet opt-ratl ons) .
(b) Well-completion and wcll -
workovcr operations shull be conducted
In a ma nner to protect aga1nst harm 01
damage to life (including fish and other
i'lf)Uarlr 11 fe). propPrt y. natmal t'E'-
sour ces of the OCS any min-
eral depostts (m areas leased and not
l eased), the nanonal secunty or de-
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1 Edition)
fense. or t he mari ne, co<JStal, or human
env!ronmel'.t.
[56 FR 32100. July 15. 1991 Redesignated and
amc11ded at 63 FR. 29479. 29487, May 29. 19981
250.1621 Crew instructions.
Ptlor to engaging In well-completion
or well-workover open:mons.
m:-mbcts shall be instructed In the
safety rcqwremcnts of the o;:>crat ions
to be performed. possibl e hazards to be
encounLered. ant! ger.erCll safeLy constd-
eranons to prctect personnel. equtp-
m:::n:. DJ1d the environment. Dc:ttc and
time of safety meetmgs shall be re-
corded and available for lvf!IAS review.
250. 1622 Approvals and reporting of
well-completion and well-workover
operations.
(a) No well-completion or well-
workover operat ion shall begin until
the l essee receives written approval
ft-om Lhe DtstricL Supervtsor. Approval
for such opetations shall be requested
on Form 1\11\lS-124. Approvals by the
Dist:'ict Supervisor shall be based upon
a determination that t he operations
wi ll be conducted in a manner to pro-
tect agamst harm or damage to life.
property, naturc:tl resources of the OCS.
mcludmg any mineral deposits, the na-
tional security 01 defense, or the ma-
r i ne, coastal . or humdl'l environment.
{b) The foll owing information shall
be submitted with F or m (o
with Fotm MMS-123):
(1) A bri ef description of the well-
compl etion or wel2-workover proce-
to be followed:
(2) When changes m existmg sub-
su r face equl pmenL are proposed, a sche-
matic drawi ng s howing the well equip-
men:: and
(3) Where t he well is tn zones known
to contai n H0S or zones where the pres-
encP of H,S is unknown, dPscription
of t he safety precautions to be imple-
mented.
(c)(l) Within 30 days after comple-
tion, Form MMS-125. tncl udmg a sche-
matic of the tubing and the tesul ts of
any well tests, s hall be submitted to
the District Supervisor.
(2) Within 30 days after completing
rhe well -wor;.;;ovPr except
routtne operat!OJ1S, Form MMS-124
shall be submitted to the Dtstr tct Su-
pervisor and shall tnclude the results of
424
TRN-MDL-00496072
CONFIDENTIAL
any well t ests and a new schem<Jtlc of
the well 1f any subsurface equipment
has been changed.
[56 FR 32100. July 15. 1991. <IS <Jmcndcd <J t SS
FR Sept. 24. 1993. Redesi gnated at 63
FR May
2.'10.1623 Well-control fluid,;, "quip
ment, and operati ons .
(a) \Vell-conLml fluids. equlpmenl.
;md operations .sh all he des1gned. ut i-
lized. maintained. and/or tested as nec-
essary t o contr ol t he well m for esee-
able condi tions and circumsta nces. 1n-
<.:luding <:orH.litions. The
well sha.ll be ccnelnuousl y mo111tored
during well-completiOn and well-
workover operat ions and shal l not be
left unattended at any time unless the
well i s shut lt1 ;md secur Prl :
(b) The follov.ing well-control flui d
equipment s hal l be Inst alled. ma in-
tained. and utillzed:
(!) A fll l-U!J 111le above tloe Up!Jennost
BOP.
(2) A well -control flUid-volume meas-
device for determining fluid vol -
umes when fillIng l he hale on Lrl ps.
and
(3) ,4. recor di ng mud-pit-level Indi-
cator to det ermine mud-pi t-volume
gai ns and losses . This indi cator shall
incl\Hie both a ;.;rod ;.;n a\ldi hle
warning device
(c) 'vVhen com1ng out of the hole With
dr!ll pipe or a workover st11ng. the an-
nulus shal l be filled wit h well-conLrol
fluid before the change in flu1d le-vel
decreases the hydrostat ic pressure 75
psi or every five stands of dr1ll pipe or
workover whichever a
lower decreetse lro hydrostc. ti c pressure
The number of stands of drill pipe or
workover string and d1111 coll a1s that
may be pull ed prior to f1llmg t he hole
and the equl valem well-control fluid
volumP shall he cRlc\liRtPd and posted
near t he operator 's station. A mechan-
ica.l. vol umetric. or electr oni c device
for measuri ng t he amount of well-con-
trol fluid required to fill the hole shall
be ut11 !zed.
250.1624 Blowout prevention equip
ment.
(n) ThP BOP system and syst em com-
ponents and related well-control equip-
ment shal l be des1gned. used. mam-
tatned. and tested In a manner nee-
250.1 624
cssary t o assure well control In foresee-
able condjtions and circumstances. in-
cluding subfreeZi ng condit ions. The
working of rhe BOP s;ys;tem
and system components shall equal or
exceed the expected surface pressure to
wh1ch they may be
(b) The mlmmum BOP stack for well-
contpl etion oper ations or for well-
workover operations Wlth the tree re-
moved shall consist of the folloWing:
( 1) Th1ee remote-controll ed. hydn;lu-
h call y operated preventers 1ucl uch IIR
at least one equipped with pipe rams.
one Wi th blind r ams. and one annul ar
type.
(2) When a tapered stnng 1s used. the
mlmmum BOP st;:ck shall ron.<;lst of
either of the foll owing
(I) An annular preventer. one set of
vanable bore rams capabl e of seahng
around bot h s i zes in Lhe sLnng. and o:-1e
set of blind rams: or
(11) An annular preventer. one set of
pipe rams capable of sealing around the
larger S!Ze stnng, a preventer equipped
with blind-shear n:uns. and a crossove1
sub to the larger size pipe that shall be
readily ava!lable on the r ig floor.
(c) The BOP syslem, for wdl -com!Jie-
tion operations. or for well-wo1kovcr
oprations wiTh tlof' t r ee rer11oved, sh;.;l l
be equipped with the fol lowing:
(I) An c1ccumularor syst em that pro-
vl::les sufficient capacl:y to supply l. S
t imes the vol ume necessary to close
Rnd holrl cl osed i30P e<Julpment
units with a mmimum pressure of 200
ps1 above the precharge pr essure wtth-
assist ance from a chargmg system.
Aflet February 11. 1992. accumulaLor
regulators supplied by r ig ru r which do
not have a secondary source of pneu-
mati c sup]:ly shall be eqUipped With
manual overrides or alternatel y other
Ot!vices pt'Oviced tu ensOJre capabi li ty of
hydraulic ope:-ations If rig air Is los t:
(2) A:-1 automat ic backup to the accu-
mulator systerr. suppli ed by a power
sou1ce independent from t he power
source to the prinoHry sys-
tem and possessing sufficient capacity
t o close cll EOP's and hold them
closed:
(3) Locking devices :for the pipe-ram
prf'Vf':lt f' l 'S:
At least one remote BOP- control
station and one BOP-control stan on on
the rig fl oor: and
425
TRN-MDL-00496073
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1625
(5) A choke line <Jnd <J kill llne cuch
equipped with two full-opening valves
and a choke manifold. One of the
chokP-line ?.nd one of t hP kill-
line valves shall be r emotely conrr oll ed
except t hat a check valve may be in-
stall ed on the kill hne In lieu of t here-
motely-control led valve provi ded that
two readi ly accessible manual valves
arc In pl ace. and the check valve Is
ploced between the manual valve and
the pump.
(d) The mi nimum BOP-stack compo-
wmls for wl'l l -workover operalions
with t he tree in pl ace and performed
through the wellhead Inside of the sul-
phur line using small diameter j om ted
pipe (usual ly :y, Inch to 1'/. inch) as a
work string; t.e . sm:-1l l-rubtng oper-
ations. shall cons1st of the following:
(I) For an h ne changes . t he well
s hall be killed prior to beginning oper-
ations. The procedures fo1 killing the
well s hall be Included in the descnp-
rlon of we ll-workover procedures in ;;c-
cardance Y>,th 250.1622 of t his part.
Under these circumstances. no BOP
equi pment 1s reqUi red.
(2) Fm other work inside of t he s ul -
phur line, <1 tubing str ipper or <Jnnular
prcventer sha ll br install ed prior to be-
gi nning work.
(e) An essentially full -opening. work-
string safety valve shall be mamtalned
on t he i1aor at all t 1mes during
well-completion operations. A wrench
to f1t rhe wo1k-:c;rnng safety
be readi lv avai l able. Proper connec-
tions shaii be r eadily available for in-
sert ing a safety valve In the work
SLC'i 11g.
(56 FR 32i00. July 15, i991. Redesi gnated a nd
at 63 FR 29479, 29487. May 29. i99S]
250.1625 Blowout preventer system
testing, records, and drills.
(a) Pnor t o conductmg h1gh-pressure
t ests, all BOP systems shall be tested
to ,.. pressllle of 200 to 300 psi .
(b) Ram-t ype 30P 's and the choke
manifol d shall be pressure t ested wit h
water to a rated wor k ing pressure or as
otherwtse approved by the Dlstttct Su-
pervisor. Annul ar type BOP 's shal l be
pre.o;,c;ure restPd with warPl' t o 70 pPr -
cent of rated working pressure or as
otherw1se approved by t he D1strtct Su-
pervisor.
(c) In conjunction with the weekly
pressure test of BOP systems requi r ed
In (d) of this section, the
choke :-nanifold val ves, upper and lower
kellv cocks. and drill-stnng safety
valves shall be pressur e to pipe-
ram test pressur es. sa:ety valves with
proper cast ng connections shall be ac-
Lualed prior La running casing.
(d) BOP system shal l be pressure
tested as follows:
(I) When Installed:
(2) Before d1lll1ng oul each sLrlng of
casi ng or before continuing operations
m cases w:-, e:-e cement is not dri ll ed
0\.:t ;
At lcust once each week, but not
exceed!ng 7 days between pressure
tests . alterna:mg between cont r ol sta-
tions . If e1ther control system Is not
funct1 onal. fw-ther dri lli ng openJtions
shall be suspended until t hat system
becomes operabl e . A per1od of mor e
than 7 days between BOP tests ts a l-
l owed wher. t he:e Is a stuck dr ill pl (.le
or there a r e pre.'>S'.Jre contr ol oper-
a tions, and remed!.:1l efforts are being
performed, provided that the pressure
t P<:t.c; conducted soon as poss1hle
and before norma: oper ations r esume.
The Lime. da t e. am.l reas on for post-
poni ng j::ressure testing shall be en-
tered into the dril ier's report. Pressure
t esting shall be perfor med at intervals
to allow each drilling crew t o oper ate
t lot: t:LJU I pmt:nt . Tl1e Wt:t:k I y p l essu1 "
test is not required for blind and blind-
shear rams;
(4) Blmd and bllnd-shcur rams shall
be actuated at least once every 7 days .
Clos ing pr essure on Lhe blind a nd bl!nd-
r ams greater than neces."'ary to
mdicate proper operation of the rams
JS nat recuired;
(5) V<Jriabl c bore-pipe r<Jms shall be
pressure tested agatnst a ll stzes of plpc
In use. excluding dr ill coll ars and
bottomhole tool s; ;mel
(R) Fa! lowing the disconnect i on or re-
pal! of any wel l-pressure cont amment
seal In the wellhead/BOP stack assem-
bl y. the pressure t ests may be limited
Lo Lhe affecled componenl.
(e) All per sonnel engaged in well-
r.ompl et ion operations sh>11l partlcipat P
m <t weekly BOP dnll to f<tm1liar1ze
crew member s wtth appr opnate safety
measures.
426
TRN-MDL-00496074
CONFIDENTIAL
(f) The 1 cssce shal 1 record pressu re
conditions during 'bOP tests on pres-
sure charts. unless otherwJse appmved
by the District S11pervisor. The test du-
ration for each BOP component tested
shal l be sufficient to demon.st1atc that
the component IS effectively hol dmg
prc.._"-Sure. The charts shall be certified
<IS correct by the operator 's representa-
tive at t he fac11tty.
(g) The time. date. and results of
pressure tests. actuat1 ons. I n.spectl ons.
and crew dnlls of tl 1e BOP system aud
system components shall be record ed
In t he operations log. The BOP tests
shall be docu mented m accordance
w1th the fol lowing:
(l) The documentation shall lnclicare
the sequential order of 30P and auxil-
iary equi pment and the pres-
sure and durauon of each test. As
alternate, the documentation in t he
operations log may reference a BOP
test pl an that contains the requi red In-
formation and is ret ained on file at the
facility.
(2) The control station used dwing
the test shall be identified In the oper-
ations l og.
(3) Any problent::. or lrregulariLJes ob-
served during BOP and aux111ary cqutp-
lllent tf'stl ng and any a <-t loriS taken to
1emedy such pl-oblems Ol"
shall be noted 1n the operdtlons log.
(4) Documentation required to be en-
tered t n the drill er's report may In-
stead he refptencPo In the rlrlller's rP-
port. All recor ds. tncluding pressure
charts. dri ller's report. and referenced
documents. pertam!ng to BOP tests.
actuallons. and lnspecllons shall be
available for MMS revJew at the facil-
ity for t he duration of the dril l! ng ac-
tiVIty. F oll ovv1ng compl etion of the
drilling activity, all drilllng records
shal l be retai ned f01 a period of 2 years
at the fadl!ty. at the lessee's field of-
fice nearest the OCS facil1ty. o1 at an-
other l ocation conveniently avai lable
to t he Dist1ict Supervisor.
ment.
(a) No tubing string shall be pl aced
into servi ce or continue to be used un-
less s uch tubing st1ing has t h e nPc-
essary strenp;th and pressure
and ts othen'Vlse suitabl e for tts In-
tended use.
250.1628
(b) Well head. tree. and related equip-
men;: shall be designed. installed. test-
ed. used. and maintained so as to
ach ieve and mai ntain pressure control.
250.1627 Production requirements.
(a) T h e l essee s hall conduct sul phur
product!on In compliance
with the approved Development and
Procuctlon Plan requirement s of
250. 1627 th:-ough 250.1634 of this sub-
part and requirements of this part. as
app!-opri <ote.
(b) safety equipment
shall be designed. tnstalled. used.
maintai ned. and tested 111 a manner to
2ssure the s<ifety cf operati ons and pro-
tection of t he human. manne. and
coastal env: ronme:-tts.
[56 FR 32100. July 15. i991. Redesignated and
amer.dcd at 63 FR 29487 May 29, 1998: 63
FR June 7.5. 19981
250.1628 Design, installation, and op-
eration of production systems.
(a) General. All production facilities
shall be designed. lr1Stalled. and main-
tained in a manner t hat provides for ef-
ficiency and safety of operations and
p rotection of t he cnVl ronmcnt .
(b) Approval of des1gn and installauon
featUIes for sulphur production fac1ltt1es.
Prim to installat ion. the lessee shall
subnut a sul phur production system
application in dc:pltcate. to the Dis-
trict Supet-v1sor for ap!JlOVal . Tloe a p-
pli cation shall Include Information rel-
ative t:J the proposed design and instal-
lati on feztures. Informatton con-
cerning appr oved design and i nstal la-
tion features shall be maintained by
the lessee at the lessee' s offshore fteld
office nearest t he OCS facility or
other location conveniently availabl e
to t he Dlstt!ct Supervisor. All approv-
al s z te subject to field verification
The aptJl lcallon shall include the ful-
lowl ng
(I) A s chcnoallc n ow iliagram show-
mg sizP. ::rtpar:ity. rle.sign. wnrking
pt-essure of separators. storage tanks.
compressor pu mps. metering devices.
and ot her sulphur-handling vessels:
(2) A pipmp. s how-
mg t he size and max1mu m allowable
427
TRN-MDL-00496075
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1628
working press ures as determi ned !n ac-
cordance WJth API RP 14E, Rec-
ommended Practice for Design and In-
of Offshon Production
form P!pmg Systems:
(3) ;;:lcctrical system information in-
cluding a plan of each plat for m deck.
outlining all hazardous aieas cl assified
according to API RP 500. Rec-
ommended Practt ce for Class! fi cat I on
of Locati ons for Electrical Installa-
t ions at Petroleum Facilities Classified
as Class I. Divisl oll 1 cmd Division ?.. or
API RP 505. Recommended Practice for
Closslflcation of Locations for El ec-
trical Installations at Petroleum Fa-
cll tties Classified as Class I. Zone 0.
Zone 1. and Zone 2. and outl!n!ng "rea"
in which potential ignition sources are
to be Installed:
(4) Certificatl::m t hat t he design for
the mechanical and electrical systems
to be installed were approved by reg-
istered professional engineers. After
t hese systems are Installed. the lessee
shall s ubmit a statement to the Dis-
LricL Supervisot cetLifying Lhal Lhe
new Installations conform to the ap-
proved designs of this subpart.
(c) HydrocariJon handJJng ve:s:.ds asso-
ciated with fuel gas system. You must
prot.,,t hydrocar'Lon hnndli11g VPssels
associated with the fuel gas syst em
With <1 basic und ancllJary surface safe-
ty system. This system must be de-
analyzed, 111Stalled, tested, and
malnratned I n ronclttton In
accordance w1th API RP 14C. Anal ysis.
Destgn. Install ation. a nd Testt ng of
Baste Surface Safety Syst ems for Off-
s hor e Produclion Plat forms (lncor-
porc.ted by r eference as specified in
250 19&). If processing components are
to be utilized. other than those for
which Safety Analysis CheckHsts are
induJ"'d i n API RP 14C. you ruusL use
t he analysis technique and documenta-
tion specified therei n to determ1 ne the
effect and requirements of these com-
ponents upon t he safety syst em.
(rl) Approvnl of d(,!SJgn
and JnstaJJar1on feature's for fuel gas sys-
tem. Prior t o install at ion. the lessee
s hall submit a fuel gas safety system
application. In duplicate. to the Dis-
trier Supervi sor for Thl"
pl!catlon shall mclude informa:ion rel-
ative to t he proposed des1gn and mst al-
lanon features. Information con-
ccrnt ng approved design and 1nstal1Cl-
tion features shall be maintained by
the lessee at t he lessee's offshore fl eld
office nearest t he OCS facilit y or dt an-
other locat ion conveniently ava1lable
to the District Superv1sor. All approv-
al s ar e subject to field ver!ftcat!on.
The application shall tn cl ucie the fol-
lowi ng
(! ) A schemat ic flow diagram show-
Ing size. :::apaclty. design. working
pressure of separators. storage tanks.
compressor pumps. metering devices.
and other hydroca1bon-handlmg ves-
sels:
(2) A schematic f.ow dtagram (API
RP 14C. Figu1e El . lncor poraled by ref-
erence as spec! fled t n 250. 198) and the
related Safety Analysis Function Eval-
uation chart (API RP 14C, subsection
4.3c. mcorporated by reference as speci-
fied in 250. 198).
(3) A schematic piping diagram show-
tng Lhc s tzc a nd InaXIIttum a ll uwai.Jlc
wmking ;->ressures nS rl etl"rminecl In nr-
cordance Wi t h APl RP 14E. Design and
Installation of Offshore Producti on
Platform P !pmg Systems :
(4) Electrica l system mformr1tion In-
(I) A pl an of each pl atform deck. out-
li ni ng oil hazardous areas classtried ac-
to API RP 500. Recommended
Pract ice f or Classification of Locat ions
for Electncal Installations a t Petro-
leum Fac111t 1es Classified as Cl ass I.
Division 1 nnd Divisions Z, or API RP
505. Recommended Ptactfce fat Cl assi -
fication of Loc"t1ons for Electrical In-
st allations at P et:-oleum Fac:htles
Cla.sstned as Cla::;s I. Zone 0. Zone l.
and Zone 2. and outl!nlng ar ea<; in
wh1ch potential ignition sources ar e to
be installed:
(ll j All signfff cant hydrocarbon
sour:es and a description of the type of
decking. cei ling. walls (e.g .. gr ating or
soli c) . nnd ft r ew,.lls: nnd
(! !1) Elementary el errrical srhematfc
of <.t."'Y platform safety shutdown sys-
tem wlth a functional legend.
(5) Certification t h<Jt the design for
the mechanical a nd clecntcal systems
to be Ins t alled was a pproved by r eg-
istl"l'Pd Pnginpprs. Afrer
these systems are mstcilled. the lessee
shall submit a stat ement to the Dis-
t r ict Supervisor certifying t hat the
428
TRN-MDL-00496076
CONFI DENTIAL
new conform to the <Jp-
proved designs of this subpart: and
(6) Design and schematics of the ln-
and maintenance of all fire-
and gas-detection systems mcludmg
the following.
(1) Type. l ocation. and number of de-
Lecuon heads:
(li) Type a nd kmd of alarm. mcl1.1djng
emergency equipment to be
(lit) ldethod for detection:
(tv) Method and fr equency of call bra-
tion: and
(v) A functJonal block d1agr am of the
detection 1ncl udt ng t he elec-
t r ic power supply.
[53 FR 10690. Apr. I. 1988. as amended at 61
FR 60026. Nuv. 26. 1996. Redesignated at se FR
29479. May 29. 1998 as ;,mended at 65 FR 219.
Jan. 4. 2000: 67 FR 51760. Aug. 9. 20021
250.1629 Addit ional production and
fuel gas system requirements.
(a) General. Lessees shall comply
with the following produccton safety
system r cquitcments (some of which
are in addition to those contained in
250 1 G28 of t hl s part).
(b) Des1gn. lnstallaoon. and opcraoon
of aduJliomll prcxl uclion systems. includ-
Ing fuel gas handling safety systems. (1)
P n"-."i.S\tre ;.md fi red ve.-;,;els shall he de-
signed. fabricat ed. code stamped. and
maintamcd In accordance Wlth appllca-
ble of section I . IV. and VIII
of t he Ameri can S ocl ety of Mecham cal
Engineers (ASME) Boil er ancl
Vessel Code.
(\) Pressure safety relief val ves shal l
be designed. Installed. and matntalned
in accordance with appli cabl e provi -
sions of secti ons I. IV. and VI II of t he
ANSI/ASME Boil er and Pressure Vessel
Code. The safety relief valves shall
confor m to the valve-s\zlng and pres-
sun;-relieving tequirements specified
in t hese documents: however. the s afe-
ty relief valves shall be set no rugher
than che working
pressure of the vessel. All s afety rel ief
and vents shall be piped in such
a way as to prevent fluid from striking
personnel or tgnl t Ion sources.
(11) The lessee s hall usc pressure re-
corders to establish the operating pres -
S\ll'e ranges of vessels i n orrlet
to establish the pressure-sensor set-
tmgs. Pressure-recording charts used
to det ermine operating pressure r anges
250. 1629
be mulntai ncd by the Jessee for u
period of 2 y ears at the lessee's ftel d of-
fice the OCS facility o r at an-
other locac\on conveniently avail abl e
t o t he Dlst riel Supervisor . The high-
pressure sensor sl-:all be set no higher
t ha n 15 percent or 5 psi. whichever Is
greater. above the highest oper ating
pressure of the vessel. This setting
shall al so be s et sufficiently below (15
petcent or 5 psi. whichever 1s greacerl
the safety relief valves set pressure to
assure that the ht gh-pressure sensor
sounds a n alarm bef01e the safet y relief
valve :<;tarrs relieving. The low-pressur e
sensor shall sound an al arm no lower
than 15 percent or 5 pst. whichever tS
greater . below the lowest pressur e In
the opetatl ng range.
(2) Eng1ne exhaust You must eqUlp
engtne exhausts to comply with the in-
sulation and personnel protecti on re-
qul r emems of API RP 14C. secllon
4.2<.:(4) (lncot porrttf"d hy r .,f.,renct: >1S
speclfted in 250. 198). Exhaust ptping
ftom diesel engines must be equipped
v.ith s pa rk arresters.
(3) systems. F1ref1ghttng
sysrPms shall confmm to Sllbsectl on
5.2. Ft1e Water Systems. of API RP
14G. Recommended Practice for Fire
Prevent ion dnd Contrcl on Open Type
Offshor!! Producllon Plol forrns. anu
,;hall be .<.ubjer.t to t he approval of the
Dlsc:tct Supervisor. Addtttonal re-
shal l apply as follows:
(I) A flrewzter system consist i ng of
rtgiC pipe with tlrchose stations shall
be installed. The flrewate:- system shall
be Installed to pr ovide needed protec-
tion. especially In a reas where fuel
handling equi pment Is located.
(II) Fuel or power for firewater pump
drivers sha ll be avai lable for at least 30
mi nutes of r un time duri ng platform
shut -In time. If necessarv. an
fuel or supply shO.Il be mstall cd
to provide for th.ts pump-operat i ng
ti me unless an alternate f1ref1ghtlng
syst em has been approved by the Dls -
tf'ict S..tp::-rvlso1.
(111) A fln::fight11 1g system
chemical s may be <Jsed i n lieu of a
water system If the District Supervisor
determi nes that the usc at a chcmiC<Jl
system prov1ces equivalent fne-protec-
tl on controi: and
429
TRN-MDL-00496077
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1 630
(lv) A diagram of the fircfightlng sys-
tem showing t he l ocation of al l fiie-
flghttng equipment shall be posted In a
prominc>nr pl :1ce on t he f:1cility or
structure.
(4) Fire- and gas-detection system. (il
Fire (::lame. heat. or smoke) sensors
shall be Installed In all enclosed classi -
fied areas. Gas sensors shall be In-
stalled In all Inadequately ventilated.
enclosed classified areas. AdequCite
vent!lat lo:-. Is defined as ventilat ion
that IS sufficient to prevent
tlon of significant quanti t i es of vapor-
air mixture l n conce:-1t rat1ons over 25
percent of the lower explosive li mlt.
One approved method of providing ade-
qun.te Vt>nr1latloi1 i:; a chn.ngt> of air vol-
ume each 5 minutes or 1 cubic foot of
air-volume flow per m1nute pe:- square
foot of solid tloor area. wh1chever IS
greaLer. Enclosed areas (e.g .. buildings.
livmg quarters. 01 doghouses) are de-
fined as those areas confined on more
than four of thei r six possible sides by
walls. floors. or ceilings more restric-
tive to air Oow Lhan grat ing 01" fixed
open l ouvers and of sufficient sl2e t o
allow entry of personnel. A classlfled
is any ar ea classified I.
Group D. Division 1 or 2. following the
gliidc..J!ne.o; of APT RP 500. or nllY ;-tren
classified Class T. Zone 0. Zone I. m
Zone 2. followmg t h e guideli nes of APT
RP 505.
(II) All detection svstems shall be ca-
pi!hle of continuous" monitoring. Flte-
detection syst ems and portions of com-
busti ble gas-detection systems related
t o the higher gas concentration levels
shall be of Lh e rnanual-resel lype. Com-
bustible gas-detection systems related
to the lower gas-concent ration level
may be of t he automatic-reset type.
(111) A fuel -gas odorant or an auto-
ni<:tlk gas-detection an d alarm system
is 1equlred In enclosed. continuously
manned areas of t he facility that are
provlded w1th fuel gas. LtV1 ng quarters
and doghouses not contai ning a gas
source a11d 11ut locnted In n c:1nssifled
area do not 1equlrc a gas detect ion sys-
t em.
(lv) The District Supcrv1sor m;;.y re-
quire the Installation and maintenance
of 11 gas derertor m 11larm In 11ny po-
tentially ha:zardous area
(v) FIre- and gas-detection syst ems
must be an approved type. dest gned and
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-4)4 Editi on)
Installed accordi ng to APl RP 14C. API
RP 14G. and either API RP 14F o1 APT
RP 14FZ (the preceding four documents
inco:-por11tro by refennce "-" specifi ed
In 198).
(c) General platform operations Safety
devices shall not be bypassed or
bl ocked out of servi ce unless they a r e
temporarily out o7 scrV1ce for star tup.
mal ntenance. or testIng pt"Ocedures.
Only the mmimum number of safety
devices shall be taken out of service.
Personnel s hall rnom Lor the by p.ssed
or blocked out f".mcttons unt il t he safe-
ty devtces are pl aced back in servtce.
Any safety device t hat is tempor arily
of service shall be flagged by the
fJersuit taking suc:h d<:!vlce out uf serv-
ice.
[:iS ?"R 10090. A;:w. : . 19R8. as .tm<-ndt-rl ..tl 61
FR 60026. Nu,. 26. 1996 Rtd.,$!gn:ct"c at ?R
29H9. :'-.1ay 29. 1998. Ht 64 FR
n794. Dec. 28. 1999: 65 FR 219. Jan. 4. <000: 67
FR 51760. Aug 9. 2002. 68 FR 43298. J u:y 22.
lOO:i ]
250.1630 Safety-system testing and
records.
(a) Inspection and cescJng. You must
mspect and successfully test safety
system devices at the Interval specified
bel ow or more fr equently if operating
conditions warant Testing must be in
accordan::e with API RP 14C. Appendix
D (Incorporated by reference as speci-
fied in 250 198) . For safety system de-
vl::e.s other t han those listed In API RP
J4 C. Appendi x D. you must utilize the
a nalysts techmque a11d documentation
spec! fted therein for Inspection and
r.,-:;t!ng of r l,..-se c.on1pon<::nts . ..,r,t.! th<:
following:
(1) Safet y relief val ves on t he natun1l
gas feed system for power plan: oper-
ations such as pressure safety valves
shr:ll hE> lnspectE>d ri nd te.<:tE>d for oper-
ation at least once evety 12 mont hs.
These shall be either bench test-
ed or equipped to permit testing with
an external pressure source.
(2) The fallowing safety rlevi ct>s (ex-
cluding electronic pressure transmit-
ters a:1d l evel sensors) must be m-
spec: ed and tested at l east once each
calendar month. but at no time rn3y
more thCin 6 weeks elapse between
tests:
(11 J\11 pressure safety htgh or ptes-
sure safety low. and
430
TRN-MDL-00496078
CONFIDENTIAL
(ii) All level s afety high and level
safety low controls.
(3) The el ect ronic pressure
transmit ter s and level sensors must be
Inspected und tested ut Jcust once
every 3 months. but at no time may
more Lhan 120 days el apse bet ween
test s:
(!) 1\ll PSH or PSL. and
(11) All LSH and LSL conttol s .
All pumps for flrewat er systems
shall be inspected and operated weekly.
(5) All f1re- (t1ame. heat. or smoke)
and gas-detection systems shall be In-
spected and tested fm operation a.J td re-
calt br ated every 3 months provided
that testing can be performed In a non-
destructive manner.
(6) P rior to t he commencement of
production. the lessee s hal l notify the
Dtstnct Supen:isor when t he l essee is
ready to conduct a preproduction test
and inspection of the safety system.
The l essee shall ;;[so notify the District
Supervisor upon commencement of
production i :1 order that a complete in-
spection may be conducted.
(b) Records. The l essee shall maintain
records for a period of 2 years for each
S<lfet y device Installed. These records
shall be m<Ji ntalned by the lessee <Jt
the lessee's fi eld offi ce nearest the OCS
facll1ty or another l ocation conven-
iently av<til abl e to the Dlstnct Super-
visor. These r ecords shall be available
for MMS r ev1ew. The records shal l
show t he present status and history of
each Slifety devi ce, incl udi ng d nTCS and
details of Install at ion. 1emoval. I nspec-
tlon. testing. repainng. a djustments.
and retnst al l atton.
)56 ?'R 3l l00. July 15. 1991. Rcdes1gnatcd at 53
FR 29479. M:>y 29. 199S. :lS ..1mended :>t 67 FR
Aug. 9. ZOOZ)
250.1631 Safety device training.
Prior t o engaging In production oper-
ations on a l ease and per iodically
ther eafter. per sonnel lnstalltng. in -
specti ng. testi ng. and maintaining
sctfPty devicp_.; shal l be instructed in
the safety requirements of the oper-
ations to be performed: possible haz-
ards to be encountered: and gener al
safety consider ations to be taken to
ptor t>rt efj1llpmf'nt. anci r he
environment. Date and time of safety
meetmgs s hall be 1ecor ded and avail-
able for MMS r evtew.
250. 1634
250.1632 Production rates.
Each sul ph.rr deposit shall be pro-
dl:ced at rates that v.'ill pr ovide eco
nomic development and depletion of
t he deposit In a that woul d
maximize t:-te ultimat e recovery of sul-
phur wtthout r esulttng tn waste re.g ..
an undue r eductton t n t he recovery of
oil and gas from an associated hydro
carbon accumulation).
250.1633 Production measurement.
(a) General. Measurement equipment
and security procedures shal l be de-
s i gned. Ins talled. used. ma i nta ined. and
Lesled so as to accuraLcly and cono-
pl etely measure the sulphur produced
on a lease for purposes of r oyalty de-
t ermi nat ion.
(b) ApplJcc.. tion and approval. The les -
see shall not commence producti on of
sul phur until t he Regional Supervisor
has approved the method of measure-
ment. The request for approval of t he
method of measurement shall contatn
suffici ent Informati on to demo nstrate
to the satisfa::uon of the Regi onal Su-
pervi sor t hat the method of measure-
men: meets t he requirements of pa ra -
gr aph (a) nf this sect:nn.
250.1634 Site security.
(a) Al l locations wher e sulphur ts
produced. measu1ed. or stored shall be
operated nnd mrn nt a tned t n enstne
aga1!1St t he l oss or theft of produced
sulphur and to assure accur ate and
compl ete measurement of produced
sul phur for royalty purposes.
(b) Evidence of mishandling of pro
duccd sulphur from an offshor e lease.
or tampering or fal sifying any meas-
urement of producti on fo r an offshore
lease. s hall be reponed Lo the Regional
Supervism as soou CIS possible but no
later t han the next hu!"lness day aftet
discovery of the evidence of mis-
handling.
Subpart Q-Decommissioning
Activities
AUTEOR!TY 43 USC 1331 d seq
SOURCE: G7 I' R May 17. 2002. unless
uthenA1Se nut ed.
431
TRN-MDL-00496079
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1700
GENERAL
250.1700 What do the terms "decom-
missioning", .. and "fa-
cility" mean?
(a) :Jecommissioning means:
(I) Ending 01 !. gas. or sulphur oper-
ati ons: and
(Z) Returning t he lease or ptpeltne
r i ght-of-way to a condition t hat meets
tht:: of regulati oros of
MMS and oth e1 agen cies that have j u-
tlsdictlon over dccommlssJOmng ac-
t!VItl es.
(b) Obstructions means structures.
equ ipment. or objects that were used i n
oil. gas. or sulphur operations or rna-
tine grov.'t h that, !f l eft in pl ace. would
hlndc1 other use-rs of t h e OCS. Obstruc-
Llo:-t.S may tnclude, bul are nol limoled
to. shell mounds. wellheads. casing
stubs, mud line suspensions, well pro-
tecti on d evtces. subsea nees. Jumper
assembhes, umbili cals, mani folds, ter-
rntnatloll skid::;. J.Jtoductloll anti plpt:-
line riser s. p l atforms. templates, pil -
Ings. pipelines. pipel ine valves. and
power cab! es.
(c) Facility means a ny Installation
oth er t h an a used for oi l.
or sulphur activities that is perma-
n ently or temporarily att ached t o the
seabed on the OCS. Faclllttes mclude
production a nd prpeltne risers. tem-
plates. pilings. and a ny other facility
or equi pment t hat constitutes an ob-
stru ction such as jumper assemblies.
termination s k ids. umbJlJcals, anchors.
and mooring llnes.
167 FR 35406. 17. 2002: 67 FR 66047. Oct.
30. 2002)
250.1701 Who must meet the d ecom-
missioning obligations in this sub -
part?
(a) Lessees and owners of operanng
r i ghts are joint ly .:md severally respon-
sible fat meeting decommissi oning ob-
ligations for facJ l l t ics on leases. In-
cluding t h e obligati ons rel ated to
lease-term pi pelines. as the obli gati ons
acctue a nd unt il each obli gation is
met.
(b) All holders of a nght-of-way are
jotntly and several l y li abl e for meeting
c.l ccotnmisslmlin g obligations for facili-
ti es on t h eir r ight-of-way. lnch.:ding
ri ght-of-way pipelines. as the obltga-
30 CFI'l Ch. II (7-1-{)4 Edition)
tions <.ccruc and unti l each obllgatton
is met.
(c) In t h is subpart . t he terms ' you" or
"!" ro l essePs and owners of oper-
anng rights. as to factllttcs Installed
under t he authority of a lease. and to
right-of-way hol deos as to facilities in-
stalled unde r the aut h ority of a rip,ht-
of-way.
* 250. 1702 \'\'hen do I accn1e decommis-
sioning obligations?
You accrue decommissioning obliga-
tions when you do any of t h e following:
(a) Drt ll a wel l :
(b) Jnst311 a pl atform, plpeltne. ot
other facti! ty:
(c) Creale an obstruclion La olher
users of t h e OCS:
(d) Are or beccme a lessee o1 t he
owner of operatmg rights of a lease on
which ther e is a well that has not been
perrnanenLly plugged according La this
subpa r t, a platform. a l ease term pipe-
l! ne. or other f<.c:l! t y . or an obstruc-
tion,
(e) Are ot become the holCer of a
plpelille nght-of-woy o: which then:! IS
a pipeli n e. platform. or other facil ity.
or an ohsrrucrton: or
(f) Re-enter a well that was pre-
v i ously plugged a ccording to t his sub-
part
250.1703 What arc the general re-
quirements for decommissioning?
Wh en your facilities a r e no longe1
useful for operations, you must:
(a) Get approva l from the appropriate
Distri ct Supervisor before decommis-
sioning wells and from t he Reg1onal
S upervisor before c.lccommissioning
pl atforms and pipelines or ot het fac111-
tles:
(b) P ermaner.tly pl u g all wells:
(c) Remove all pl<otforms and other
fac111t1es.
(d) Decommissi o:-t all p1pelines:
(c) Clear the seafloor of all obstru c-
tions created by yoli r l ease and pipe-
line nght-of-vvay operations; and
(f) Con duct all decommissioni ng ac-
tivities In a manner t hat is safe. does
not unreasonably interfere with other
uses of the OCS, and does not cause
uuc.l uc 01 serious hann or damage Lo
the human. marine, or coastal enVIron-
me-n:.
432
TRN- MDL-00496080
CONFIDENTIAL
Minerals Management Service, Interior 250. 1712
250.1704 When must I submit decommissioning applications and reports?
You must submit decommissto111ng applications and approval and sub-
nut subsequent r eports accor dmg to the table in th1s sectlon.
DECOMMISSIONING A PPLICATIONS AND REPORTS TABLE
Decommissioning appf.cation5
al"'d reports
(a) Initial platform removal ap-
plication [not required In the
Cll Mextco ocs Region).
(b) Final removal apploeaton
for :.t pbtform or other t.:Jcility.
tel Postremoval report for a
or other racility.
(d) Pipcli no decommissi oning
oppl lcatlon.
(c) Post-pipeline decommis-
sioning roport.
(Q Sie dearance report for a
plaUorm or other facility.
[g) Form MMS-1 24, 1\ppNco-
tlon for Permit to Modify (for
mcrly Sundry Notices ond
Repons on Weds).
When to s.ubmt
In the Pacific OCS Region or Alaska OCS Rog on, submit the
applialtion to the Reglonel Supervisor at lei!st 2 years be
rore prOduction Is projected ro
Bol ore ren'\0\. .. ng a pbtfOfm or other tetty 1n t.,o Gul1 ot
Moxloo OCS Roglon. or not mom than 2 yours attor tho
submitt<>l of an 01liol plolfonn removal to the
?acific OCS Region and tho Afo:ska OCS Rogloo.
Wnhln 30 days an or you remove a platform or other facility ...
Before you decommission a prpellne ........................... ............ .
Wl!hfn JO d.1ys oncr you decommission o p pcllno ................. .
Within 30 days after you complete :s.te d earance vorKicarlon
ictrVItles..
{1) Gofore you t emporarily :1bandon or parmo.nontty 3
wen or zone.
121 Wnh.n 30 days anor you plug a well .................................. .
(3) Before you lntall 4 proteetlvo device .................. ..
(4) Within 30 dl!ys after you complete o protective device
1e.t.
(5) Before you rcmo'lc any casing stub or mud Unc suspcn-
s:lon aqulpmont and any protec1lva dovlca.
(6) Wltnln 30 days after you complete silo clearance
verificetion activities.
Instructi ons
Include Informat ion re(l lrired
under 250.1725.
lndudo Information r('quirod
undor 250.1727.
Include Information reQUi red
under 250.1729.
lncluda information requi red
undor 250.1751 (o) or
2S0.1752(o). "" oppfiCDblo.
Include ln1orrno:st(on reQuired
undor 250.1753.
lndude Information requi red
under
lncludo inform;,ti on roquirod
under 250.1712 and
250.1721.
lncludo loformatlon roqulrod
undor 250.1717.
Refer to Z50.1722(a].
fndude information required
LW>dct 250.1722(cf).
Refer to 250.1 723.
lnformaUon re<;ulred
under 2S0.1743(a).
[G7 FR May 17. 2002: G7 FR 44265. July I. 2002: G7 FR GG047. Oct. 30. 2002]
PERMANENTLY PLUGGING WELLS
When must I permanently
plug all wells on a lease?
You must permanently plug all wells
on a lease within I year after the l eRSe
terminates.
250.1711 When will MMS order me to
permanently plug a well?
MMS w1ll order you to permanently
plug a well if that well:
(a) Poses a hazard to safety or t!-te en-
vironment; or
(b) Is not useful for lease operat ions
and Is not capable of oil. gas. o1 sul -
phur production In paying quantiti es.
250.1712 What information must I
submit before I permanently plug a
well or zone?
Before you pem1anently a well
or zone. you must submtt form MMS-
124, Appl!catlon for Permit to Modlfy.
to the approp1iate Distr ict Supemsor
and ,ect:>1Ve approval. A request for ap-
pr oval must conta.in the following in-
formation:
(a) The reason you arc pl ugglng the
well (or zone), for completions wtth
production amounts spectned by the
RegJOnal Supe!"Vlsor, along Wlth sub-
stanli c.Lwg demonslraling
lnr.k of capacity for furthet profit-
abl e production of oil. gas. 01 s ulfur:
(b) Recent wel l test data and pressUle
data, if ava:lable:
(c) Maximum possibl e surface pres-
sure. a"ld how 1t was determined;
(d) Type and weight of well control
flu td you w1ll use:
(e) A descnptlon of t he work: and
(f) /1. current and pr oposed well sche-
mati c and cescrJpt!on that includes:
(I) Well depth:
(2) Al l perforated Intervals that have
not been pl ugged:
433
TRN-MDL-00496081
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1713
(3) tu!:ling depths and de-
tails:
(4) Subsurface equipmenl:
(5) Estimated tops of cement (and the
basis of the estimate) ln each casing
annulus:
(6) Plug l ocotioru;:
(7) types:
(8) P l ug lengths:
(9) P roperties of mud and cement to
be u.sed:
(10) Per foratin,'( and casln)?; cuttinf?;
plans:
(1 1) Plug t esting plans:
(12) Casing removal (inrluding infor-
mation on expl osives. if used):
(13) P roposed casmg :emoval depth:
and
(14) Your plans t o protect ar chae-
ological and sensitive biologi cal fea-
tures, including anchor damage during
plugging opemttons. a br1ef assessment
of Lhe envlronmemal lmpacls of Lhe
plugging operations. and the proce-
dures and mitigation measures you Wlll
take to minimize such i mpacts
(67 FR May 17. l002: 67 FR 6604M, Oct.
3n. 20021
*250.1713 Must I notify MMS before I
begin well plugging operations'?
You :nust notify the appropriate Dis-
tnct Superv1sor at least 48 hour s be-
fore operations to penna-
nently pl ug a well.
250. 1714 \\'hat must I accomplish
with well plugs?
You must ensure that all well plugs:
(a) P1 oviue dow11hole i,;ol -. ti un ol hy-
dmcarbon and sulphur zones:
(b) Protect freshwate: aquifers; and
(c) Prevent mi gr;.;non of form,.,t1on
fluids withm the wellbore or 1:0 the
seafloor.
250.1715 Bow .must I permanently
pluJ! a well?
(a) You must permanently plug wells
accordmg to thC' t able in this section.
The Distnct Superv1sor may 1eqUJre
addi: ional well plugs as necessary.
434
TRN- MDL-00496082
()
0
z
::!!
0
m
z
-1
;;::
r
-1
;;u
z
I
:s::
0
r;-
0
0

0
Ol
(..)

w
<.11
If you have-
(I) Zooos in open hola ....................................................
(2) Open ho:e below caslil!l ........................... .................
(3) A perforated zono that is curren:Jy open and not
prevousty squeezed or iso!aled.
A casing olub whero cho olub ond Is wilhh tho cat
1"!1.
(S) A rA<fno <t oll whoro ho <I rh enrt l< hAinw lhA r.As
ing.
(6) An nnnubi space that communicates with open hole
ond o>l cndo lo the mo.rd fnc.
<n A subsoa welly,ifh unsealed annulus .......................
(&} A we'l wlh caslrg ......................................................
(9) Au d tell in the hole ...................................................
(10) Permafrost areas .....................................................
PERMANENT WELL PLUGGING REQUIREMENTS
Then you must us&-
Cement piUg(t) S91 from at "ast 100 feet tebw the bollom to 100 feet above the lop of gas, and freslwiater zooos to isolate
ftulds: In the strata.
01 A cement plug. set by tile displacement method, at least ICO feet above and belolr deepest castno shoe;
[li) A cement retainer \Vilh elfective back-pressure control set 50 to 100 above the casino shoe, and a cement lhat ex-
lends at 100 feet below the cas.;,g shoe ard at least 50 feet above the retajner: or
Oil A brklge plug set 50 feel to t OO feet above UWI shoe 50 feet of cement on top of lila bridge piUjj. lor expecled or ioiO'hn
lost cl'ct..rlaton eondtions.
(r) A melllod to squeeze cement to aH perloratJons;
A cernenl plug set by the displ.cemant method, at leasl100 feet above to 100 feel bolow tile inlttval, or down to a
casing plug, \\Nchever is 'ess, or
(lu) H the zones aro lsolaleo hom the hole beklVI. vcu may use any ol tho pkJgs specifid i1 paragraphs (a)(J)(Ij)(A)
rhough (E) of lhb section Instead of lhose speci'ied In paragrophs (o)(3)(ij and (a)(3Wi) of lhb section.
(A) A cement retatrer with eneclfv baci<1>ressure con:rol set 50 to too feet abo1e the top ot the perforated tn:etval, and a ceme,t
plug !hal 81<1ends at least 100 feel below 11-e bottom of the perfor>tod lntorvatwih at least 50 f eet of cement above retainer.
(B) A btidg! plug set 50 to 100 feet above tile top otlhe perforated rnl etval ord at least 50 teet ol cement on top or the bridge
plug:
(C) A ecmonl plu3 al least 200 foot In longlh, sol by t ho displacerMnl meUIOd, wah the bottom of the plug no more lh>n t OO fool
above the perforated ,,,tetval;
(D) A tlvoUQh-tublng basket pllg set no more than 100 lnt tht perlorakld inleiV.ll \'loith al l!!ast 50 teet of c.emant on lop of
tho ba>kol plvl/. or
(E) A l ubi'IQ sel no mo"e tllan 100 feel abOYe the perlorated illetval lopped \\ilh a suffoc'ent volume of cerrenlso as to ex
land at lc"st 100 feet above tile uppermost pocker in the wcl bore and at leost 300 feet of cement in the cas ng nnnul1.1s imme-
dl.ately above the packer.
(i) A comenl plug oot at toast 100 foot obovo and below tho olvb end;
A cemont rcla!ner or bridge plcg set at least 50 to I 00 I set abo\ e the stu) er.d willl at least 50 feat ol c61119nl on top of the re
IO:ner or bridge plug; or
(li} A <emonl plug at teasl 200 fetlong willl lhe bottom of the plg aet no morelllan 100 feet above the siLA> end.
A pbrg ... <prw:ifiFrf In pAr"'},.ph ()(1) nr (a)(2) nf lhl< r.!ion . .. arf'llohiA.
A cerrent nt least :200 feet long set in the nnnLiilf sp.._'lce. For n wei completed above the ocean surl..'\ce, you must pressure
lost coch cuing onn1.1kJ5 to verify tsolation.
A cutler to sever the cas ng. and vou must set a stub plug as specii ed In paragraphs (a) (4) and (a)(S) Of this sectbn.
A cement surlace plug at lea>l 150 feet long set h tho smalesl r:.nlng lllal extends to rho mud fine wilh the top ol the plug no
more than 150 feet beloVIIho mud fne.
A Ruid h the intetv"-ls bet'1'1een the plugs thdt is dense enough to exert a h'fdtostalic prusure flat is greater th'-lt fle lo11'n4ticn
In U1e tntervcils.
(!) A ftuld to be left in the hole that ha.s a freezing point below the temperatu-re of the ard a treatment to Inhibit corro
s1on; and
Cemgnt pi.Jgs designed to u l bafcrll frearing and have a kJw htat ol hydtation.
s::
:;
<D
Q
iit
s::
a
:::1
a
(Q
<D
3
a
"'

o
_(1)
:;
i
:::1.
Q
WI

p
"'-J
(11
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1716
(b) You must test t he first plug below
the sur:ace plug and al l plugs in lost
circulation areas that are In open hole.
ThP pi ng must one of thP fol-
lowing tests t o verify plug 1ncegnty:
(l) A pipe weight of at l east 15.000
pounds on the plug: or
(2) A pump pressUle of at least 1,000
pounds per square Inch. Ensure that
the pre-<;sum does not drop morP 10
percent In 15 minutes. The District St:-
pervisor may require y ou to tests other
plug(s).
}67 F R 35406. :>.by 17, 2002, 67 F R H265.
1. 2002: 67 F 66048, Oct. 30, 20021
250.1716 To what depth must I re-
move wellheads and casings?
(a) Unl ess the Dist n ct SuperVlsor ap-
proves an alternat e depth under para-
graph (b) of this secLion. yuu rnusl re-
move all wellheads and casings to at
least 15 feet bel ow t he mud l i ne.
(b) The District Supervisor may
prove an 2l ternate r emova l dept h if:
(1) The wellhead or casmg would not
become an obst ruction Lo other users
of the seaflom o1 area. and
geot echnical and other information
you provide demonstrate that erosional
processes cap<=.ble of e:>..lJOSing the ob-
structi ons are not expected: or
(2) You determine. and MMS concurs.
that you must use divers. and the
seafloor sediment stab1hty poses safety
concerns: or
(3) The water :lepth 1s g r eatet t han
800 meters (2.624 fet>t).
250.1717 Mter I permanently a
well, what information must I sub-
mit?
Within 30 days aft er you pennanently
plug a well, you must subrmt form
MMS-121. Application for Permit to
Modify (subsequent report) . to t he ap-
propriate District Supervisor, anti In-
clude t he following information:
(a) Infor mation included in 250. 1712
wtth a final wel l schematt c:
(b) Dcscnpuon of the pl ugging work:
{c) Nature and quantities of matenal
used In Lhe plugs: and
(d) Ir you cut a nti pullt:d any casi ng
stnng. the follovving mformati on:
{I) A descri ption of the methods used
llncludt ng information on explosiVes. 1f
used) .
(2) Size and <J moJ nt of c<Js!ng r e-
moved: and
(3) Casing removal depth.
lSi F!': 35406. 1\ lay 17. 2002. 67 FR 66049. Oct.
30, 2002]
TEMPORARY ABAND:'JNED WELL;<;
250.1721 If I temporarily abandon a
well that I plan t o r e-ent er. what
must I do?
\' ou may temporarily abandon a well
when i t 1s necessary for proper develop-
men: and pto:luc:l on of a l ease. To
t ernporar!ly abandon a well. you must
do all of t he following:
(a) Submi t form lvrvfS-124, Applica-
tion for P ermit to Mod1fy. and thf'
pli cabl e informati on reqUired by
250. 1712 to the appropriate Dlstrlct
Supervi sal and recetve approval:
(b) Adhere Lo t he plugging and Lesl-
mg r equirement s for perman ently
plugged wells listed 111 t he t a ble 111
250. 1715. except for 250.!715 (a)(B) . You
do not need t o sever the casings. re-
move t he wellhead. o r clear the sHe:
(c) Set a bridge pl ug or a cement plug
at l east 100-feet long at the base of the
deepest CCiS.ng s t ring. uule:;:, Lh(:: casi ng
stnng has :,ecn cemented and has not
been drilled out . Tf a cement pl ug I,;
set . It is not necessary for the cement
to excend below the shoe
tnt o t he open h ole:
(d) Set a retrievabl e or a permanent-
t ype bridge pl ug or a c:emenr plug m
least 100 feet long in the Inner-most
casing. The top of the bttdge plug or
cement plug must be no mor e t han
1.000 feeL below the mud li ne. MMS
may consi der approvmg alternate re-
qt.:lrements for su bsea wells cas e-by-
case :
(e) Identify and repol't subsea
wellheads. casing s t ubs. or other ob-
stiuctlons t hat extend above the mud
li ne accordi ng to U.S Coast Guard
(USCG) requirements: and
(f) Except in water depths greate1
than !'eet , pmt P.ct s11bsea
casing stubs. mud line suspensions. or
other obstruct ions remai ning above the
scanoor by ustng one :Jf the follovYing
methods, as approved by the Regional
or Dlsrnc-t SupPrvisor:
{l) A ca1sson desi j:?;ned to 30
CFR ?50. subpart I. and equipped Wlth
ai ds t o nav1gatton:
436
TRN-MDL-00496084
CONFIDENTIAL
(2) A jacket designed according to 30
CFR 250. subpart I. and equi pped with
aids to navigation, or
(3) A subsea protective deVJce that
meets the requl rements In 250 1722.
Wtthm 30 days after you tempo-
l'arily pl ug a well, you must submit
form MMS- 124. for Permit
to Modify (subsequent report) . and In-
clude the following Information:
(1) Tnfotmatton Included In 250. 1712
w!Lh a well schematic:
(2) I nformation tequired by
250. 1717 (b). (c). and (d): und
(3) A description of any remaming
subsea wellheads. casing s Lubs.
mud.line suspensi on equipment. or
other obstructions that extend above
the seafloor.
]67 FR :vt:>y 17. l002: 67 FR 66049. Oct.
30. 2002)
250.1722 If I install a subsea protec-
tive device, wbat requirements
must I meet?
If you install a s ubsea protect ive de-
vice under 250. 1721 (1)(3). you must In-
stall It In a ma11ner t hat allows (tshlng
gear to pass over the obstruction wi th-
out rl amage t o ThE' obstructl on. the pro-
tective device. or the fishing gear.
(a) Use form MMS- 124. Application
for Permit to Modify t o r equest ap-
proval from the appropnate District
Supervtsor to Install a subsea protec-
tive devtce.
(b) The proleclive device may nol ex-
tend more than 10 feet above the
seatloor (unless MMS appmves ot her-
W1se) .
(c) You must t r awl over the protec-
tivE' cl evice whE>n you install it (achere
to the requi rements at 250. 1741 (d)
through (h)). I f the t rawl docs not pass
over the protectlve device or causes
damage to it. you must notify the ap-
propriate District Supervisor W1thin 5
days and petform temedlal action with-
m 30 days of the trawl:
(d) Within 30 days after you complete
t.-st descrt bt>d In pCirCI-
p:raph (c) of this section. subrrut a re-
port to the G!pproprlGJte Dist r ict Super-
visor usmp: form MMS-124. Applt caelon
for Permit to Modi fy. that Incl udes the
following:
(I) The date(s) t he t rawling test was
performed and t he vessel t hat was
used:
250.1722
(2) A pi<Jt <lt <1n <Jpproprlate sc<Jic
:showmg the trawl l ines;
(3) A descnpnon of the t rawlmp: oper-
ation anc the net(s) that were used:
(4) .ll.n estimate by the tra..\Jing con-
traclor of Lhe seafloor penelrallon
depth achieved by the trawl.
(5) A summnr y of rhe of rhe
trawling test including a dJscussion of
any snags and mterruptlons. a desctip-
tion of any damage to the protective
covenng. t lte casing stub or mud line
suspension equi pment. or the trawl.
and a dlscusston of any s nag removals
requtnng d1ver assistance; and
(6) A letter s igned by yout authorized
representative sta:tng that he/she v.it-
nessed the uawltng test.
(e) I f a temputartly abandoned well IS
protected by a subsea deVJce tnstal l ed
in <l water cepth l c.-:-s than 100 feet .
mark the sne with a buoy mstalled ac-
cordi ng to t he USCG requirements.
(f) P rovide annual reports to t he Re-
gional St:pervtsot descrtbtng your plans
to either re-enter dl1d complete the
well or to permanently plug t he wel l.
(g) Ensure that a ll subsea wellheads.
casing stubs. mud line suspensions. or
other obstructlcns in water depths l ess
than 300 feel remain protected.
(1) To connrm that tht! subst!a pro-
tective cover:ng r er.1a:ns properly in-
stal led. either conduct a Vtsua l Inspec-
tion or perform a trawl test at least
annually
(2) If the Inspection reveals that a
cetsing stub ur rnutl li ne suspensi on is
no l onger J:roperly protected. or If the
trawl does not pass over the subsea
protect iVe covenng Without causmg
damage to the coveri ng. the casing
st:Jb 0 1 m1 1d 1 ine suspc-t1si on equl prnt::nt.
or the trawl. notlry t he appropriate
District Supervtsor W1thi n 5 d<lys. and
perform the necessal'y temedtal work
within 30 days of discovery of the prob-
lt>m.
(3) I n your annual nport. required hy
pCJragraph (t) of thts section. include
the inspect i on date. tesults. and meth-
od used and a descn ptton of any reme-
dial work you wtll perform or have per -
forn-:ed.
(hl You may rt>que..sr approval ro
waive the test requi red by
paragraph (cl ofthtssect ion tfyou plan
to use either:
437
TRN-MDL-00496085
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1723
(1) A buoy with automatic t racking
capabi lities installed and maintained
according to USCG requirements at 33
CFR p>\rt 67 (or successor): m
(2) A design and Installation method
t hat has been proven successful by
trawl testing of previous protective de-
vices of the same design and i rslal l ed
in areas with similar bottom condi -
tions.
[67 FR 35406. M .. y I 7. 2002: 67 FR 66049. Oct.
30. 2002]
250.1723 What must I do when it is
no longer necessary to maintain a
well in temporary abandoned sta-
tus?
If you or Ml\fS that con-
t i nued maintenance of a well i n a t em-
s t atus IS not nec-
essary for the proper devel opment m
production of a l ease, you must :
(a) Promptly and permanently pl ug
the well according to 250.1715:
(b) Remove a ny casmg stub or mud
line s uspensi on equipment and any
subsea protPctive revering You must
subml t a request f or approval to per-
form such wor k to t he appropri at e Dls-
tt lct Supervi sor using form l\fMS-124.
Appli cation for Permit to Modify: and
(c) Clear the well site according to
1740 through 1742.
{61 FR 35406. Vl<>y 17. 2002: 67 FR 66049. Ocl.
30. 20021
R E:v!OVJNG P LATFOR:-..15 AND OTHER
F ACT1 .111F.S
250.1725 When d o I have to remove
platforms and other facilities?
(R) You r emovp all pl Mfonns
and other faci ll ties ,, -!thin 1 year after
the lease or p!pcll nc rtght -of-way ter-
mmates, unless you receive to
ma inta in the structure to conduct
other activ!ties. Pl atforms include pro-
duction platforms. well j ackets. single-
well caissons. and plpelt ne accessory
platforms.
(U) Before you may retnove a plat -
form or ot her facility, you must sub-
mit a final removal applicati on to the
Supervisor for approval and
include the Information li sted In
250 1727.
(c) You must remove a plotform or
other factltty accordmg to t he ap-
proved appllcation.
(d) You muo:t flush all production r is-
ers with s eawater before you r emove
them.
(e) You must nolii"y Lhe x egwnol Su-
pervisor at least 48 hours before you
begin the r emove:! operations.
250.1726 When must I submit an ini
tial platform removal application
and what it include?
Ar; tmtla pla:fcrm removal appll ca-
t i on Is rcqulred only for l eases and
pipel ine rights-of-way in t he Pacifi c
OCS o the Al>\ski! OCS RPglcm.
It must Include the follo\\ing Informa-
tion:
(a) Platform or other facillty r e-
m:;,val ptocedUJes. Including the t ypes
of vessel s and equipmenl you wi ll use:
(b) Faci li ties (i ncluding pipeli nes)
you plan to remove or l eave 1n place:
(c) Platfcrm or othc1 facJ11ty trans-
port ation and disposal plans;
(d) Pl ans to protect marine l tfe and
t he envl r cnment durlnf:l decommfs-
slolllng opl':ati ons. Including a brkf as-
sessment of the em1ronmental Impact s
of the operations. a:-td ptoccdurcs and
mi tigation measures that you will take
t o mini mi ze the Impacts: a nd
(e) A project ed decommissioning
sched1tl e.
[67 FR 35406. May I 7. 2002, 67 FR 66049. Oct.
30. 2002]
250.1727 What information must I in-
clude in my final application to re
move a platform or other facility'!
You must submit a final application
to a plat form or other facility
to tlte Reg1onal Supervisor fat ap-
proval . Thi s requirement apphes to
leases In all Ml\AS Regions. If you a r e
proposmg to use explos 1ves. proV1de
three cop1es of t he appllcaoon. If you
a r e not proposing to use explos ives.
provide two copies of t he applicati on.
Include t he following rnformation in
the fi nal removal application, as appli-
cable:
(a) Idemtfl callon of Lhe appl tcam t n-
cludmg:
(l) Lease operator/p:peline right-of-
way hclder:
(2) Address:
(3) Contact person and telephone
number: and
(4) Shor e base.
438
TRN-MDL-00496086
CONFIDENTIAL
(b) Jdentif!cat!on of the structure
you are removing including:
(l) Platform Name/MMS Complex ID
Number:
(2) Lorarion
block. a nd block coordmates):
(3) Date installed (yea r):
(4) Proposed dutc of r emoval (Month/
Year): and
(5) Water depth.
(c) Oesct-iplion of Lhe you
are removing Incl uding:
(!) Configurati on (attach a photo-
graph or a diagra m):
(2) Size;
(3) Number of \ep;slcasmgs/p! llnRs:
(4) Oiametet and wall thickness of
\egslcastngslp!ltngs:
(5) \'l' hether piles are grouted Inside
or outside:
(6) Brief description of !:oil compo!:i-
tlon and condition:
(7) The sizes and weights of the j ack-
et. topsides (by module). conductors.
and pilings: and
(8) The ma,imt:m removal ltft weight
and estimated number of main lifts to
remove the structure
(d) A descript ion. tncludlng anchor
pattern. of the vessel (s) you wt\1 use to
r emove the structure.
(c) Identification of the purpose. in-
cl udmg:
(I) Lease expiration/right-of-way re-
\tnljulshment date; and
(2) Rf'ason for removi ng rhe s truc-
ture.
(f) A descnpt1on of the removal
method. Including:
(I) A brief description of the method
you wtll usc.
(2) If you arl" ustng explosiVI"-<;, the

(i) Type of explosives:
(11) Number and sizes cf charges:
(lit) 'Nhecher you are smp:le
shot or multiple shots;
(tv) If multiple shots, the st:quence
and t tming of detonations:
(v) Whether you are using a bulk or
shaped charge:
(v1) Depth of detonation bel ow the
mud line, and
(vii) Whet her you pl acing Lht' ex-
plosives inside or outside of the ptltngs:
(3) [f you "vill use divers or acoustic
deVlces to conduct a pre-removal sur-
vey to detect the presence of turtles
250. 1729
and m<lr!ne mamm<lls . a description of
the proposed detection method: and
(4) A s:ateme:1t whether or not you
"'111 u:<e tr;.msducf'rs to me..sure t he
pressure and impulse of the detona-
tions.
(g) Your plans for transportation and
disposal (Incl udi ng as an artificial reef)
or salvage of t he removed platform.
(h) [f avatlable. the 1esults of any re-
cent biological surveys conducted in
the VJCJmty of t he stJucture and recent
observallons of tur tles or mari ne mam-
mals at t he structure site.
(!) Your plans to prot ect archae-
ol:lgtcal ar.d sensi t ive biological fea-
tures duri ng remova l operations. in-
cluding a brief assessment of the envi-
ronmental Impacts of the removal op-
erdtlons and prccedures and rrutJgat!on
measures you will take to minimtze
such !r.1pacts.
(j) A sletlement wheLI1er or not yuu
wil l use di vers to survey the area after
removal to determi:'le any effects on
marine life.
To what depth must I re
move a platform or other facility?
(a) Unless the Regi onal Supervisor
approves an alternate depth under
par awaph (b) of th1s section, you must
re1nove ell plat:mms and othet facili -
ties (includjng templates and pil ings)
to at least 15 feet below the mud line.
(b) The Regional Supervisor may ap-
prove an alternate removal depth If:
(I) The remaining structure would
not become an obstruction to other
users of the seafloor or area. and
geotechnical and other information
you provide demor.stratc t hat erosional
processes capable of exposmg the ob-
Stluctions are not expected: or
(2) You determine. and Ml'v1S concurs,
t hat you must use divers and the
seaf1oor sediment slabiliLy poses safety
concerns: or
(3) The water depth Is greater than
800 meters (2.624 feet) .
250.1729 After I remove a platform or
other facility, what information
must I submit?
Within 30 days after you remove a
pl atfonTl o1 othet fac-Ility. you must
submJt a \VTltten report t o the Re-
gional Supei"Vlsor t hat mcludes the fol -
lowt:'lg:
439
TRN-MDL-00496087
CONFIDENTIAL
250. 1730
(a) A summ<Jry of t he rcmov<J! oper-
ati on including t he date 1t was com-
pleted:
(b) A description of any mitigation
measu:cs you took: and
(c) A statement signed by your au-
Lhori:<:ed rep1esenle>L!ve thal cerllfies
that the types and amount of explo-
sJvcs you used In r cmovmg t he plat-
form or other ;'acllny were consistent
w1 th those set forlh ln the approved r e-
moval application.
250.1730 When might MMS app:rovc
partial structure removal or top-
pling in place?
The Regional Supervisor may grant a
departure from lhe requ1remenl to re-
move a pl atform or other facility by
partial structure removal or
toppltng 1n place for conversiOn to an
arlifi cial reef 01 other use if you meet
the follo\>Ving conc!Jtions:
(a) The structure becomes of a
State artificial reef program. and the
resputis ible State agency acquires a
pem1it from the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers and accepts title and liabi l-
ity for the structur e : and
(b) You satisfy any U.S. Coast Guard
(USCG) navigational requirements for
the st1ucture.
SITE CLEARANCE FOR WELLS.
PLATFORMS, .-'IN::> OTHER FACILITIES
250.1740 How must I verify that the
site of a permanently plugged well,
removed platform, or other re-
moved facility is clear of obstruc-
tions?
Within 60 days after you per:nanently
plug a well or remove a platform or
30 CFR Ch. II (7- Hl.4 Edition)
other facility, you must verify t h<Jt the
site ts clear of obstructions by usmg
one of the followmg methods:
(a) F or a well site. you must either:
(! ) Drag a trawl over t he slte:
(2) Seem acrcss the l ocanon
sonar eqUJ pment :
(3) Inspect the s1te using a diver:
(4) Vidcotar::c the site usi ng a camer a
on a remotely operated vehicle (ROV);
or
(5) Use another method approved by
the District SuperJisor If the par-
ticular site conditions warrant.
(b) Fo1 a pl atform or other facJllty
slte In water depths less than 300 feet,
yCJu 1 nust clt-ag a tn;wl over the site.
(c) For a platform or other fac111Ly
;;it<> i1, water dc>pths 300 feet or mort>.
you musr either.
(I) a over t he sit e:
(2) acmss rhP sitt" using
equi pment; or
UsP ilnotlwr mPthod npprovf'rl hy
the Supervisor if the pdr-
t!cular site conditions "arrant.
lSi FR 35406. :V!ay 17. 2002, 67 FR 66049. Oct.
30. 20021
250.1741 If I drag a trawl ac1:oss a
site, what requi rements must I
meet?
If yo11 a t r nwl t hP stte in
with 250 1740. yo11 must
meet all of the requt remencs of this
section.
(a) You must drag the t rawl in a grid-
like pattern <J.S s hown in the following
table:
For a- I You must drag the trav.1 across a-
(1) Wei site .......................................... 30o-loot-fadlus circle centered on the well localoon.
(2) SUbsea well srte ................................... 60o-looHadius circle centere<j on the well localton.
(3) Plutform c.ito ........................................... 1,320-foot-radlu:;; clrclo eontorod on tho location of tho platform.
(4) Slngtcwcll caisson, well protector jack 60()-(oot-rodlus circle centered on the structure loattlon.
et, tcmpi.Jtc, or
(b) You must trawl 100 percent of the
llmlls descnbed 111 paragraph (a) of
this sectiol 1 In two dlredlons.
(c) You must mark t he area to be
ns n hn7.>trrl to n>lvigi1tton
cor ding to USCG r equi rements until
you complete t he s ite dearance proce-
dures.
(d) You must use <:. trawlmg vessel
equipped with a cal ibraLed naviga-
tional posl tlonl ng systent capable of
provtdtng posttton accuracy of 30 feet.
(P) Yo11 nmsr nse n rrawltng ner
is representative of those used in the
commercial fishing Industry (one that
440
TRN-MDL-00496088
CONFIDENTIAL
has a net strength equal or greater
than that provtded by 18 twine).
(f) You must ensure that you trawl
no closer than 300 feet from a shfp-
For- You must trawl-
(1) Buried active pipeline .................... .... .
250. 1743
wreck. and 500 feet from <J sensitive bi-
ological feature.
(g) I f you t:-awl near an acti ve pipe-
line. y:m must mPet the t'eC']uiremPnrs
1n the table:
And yo'-J must-
First conbct tho plpellno owner or oper
ator to dotormlno tho condition ct tho
pipeline botoro trawling ovor tho bur
led pipelin"'
(2) Unbuned active ploelines that are 8
incho: In diameter or lorgcr.
no doser than 100 feet to the either Side
of tho pipcllno.
Trawl paraDe! to the pipelir.e Do not
tra\\1 llcrocc tho pipeline.
(3) Unburied smaller diameter plpc-
1 In the lr.;awt .ore" th :Jt n,vc cb--
stnx:tlons (o.g., plpollno vlvos) prosont
no closer than 100 feet to c thor side of
the pipeline.
Trawl p.aralcl to tho plpol1no. Do not
tr.l\\1 .lcrocc tho pipeline.
(4) Unburied active pipelines In the trawl
crco thD.l rue smnlcr than 8 inchoc in
diameter and have no obStructions
prof;Ont
paraner to the pipeline.
(h) You T:'lUSt ensute that any tfawl -
lng eontr<Jctor you may use:
(l) Has no corporate or other flnan-
Ctul tics to you: and
(2) Has a valid commerctal trawling
license for both the vessel and ns cap-
tain.
[67 FR 354J6, May 17. 67 FR 44266. July
I. 2002: G7 FR GG049. Oct. 30. 20321
250.1742 What otber methods can I u s e to verify that a site is clear?
If you do not trawl a site. you can verify that the site I s clear of obstructions
by using any of Lhe melhods shown i n Lhe following table:
11 you use- You m.JISt- And yoL
(a) Sonar ............................................ -.... cover 100 percem of the appropnate Use a sonar s.gnal With a frequency ot
at lea:t SOC kH%. area li:ted in
(b) A diver ................................................. ensure that the diver VISUaDy Inspects Ensure that the Clver uses a search P3t-
tom of concontric chclos or
lines spaced no more than 1 0 feet
apart.
100 JlCrc()J'( ol tho OJppropti;Jto Sjrid
area listed In 250.1741 {a).
(c) An AOV (remotely <lperatcd vehicle) ... en$UI'e thClt the AOV camera record&
vldeotope over 1 oo percent o! tho ap-
propriutc grid In

Ensure that tho ROV uses a pottcm ol
concentlc circles or parallel l ines
c.paccd no mora than I 0 feet apart.
[67 FR 35405. Mny 17. 2002. 67 FR 442R6 . .July I, 20021
250.1743 How do I certifY that a site
is clear of obstructions?
(a) For a well site. you must submit
to the appropnate District Scpervtsor
wlthm 30 days after you complete the
Vf'rlflcation activttlt::S"' form MMS-124.
Application for Permi t to l\l.od!fy. to
include the following Information:
(1) A signed ccrtlf1c<tt1on that the
well site area Is cleared of all obstruc-
tion>.:
(2) The date the verification work
was performed and t he vessel used:
(3) The extent of the area surveyed,
(4) T he s urvey meLhod used:
(5) The results of Lhe survey. Includ-
i ng a llst of any debris removed or a
statement from the trawlmg con-
tractot that no objects were tecoveted:
and
(6) A post-ttawllng job plot ot map
showtng the ttawled atea.
(b) Fot a platform or othet facility
site. you m.Jst submit the following In-
formation to the appropriate Regional
Supervisor within 30 days after you
con1plete the venf1cat1on act !Vlttes:
441
TRN-MDL-00496089
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1750
(1) A Jetter s i gned by an authorized
company official certifying that the
platform or other faclllty site area Js
rlPnrPd of nll obst ruction.-; nnd thnt n
company representative Wi tnessed t he
verification activittes.
(2) A letter s1gned by an authonzed
offtclal of the company t hat performed
the verifi=t i on w01k for yo11 cert i fying
that they cleared t he platform or other
facili ty site area of all obstructi ons:
(3) The date the verificat i on work
was performed and t he vessel used:
(4) The extent of the area surveyed:
(5) The survey method used:
(6) The rPsults nf thP ""'"vPy. i ncl ud-
ing a l ist of any debris removed or a
statement from the trawling con-
tract or that no obj ects wete recovered:
and
(7) A posl-traiAling j ob pl ut or ma p
.o;hawlng t he trawl!'d ar ea.
j67 FR 35406. 0.1dy 17. 2002: 67 FR 66049. Oct .
30. 2002)
PIPELINE 0ECOM)!JSSIONlNG
250.1750 When m.ay I decom.mission a
pipeline in place"!
You may decommiSSIOn a pipeline 1n
place when t he Regional Supentiso de-
ternunes that t he ptpclinc docs not
canst! tute a ha2ard (obstruction) t o
navi aau on and cornr11erct al ftshma op-
unduly Int erfere w!rh
uses of the OCS. or have adverse envi-
ronmental effect s.
250.1751 How do I decommission a
pipeline in place?
You must do following to dPc-om-
nussion 1:1 pipeline 1n pl ace
(a) Submi t a pipeline decommis -
sioning appll cat1on In tnpllcate to the
Reglonal Supe rvisor for approval that
inc-lmlr.s the fo11 nwlne lnformntion:
(!) Reason fat the operation:
(2) Proposed decom miss10mng proce-
dures:
(3) Lengt h (feet) of segment to be de-
commissiOned: a nd
(4) Lengt h (feet) of segment r emal n-
fng.
(b) Pig t he pipeline. unl ess t he Re-
gional Supervisor determines that plg-
gmg JS not pract i cal :
(c) Flush the p1pel111e:
(d) F i ll the plpeltne with seawater ;
30 CFR Ch. II (7-1-<14 Edition)
(c) Cut and plug each end of the pipe-
line :
(:) B-J.r_y each end of the pipel ine at
lPRSt 3 fppt below thP SPnfloo1 or cover
each end with protective concrete
mats. tf rcqutred by t he Regional Su-
per visor : and
(g) Remove al l pipeline valves and
other fittmgs t hat coul d unduly Inter-
fere with ot hc1 uses of the OCS.
250.1752 How do I remove a pipeline?
Before removing a pipeline, you
must:
(a) Submit a pipel ine r emoval appli-
cation In t riplicate to the Regtonal Su-
pervisor for appr oval that includes the
foll owing
(I) P roposed removal procedures;
(2) If the Regional Supervisor re-
qt.:lres Jt. a descri ption. including an-
chor pattern(s) . of t he vessel (s) you
will use to remove t he pipeline:
(3) Lengt h (feet) t o ue removed;
W Length (feet) of the segment t hat
Will rcmaln tr. place;
(5) Plans for t r&nsportatlon of t he r e-
moved pipe for disposal or salvage:
(G) Pl ans to pmtect archaeologi cal
a nd sensi t ive b1ol og1cal features dunng
r emoval O{::cratlons. mcluding a brief
assessment of t he environmental Im-
pacts of the removal oper at ions and
procedutes and mi t igati on measures
that you wJII take t o mlmmlze such
Impacts; and
(7) Pmj cctcd removal schedule and
dt.: ntlo!L
(b) Pig the p1pcl lnc. unless the Re-
gi onal S upervisor deter mines t hat pig-
Is not practical. a nd
(c) Flush t he ppcllne.
250.1758 After I decommission a pipe-
line, what information must I sub-
mit?
Within 30 days afte1 you decommis -
sion a pi peline. y ou must submit a
Written report to t he Reglonal Super-
visor t hat inc:udes the followtng:
(':!) A sumrmuy of the dt'cummis-
sl ont ng opcrati c n i ncluding the date Jt
was completed:
(b) A dcsclpti on of any m1t lgatlon
measures you took; <md
(c) A .o;t ntf"ment signen hy you1 au-
thorized r epresentative that certities
t hat the plpelme was decommlSSl oned
accordi ng t o :he approved appllcatton.
442
TRN-MDL-00496090
CONFIDENTIAL
250.1754 When must [ remove a pi pe-
line decommissioned in place?
You must temove a pipeline decom-
missioned in place if the Regi onal Su-
pervisor determi nes the pipeline is
an obstruction.
PART 251-GEOLOGICAL AND
GEOPHYSICAL (G&G) EXPLO-
RATIONS OF THE OUTER CONTI-
NENTAL SHELF
Sec
25l.l Defirrltiuns.
251.2 Purpose of this part .
251.3 Authority and appl icability of this
p:.>rt
251. 4 TyJ.>es uf G&G activities that require
permtts or :-lot tces
251 5 Appiym g 0r flll:lg N0t1ce.<:
251 6 ObhRatlons :md under " perrn1t
o:- a Notice.
251 7 T est dnlltng "ctlvtt>esunder a permit
251.8 Iru:pccuon and r cporLlng requi rement>::
fill' ;,nlv!t.le.;. undt-r ... [Jt"t'rnll
2.>1 3 T Pm:>orarliy .<topping. C'-'nCPIIng. or
rcl1nqutsh!ng "' llviUcs approved ttlldcr a

251 10 Perwlttes <>.lid
L!l l. l l Submission. Inspection. and sel ection
of gcolog!col doto ond lnform::>tlon col-
I ected u:tder a perml t and processed by
perml or thtrd pa1"tle.5.
251.12 Submission. mspectlon. a."ld sel c...:tlon
of data and Information col -
lecteci utdet a permit and processed by
permittees or thtrd parttes.
251.13 Re1rr:bursement fur the cu!>"t: uf repru-
duclng data and and
processing :osts.
Prutec::Inl" drld disd usinR dctt ;.,nd
Information suhmittrd to f\IMS under a
pcrmiL
2.>1.15 Authot1ty for lnfmTnatlon ..:oliP<'flon
AUTHORITY: U. S.C. 1331 er seq.
SoURCE: 62 FR 67284. Dec 24. i997, unless
otherwise noted.
251.1 Definitions.
Terms used in this part have the fol-
lowing meaning:
Act means t he Outer Continental
ShPl f Lands Act (OCSLA). as amended
(43 t.:.S.C. 1331 et seq.).
Analyzed geological information means
data collected under a permit or a lease
that have been analyzed. Analysts may
1nducle. but nat limi ted ra, icl-ntl -
ficat!on of htholop.ic and fossil con-
tent. core analyses, laboratory anal -
yses of physical and chemical prop-
251.1
crt ies, well l ogs or charts. results from
formation fluid tests. and descriptions
of hydrocarbon occurrences or haz-
candit:ons.
Archaeological interes< means capable
of provi ding sciC'ntific or humanistic
understanding of past human behavior.
cul tural adaptat ion. and related topics
through the appl i cation of scienti fic or
s cholarly techniques. such as con-
trolled observation. conte,.,1:ual meas-
utements, controlled collection. anal -
ysis, interpretation, ard expl anatiOn
Archaeological resources means any
matenal remaJns of human life or ac-
tlvttles that are at l east 50 years of age
and of archaeolcgtcal interest.
environment the
ical. atmospheric. and biological com-
ponents, conditions. and factors that
mteract1vely deterrmne the produc-
Uv!Ly. sLal e. condJL!on, and quality of
the terrestrial ecosystem from the
shorelme Inward to the boundaries of
the coastal zone.
Coastal Zone means the coastal wa-
Lers Lhe lands therein a11d
thereunder) and the aqjacent
shor elands (including the waters there-
in and Ll tereunder) , y infl uenced
by cac:.., other and t n p1ox1 mlty to t he
shon,Jines urrhe sever<tl Statp,;
and excends seawad to the outer l1mlt
of tr.e U.S . terr1tor1al sea.
::::oasral Zone Management Act means
the Coastal Zone Manap.ement Act of
1972. amencled (! 6 U.S.C. i451 et seq.).
Data n1eans facts. statistics, me..s-
urements. or samples that have not
been analyzed. processed, or mter-
preled.
Deep stTaographJc rest means drilling
that Involves the penetration Into the
sea bottom of more than 500 feet (152
meters).
Director means lhe Ditector of Lhe
Mineral s l\ lanagement Servi ce, U.S.
Department of the 1 nteri or. o r a subor-
dinate authonzed to act on the Direc-
tor's behal f.
E"p)or<ttfon means tlw contrnerctHl
search fot oil. gas. and sul phur. Activi-
ties classified as exploration include.
but arc not lt mttcd to:
(I) Geological end geophysi cal ma-
1'\ne ann ahbmne ,;urveys where mag-
netic. se1sm!c r eflection, seis-
mic refraction. gas smffers. conng. or
other systems are used to detect or
443
TRN-MDL-00496091

Trex 01194

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Trex 01194

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

CONFIDENTIAL

S-ar putea să vă placă și